|
|
| Line 18: |
Line 18: |
|
| |
|
| =Text= | | =Text= |
| {{#Wiki_filter:~Entergy Entergy Operations, Inc. | | {{#Wiki_filter:}} |
| P.O. Box 756 Port Gibson, Mississippi 39150 Kevin J. Mulligan Vice President, Operations Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Tel: 601-437-7500 GNRO-2013/00038 June 4,2013 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attn: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001
| |
| | |
| ==SUBJECT:==
| |
| Response to Request for Additional Information Regarding 18 to 24 Month License Amendment Request (TAC ME9764) Dated May 1,2013.
| |
| Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, Unit 1 Docket No. 50-416 License No. NPF-29
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. License Amendment Request for Implementing a 24-Month Fuel Cycle, dated October 2, 2012 (Accession No. ML122770130, GNRO-2012/00096)
| |
| : 2. Electronic Request for Additional Information Regarding 18 to 24 Month License Amendment Request (TAC ME9764), dated May 1, 2013 (GNRI-2013/00089)
| |
| | |
| ==Dear Sir or Madam:==
| |
| | |
| Entergy Operations, Inc. is providing, in the attachment, the response to the Reference 2, request for additional information.
| |
| This letter contains no new commitments. If you have any questions, please contact Mr.
| |
| Thomas Thornton at (601) 437-6176.
| |
| Sincerely, KJM/jas Attachments: 1. Response to Request for Additional Information
| |
| : 2. Calculations and Procedures cc: (see next page)
| |
| | |
| GNRO-2013/00038 Page 2 of 2 cc: U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Mr. Arthur T. Howell (w/2)
| |
| Regional Administrator, Region IV 1600 East Lamar Boulevard Arlington, TX 76011-4511 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Mr. Alan Wang, NRR/DORL (w/2)
| |
| Mail Stop OWFN/8 B1 Washington, DC 20555-0001 NRC Senior Resident Inspector Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Port Gibson, MS 39150
| |
| | |
| Attachment 1 to GNRO-2013/00038 Response to Request for Additional Information to GNRO-2013/00038 Page 1 of 3 The format for the Request for Additional Information (RAI) responses below is as follows. The RAI is listed in its entirety as received from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
| |
| This is followed by the Grand Gulf Nuclear Station (GGNS) RAI response to the individual question.
| |
| : 1. LAR Section 3.1, states "GGNS setpoint calculations, and affected calibration and functional test procedures, have been revised, or will be revised prior to implement to reflect the new 30-month drift values. The revised setpoint calculations were developed in accordance with Setpoint Methodology JS-09, Rev. 1, 'Methodology for the Generation of Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculations.'
| |
| Please provide calculations used for the evaluation of the as-left tolerance, as-found tolerance, total loop uncertainty, nominal trip setpoint, and allowable value for representative TS functions, including the loss of voltage (Le., for SR 3.3.8.1.3 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2a), and degraded voltage (Le., for SR 3.3.8.1.3 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2c),
| |
| functions in TS Table 3.3.8.1-1, "Loss of Power Instrumentation." Please also describe how the tolerances included in these setpoint calculations comply with the 95/95 confidence level specified in Regulatory Guide 1.105, "Setpoints for Safety-Related Instrumentation," Revision 3, issued December 1999 (ADAMS Accession No. ML993560062).
| |
| Please provide procedures or describe actions to be taken when (a) the as-found data is beyond the as-found tolerance limit established in the setpoint calculation, (b) when, at the end of the surveillance test, the instrument channel cannot be set within the as-left tolerance limit established in the setpoint calculation, and (c) when the as-found data is beyond allowable value during surveillance tests.
| |
| | |
| ===Response===
| |
| Attached calculations:
| |
| * JC-Q1 P81-90024, Revision 003, Division III Degraded Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (TIS 3.3.8.1)
| |
| * JC-Q1 P81-90027, Revision 002, Division III Loss of Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (TIS 3.3.8.1)
| |
| GGNS is not committed to Regulatory Guide 1.105.
| |
| GGNS uses the NRC-approved General Electric (GE) setpoint methodology (NEDC 31336P-A, ADAMS Accession No. ML072950103) as defined in JS09, Instrumentation &
| |
| Control Standard Safety Related Methodology for the Generation of Instrument Loop Uncertainty & Setpoint Calculation, in the development and revision of setpoint uncertainty calculations.
| |
| Procedures attached:
| |
| * 06-EL-1P81-R-0001, Revision 102, ESF Div III Bus Undervoltage and Time Delay Relay Calibration
| |
| * 01-S-06-12, Revision 111, GGNS Surveillance Program (excerpt: Section 6.8)
| |
| * EN-OP-104, Revision 006, Operability Determination Process (excerpt: Section 5.9[21])
| |
| to GNRO-2013/00038 Page 2 of 3 The setpoint calculation does not identify As-Found or As-Left tolerance limits. The calculations confirm that the Nominal Trip Setpoints and the Technical Specification Minimum and Maximum values in the calibration procedures are conservative. The calibration procedures have Allowable Minimum and Maximum values that are more conservative than the actual Technical Specification Allowable Values.
| |
| A condition report will be generated for each of the three situations per section 6.8.2 (d) of 01-S-06-12. In the second and third situation the instrument channel would be declared inoperable per section 5.9 [21] (b) of EN-OP-104.
| |
| GGNS did not commit to TSTF-493 Revision 4 as a part of this License Amendment Request. No Technical Specification Allowable Values were changed and therefore, the procedures were not revised to include As-Left tolerances, As-Found tolerances or any actions normally applicable to implementation of TSTF-493.
| |
| : 2. LAR Attachment 5 states that the proposed changes were evaluated in accordance with the guidance provided in the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Generic Letter (GL) 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle," dated April 2, 1991 (ADAMS Accession No. ML013100215).
| |
| Please provide representative drift calculations, including drift evaluation for the loss of voltage (i.e., for SR 3.3.8.1.3 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2a), and degraded voltage (i.e., for SR 3.3.8.1.3 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2c), functions in TS Table 3.3.8.1-1, "Loss of Power Instrumentation." Please describe how the calculations address:
| |
| : a. The number of samples used and the number of outliers rejected in the drift evaluation to ensure 95/95 confidence level specified in Regulatory Guide 1.105.2
| |
| : b. How the drift data was grouped properly to ensure a normal distribution of the drift samples.
| |
| : c. The methodology used to calculate the drift limit for 30-month fuel cycles from the current plant drift data for 18-month fuel cycles.
| |
| | |
| ===Response===
| |
| Attached calculations:
| |
| * JC-Q1111-09002, Revision 000, Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| * JC-Q1111-09003, Revision 000, Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function)
| |
| * JC-Q1111-09004, Revision 000, Drift Calculation for ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| * JC-Q1111-09005, Revision 000, Drift Calculation for ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function)
| |
| * JC-Q1111-09022, Revision 000, Drift Calculation for Agastat Time Delay Relays to GNRO-2013/00038 Page 3 of 3 Response to 2.a
| |
| : 1. JC-Q1111-09002: 36 samples, no outliers
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1111-09003: 36 samples, 1 outlier
| |
| : 3. JC-Q1111-09004: 4 samples, no outliers
| |
| : 4. JC-Q1111-09005: 44 samples, no outliers
| |
| : 5. JC-Q1111-09022: 22 samples, no outliers The drift design guide uses appropriate Tolerance Interval Factors to develop a value that would envelope a 95/95 tolerance interval. Generally, 30 samples have been identified as an acceptable statistically significant sample and is the identified ideal in the design guide. Where fewer samples are available, additional justification is provided in the drift analysis calculation to justify the use of less data samples.
| |
| Response to 2.b Due to the difficulty in identifying a sampling method to ensure a normal distribution of samples, the project collected all available as-found and as-left data over the last 5 cycles of operation and analyzed the full data set. Collecting all samples verifies that the calculated drift is truly representative of the devices evaluated and the five operating cycles provides data equivalent to three 24-Month fuel cycles.
| |
| Response to 2.c The methodology used to calculate the 30-Month drift was identified in the drift design guide ECH-NE-08-00015, Revision 001, Drift Analysis Design Guide (based on Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) TR-1 03335 "Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension/Reduction Programs" Revision 1, dated October 1998), and was submitted to the NRC as a part of the LAR for the 24-Month fuel cycle extension. This is the same design guide that was used for the drift evaluation for the River Bend Station 24-Month fuel cycle extension.
| |
| to GNRO-2013/00038 Calculations and Procedures
| |
| | |
| JC-Q1P81-90024 OANO-l DANo-2 ~GGNS o IP-2 o IP-3 OPLP JAF DpNPs ORBS OVY W3 o NP-GGNS-3 DNP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) EC # 39554 (2)page 1 of 73 COVER PAGE (4)
| |
| (3) Design Basis Calc. [gJ YES NO [gJ CALCULATION EC Markup (5) Calculation No: : JC-QIP81-90024 (6) Revision: 003 (7)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Degraded Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (T/S (8) Editorial 3.3.8.1) DYES [gJNO (9)
| |
| System(s): P8I / E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) (12)
| |
| Safety Class: ComponentlEquipment/Structure TypelNumber:
| |
| [gJ Safety / Quality Related IE22S004 IA70I-127-2A Augmented Quality Program 1A701-162-1 IA701-127-2B o Non-Safety Related lA708-162-2 lA708-I27-1A (13) Document Type: J05.02 IA708-I27-IB (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): diesel generator, loss of offsite power, setpoint, uncertainty REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date l.R. Schott / See AS6 Robin Smith / See AS6 Gree: Phillms / See AS6 Responsible Engineer [gJ Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval D Reviewer D Comments Attached D Comments Attached Best Copy Available
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY 2 OF 34 CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90024 REV. 003 II Revi~iull o Original issue.
| |
| General Revision 2 Added Reset Point Eval.
| |
| Extended calibration interval of transmitters to 24 months + 25%, incorporated results of drift calculations JC-QIIII-09004, JC-Qlll1-09005 and JC-QIIII-09022. Updated 3 M&TE for the time delay relay to agree with the current revision of the referenced document. Added Doble F2250 specifications to attachments. Updated references and performed general maintenance.
| |
| | |
| --=::=- ENTERGY (~~Z: CALCULATION SHEET CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90024 SHEET 3 OF REV. 003 CALCULATION 2 CALCULATION NO: JC-O 1P81-90024 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 003 I. Ee Markups Incorporated NONE II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.
| |
| Doc Doc YIN I. JS09 0 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 2. EI00.0 0 007 ~ 0
| |
| : 3. 06-EL-IP81-R-000I -- 102 ~ 0
| |
| : 4. 07-S-12-71 TCN003 -- 005 ~ 0
| |
| : 5. 07-S-12-83 -- 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 6. 460003606 0 300 ~ 0
| |
| : 7. 460000936 0 300 ~ 0
| |
| : 8. SDCI0 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 9. A0630 0 012 ~ 0
| |
| : 10. EOOI0 0 011 ~ 0 II. E0121 017 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 12. E1009 0 009 ~ 0
| |
| : 13. E1l88 017 009 ~ 0
| |
| : 14. J0501D 0 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 15. 304A3871 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 16. 945E475 001A 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 17. 169C9488 001 015 ~ 0
| |
| : 18. 169C9488 002 015 ~ 0 I 19. JC-QI111-09022 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 20. JC-Q 1111-09004 0 000 ~ 0 2I. JC-QII11-09005 v 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 22. 0 0
| |
| : 23. 0 0
| |
| : 24. 0 0
| |
| : 25. 0 o I
| |
| : 26. 0 0
| |
| : 27. 0 0
| |
| : 8. 0 0
| |
| : 29. 0 0
| |
| : 30. 0 0
| |
| : 31. 0 0
| |
| : 32. 0 0
| |
| : 33. 0 0
| |
| : 34. 0 0
| |
| * ENTERGY (~~g. CALCULATION SHEET 4 OF 34 CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90024 REV. ~
| |
| III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. GGNS Technical Specifications, Section 3.3.8.1
| |
| : 2. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
| |
| : 3. AEIC-EEI-NEMA Standard for Instrument Transformers for Metering Purposes, 15KV and Less (EEl PUB. No. MSJ-ll & NEMA PUB. No. EI 21-1973)
| |
| : 4. ISA RP67.04, Part II, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 5. Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Murray R. Spiegel, 1968
| |
| : 6. GGNS Technical Requirements Manual, Section TR3.3.8.1
| |
| : 7. SOER 99-01: Loss of Grid
| |
| : 8. IB 7.4.1.7-7 Instruction Bulletin for ITE Undervoltage Relays IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release: - - - - -Disk/CD No.- - -
| |
| V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No. _
| |
| VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| Related references removed from the calculation:
| |
| 470009582-3, W000134224, W000165833, W000193811, MAI00254979, MAI00280516
| |
| | |
| e ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET--::...5_ OF CALCULATION TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 References 11 3.0 Given 13 4.0 Assumptions 18 5.0 Device Uncertainties 19 6.0 Loop Uncertainties 23 7.0 Conclusion 33 ATTACHMENTS BBC Catalog Series 211 (lB 7.4.1.7-7) 12 pages 2 Vendor Documents 17 pages 3 Doble F2250 Specifications 4 pages 4 Design Verification 5 pages 5 Owner's Review Comments 1 page
| |
| | |
| fit
| |
| -===- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET--::::..6_ OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1 The purpose of this calculation is to validate the Technical Specification Allowable Value and TRM Nominal Trip Setpoint for the 4160 V Division III Degraded Bus Voltage trip function.
| |
| 1.2 The incoming breakers for the Div. III switchgear are automatically tripped on a degraded bus voltage condition after a time delay. The degraded bus voltage condition is detected by sensors employing a one-out-of-two-twice logic. An undervoltage between 880/0 and 73% of nominal is considered a 'Degraded Voltage'. (Ref. 2.13) 1.3 The time delay for a bus 'Degraded Voltage' condition is long enough to provide for the preferred power source (offsite power) to recover. This time delay duration is dependent upon the presence (or absence) ofa LOCA signal. (Ref. 2.13) 1.4 The upper and lower analytic limits for the Division III degraded voltage setpoints and time delays are derived from the station specific load flow and voltage drop calculation (EC-Ql111-90028, Rev. 4), Byron Jackson HPCS Pump Test Curve (# T-366202), GE HPCS Motor Time Current Heating Curve (# 455HA550), GE HPCS Motor Efficiency and Power Factor Vs. Load Curves (# 455HA549), NEDO 10905-1, and GE HPCS Motor Outline Dwg. (# 992C937AF).
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the voltage sensors is based on the capacity to start and operate required Class 1E loads under accident conditions with degraded voltage levels present on the distribution system. Voltage sensing is performed by potential transformers located within the 4160 V switchgear for the division, and each potential transformer has a 4200 V/ 120V ratio. The HPCS system is designed to start and accelerate the HPCS Pump with 75% of 4000 V motor voltage (3000 V), per NEDO 10905-1. In order to continue operation indefinitely at the lower analytic voltage limit, motor heating must be limited to that imposed by curve #455HA550, which equates to rated current of the motor @ 434 A. Per Curve #T-366202, the maximum power point for the HPCS Pump is less than 3100 Hp. At this operating point, the efficiency is 0.935, and the Power Factor is 0.93, per Curve #455HA549. Therefore, at the maximum power point, with the motor drawing 434 A, the terminal voltage at the motor would be 3538 V. Per EC-QI111-90028, Rev. 4, the voltage drop is very conservatively calculated to be 3 V. This places the 4160 V bus at 3541 V for a sustained undervoltage condition limit. This correlates to a voltage of 101.17 V on a 120 V basis, and is the lower analytic limit.
| |
| The upper analytic limit for the voltage sensors is based on prevention of unnecessary separation of the Class 1E buses, under anticipated minimum voltage conditions of the offsite sources. Entergy System Planning Services performed, "Report on the Analysis of Potential for Sustained Degraded Voltage on the Off-Site Electric Grid at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Power Plant", dated November 9, 1990. This report provided the expected grid performance of the GGNS Offsite Sources under severe
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| * ENTERGY SHEET 7 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90024 REV. Jill.L contingencies. The results of this study determined that the 500 KV switchyard voltage could be as low as 0.994 Per-Unit, and the 115 KV switchyard voltage could be as low as 0.976 Per-Unit.
| |
| Calculation EC-Ql111-90028, Rev. 4, then conservatively analyzed the Class IE loads with each Offsite source at 0.975 Per-Unit. It was determined that the Class IE system required loads would be adequately supported with 0.975 Per-Unit switchyard voltage available, for both the 115 KV and 500 KV systems. Therefore, it is appropriate that the upper analytic limit for the degraded voltage setpoint determinations be based on the corresponding voltage available at the respective 4160 V Class 1E buses, with 0.975 Per-Unit driving voltage in each switchyard, under accident conditions. The lowest available transient voltage on the Division III 4160 V bus under these conditions has been calculated to be 3529 V, which occurs during the start of the HPCS pump, with bus voltage recovery to 3910 V within 5 seconds. This condition provides an initial terminal voltage at the HPCS pump motor of3513 V, with voltage increasing as the motor accelerates. The second lowest transient voltage step is 3869 V, with bus voltage recovery to 3934 V, within 5 seconds. This interval is after the HPCS pump motor is already started, therefore the acceleration time of this load is not a factor. All other bus voltage steps are calculated to remain above 3910 V. The recovery voltages referenced include the start demand of the next sequence interval, therefore actual recovery voltages at the end of each step following load acceleration and prior to the next sequence would be above these values. Therefore, if the HPCS motor can accelerate its load at the minimum transient voltage within the allowable time delay band, the recovery voltage predicted would form the upper analytic limit for degraded voltage considerations during the sequence when the HPCS pump motor starts. For all successive intervals, using the lowest available bus voltage step will ensure that other equipment sequencing will not inadvertently actuate the Division III bus degraded voltage sensors. As stated above, this correlates to a bus voltage of 3869 V. This value would bound all required conditions for the HPCS system to remain connected to offsite power, without prematurely separating from this source, provided that the time delay is set sufficiently to account for HPCS motor start time. Therefore, the overall bounding upper analytic limit is 3869 V (110.543 Von a 120 V basis), and the appropriate sensor time delay interval will also be based on this value.
| |
| Division III has two distinct time delays associated with degraded voltage sensing.
| |
| One time delay is active when no accident signal is present, and the other is active when a safety injection signal is present for Division III.
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the safety injection condition time delay is based on providing the capability to successfully start the HPCS pump at the lower analytic limit of the degraded voltage sensors without segregating from the offsite source. This requires that the time delay be of sufficient duration to allow for acceleration of the HPCS pump motor under these conditions. Using the previously established minimum HPCS motor starting voltage available from a viable offsite source of 3513 V, the acceleration time for the HPCS pump motor has been determined to be no more than
| |
| | |
| e ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. ~
| |
| 3.28 Seconds. This condition conservatively bounds the acceleration time required at the lower analytic limit bus voltage of 3541 V. Therefore, 3.28 seconds is the lower analytic limit for the safety injection condition degraded voltage time delay.
| |
| The upper analytic limit for the safety injection condition degraded voltage time delay is derived from the required time response for the HPCS system to achieve necessary injection flow within 27 Seconds of accident initiation. This further requires that the HPCS system be connected to a viable power source within 10 seconds to achieve this goal. The limiting case for this upper limit is when offsite power is available but degraded (i.e, above the Loss of Voltage settings, but below the lower analytic limit for the degraded voltage sensors), with an accident signal present. This is because the degraded voltage function trips the incoming source only, therefore requiring the subsequent sensing and time delay from the Loss of Voltage function to connect the Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) to the bus. The EDG receives a separate safety injection signal, so the EDG start time and the total voltage sensing sequence described will occur concurrently. This limits the allowed combined sense and actuate times for the degraded voltage and loss of voltage functions to no more than 10 seconds total. It is desirable that the degraded voltage time delay be of a longer duration than the loss of voltage time delay, based on original system design.
| |
| Therefore, a 6 Second upper analytic limit is allocated to the degraded voltage time delay. Correspondingly, a 4 Second upper analytic bound is thus established for the loss of voltage time delay by this selection.
| |
| The design for the Division III Degraded Voltage detection was provided by GE under FDDR JB 1-2099. The applicable setpoints were detennined by this design document, without providing GGNS with documented basis justification at the time.
| |
| Subsequently, per GGNS request, GE provided a summary of an evaluation that was performed to justify the nominal 5 minute degraded voltage time delay, no LOCA setpoint (MPGE-86/031). The actual evaluation resides with GE, and was not provided to GGNS. This evaluation was based on nominal setpoint values, with no apparent consideration for uncertainties.
| |
| GE did not provide a Design Specification Data Sheet for the Degraded voltage function, possibly due to the unique application, i.e., the function did not meet the conventional "instrument loop" configuration. Because no Design Specification Data Sheet was generated, no definitive Analytic Limit determinations were provided to GGNS.
| |
| The appropriate method to determine an upper Analytic Limit for this parameter is to detennine a minimum that the bus voltage could degrade to, and evaluate the maximum pennissible time that the system could sustain this voltage without causing equipment damage or loss of function due to protective device actuations, such as circuit breaker or thennal protection trips. This is to ensure that the system wiII maintain the capability to automaticaIIy respond to a subsequent LOCA signal, without incurring functional impainnent due to the offsite source degradation. While
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY SHEET 9 OF ~
| |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. JlQL the capability to provide uninterrupted functional capability due to offsite source degradation has been a relevant consideration from original system design, the inherent historical assumption has been to consider the level of degradation that would be expected, and assume a loss of the offsite source completely below that point. This almost certainly formed the basis for the original system settings. During the Electrical Distribution System Functional Inspections performed by the NRC in the early 1990's, certain utilities received questions relating to system performance if the voltage theoretically degraded below this level, but remained above the loss of voltage setpoint. Apparently, the transmission systems for some plants may have been marginally configured such that voltage degradation to sustainable values at the transmission system level could represent an extremely degraded value in the plant Switchyard. This consideration is further discussed as it relates to GGNS.
| |
| For GGNS, the existing time delay settings are acceptable, provided that the degraded voltage remains sufficiently high to start the HPCS loads. This correlates to a motor terminal voltage of75% of the motor base voltage for HPCS system motors. Review of calculation EC-Q 1111-90028, Rev. 4, has determined that the bounding percent voltage drop from the offsite source to the HPCS pump motor is considerably less than 15%, even under the motor start demand conditions. A 15% drop will be conservatively assumed for this discussion. The HPCS system motors are designed to start with 75% of motor rated voltage. This is 3000 V for the HPCS pump motor.
| |
| 3000 V is less than 73% of rated bus voltage (4160 V). Therefore, the HPCS pump motor would be expected to start for offsite source degraded voltage conditions down to 88% of rated offsite source voltage (73% + 15% 88%). The remaining consideration for continued relay timing limitations would be the motor heating limits once the motor has started. Motor heating must be limited to that imposed by curve
| |
| #455HA550. Per Curve #T-366202, the maximum power point for the HPCS Pump is less than 3100 Hp. At this operating point, the efficiency is 0.935, and the Power Factor is 0.93, per Curve #455HA549. Therefore, at the maximum power point, with 3000 V available at the motor, the current would be 511.83A (1.18 PU) under these conditions.
| |
| Per the motor heating curve, operation at this current level can continue in excess of 600 seconds, which is significantly longer than the present time delay settings require.
| |
| Thus, the present settings are justified for offsite source degradation levels down to at least 88% of rated.
| |
| A discussion of the practical operating limits for the Entergy Transmission system and system generators, provides confirmation of the adequacy of this anticipated degradation level. The Entergy Transmission Planning Guidelines impose the requirement that substation bus voltage capabilities be maintained at no less than 92%
| |
| of rated, even under severe contingency analysis conditions. In fact, this represents an extreme case for system voltage level degradation limits, because the generation facilities generally are forced to reduce generation (including reactive generation for voltage support) at about 95% of rated voltage, to protect individual generators from
| |
| | |
| e-===- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 10 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OlP8l-90024 REV.
| |
| thermal damage due to over-excitation. In the case of severe sustained degraded voltage conditions, this would almost certainly lead to load isolation or system voltage collapse. In either case, loss of the offsite source or system voltage recovery to acceptable levels for continued generation would be an expected consequence in very short order. Additionally, GGNS is located within the system such that transmission system voltage levels very closely match generation station Switchyard output voltages. GGNS 500 KV Switchyard nominal voltage is 1.02 PU. Thus any degradation seen in the GGNS Switchyard would also be seen by the supporting generation. Therefore, sustained degraded grid conditions below about 95% would not be expected to occur for GGNS, and System Planning Analyses ensure the capability to maintain at least 92% Substation voltage under severe contingency considerations.
| |
| With these considerations, it would be appropriate to select 600 seconds (l0 min.) as the upper analytic limit for the Division III Time Delay, No LOCA. For additional conservatism, this limit will be set at 360 seconds (6 min.). This provides adequate time for voltage recovery to above the degraded voltage set-point, while ensuring the continued automatic availability of the system, should a subsequent LOCA signal be received. The lower analytic limit for this parameter should be based on a reasonable period to allow time for recovery. It is to be selected to provide an equivalent margin from the nominal trip setpoint as the margin allowed from the setpoint to the upper analytic limit (i.e. 1 min.). Therefore, the lower analytic limit for the Time Delay, No LOCA is 4 minutes.
| |
| 1.5 The design consideration for the subject instrumentation is: Degraded Grid Voltage 1.6 This calculation is performed in accordance with the methodology of GGNS-JS-09, which is based on the 'square root sum of the squares' (SRSS) technique for combining statistically independent uncertainty components.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90024 REV. J2QL
| |
| | |
| ==2.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| (* denotes EDMS Relational References) 2.1 GGNS JS09, Methodology for the Generation of Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 2.2 ISA RP67.04, Part II, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation 2.3
| |
| * GGNS E1 00.0, Environmental Parameters for GGNS 2.4
| |
| * GGNS Technical Specifications, Section 3.3.8.1 2.5
| |
| * GGNS Technical Requirements Manual, Section TR3.3.8.1 2.6
| |
| * 06-EL-1P81-R-0001, Surveillance Procedure 2.7 07-S-12-71 TCN003, General Maintenance Instruction Time Delay Relays 2.8 07-S-12-83, General Maintenance Instruction Undervoltage Relays 2.9 IB 7.4.1.7-7, Instruction Bulletin for ITE Undervoltage Relays (attached) 2.10 460003606, Instruction Manual for Fluke 45 Multimeter 2.11 460000936, Instruction Manual for Multi-Amp SR-75 Test Set 2.12 AEIC-EEI-NEMA Standard for Instrument Transformers for Metering Purposes, 15KV and Less (EEl PUB. No. MSJ-ll & NEMA PUB. No. EI 21-1973) 2.13 SDCIO, System Design Criteria ESF Div. III Power Distribution System 2.14 Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Murray R. Spiegel, 1968 2.15 A0630, Control Building Fire Protection Plan 2.16 EOO 10, Sychronizing Diagram ESF Buses 15AA, 16AB, 17AC 2.17
| |
| * EOI21-017, Summary of Relay Settings 4.16 KV Bus 17AC & D.G. 13 2.18 EI009, One Line Meter and Relay Diagram Bus 17AC 2.19 EI188-017, HPCS Power Supply Schematic 2.20 J0501D, Control Building Plan at Elev. 111' 304A3871, Equipment Summary E22-S004 2.22 945E475-00 lA, Metal Clad Switchgear Assembly 2.23 169C9488-00 I and 169C9488-002, Purchase Part Drawing, Time Delay Relay
| |
| | |
| ~ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 12 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. ~
| |
| 2.24 JC-Q1111-09022, Drift Calculation For Agastat Time Delay Relays 2.25 JC-Q 1111-09004, Drift Calculation For ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) 2.26 JC-QII11-09005, Drift Calculation For ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) 2.27 Not Used 2.28 Not Used 2.29 SOER 99-01, Loss of Grid
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY SHEET 13 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| 3.0 GIVEN 3.1 Under voltage time delay relays:
| |
| 3.1.1 Manufacturer / model # - ITE / 211T4175 (Ref. 2.17)
| |
| | |
| ====3.1.2 Location====
| |
| (Ref. 2.15, 2.18, 2.20) component room panel 127-1A OC210 lE22-S004 127-1B OC210 lE22-S004 127-2A OC210 lE22-S004 127-2B OC210 lE22-S004
| |
| | |
| ====3.1.3 Environment====
| |
| (Ref. 2.3)
| |
| Normal & Accident Environment (N-055) pressure: 0.1 to 1.0 in. wg.
| |
| expected temperature: 104°F temperature range: 58°F to 120°F relative humidity range: 10% to 60%
| |
| radiation: gamma (TID): 1.8
| |
| * 102 Rads 3.1.4 Uncertainty Effects - Undervoltage time delay relay (Voltage Setting):
| |
| (Ref. 2.9)
| |
| Reference Accuracy (RA) +/- 0.2% Setting Temp. Effect (TE) +/- 0.20% Setting Humidity Effects (HE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Radiation Effects (RE) Negligible - Reference Section 4.2
| |
| * Power Supply Effects (PS) +/- 0.20% Setting Seismic Effects (SE) Negligible - Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects (SPE) N/A for instrument type Overpressure Effects (OVP) N/A for instrument type Drift (DR) +/- 1.460 VAC for 30 months - Reference 2.25 Temp. Drift (TD) N/A - Reference Section 4.4
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| .ENTERGY OF -.lL CALCULATION NO. lC-01P81-90024 REV. ~
| |
| 3.1.5 Uncertainty Effects - Undervoltage time delay relay (Time Delay Setting):
| |
| (Ref. 2.9)
| |
| Reference Accuracy (RA) +/- 10% Setting Temp. Effect (TE) Negligible - Reference Section 4.10 Humidity Effects (HE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2
| |
| * Radiation Effects (RE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects (PS) Negligible - Reference Section 4.10
| |
| * Seismic Effects (SE) Negligible Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects (SPE) N/A for instrument type
| |
| * Overpressure Effects (OVP) N/A for instrument type
| |
| * Drift (DR) +/- 0.327 sec for 30 months - Reference 2.26 Temp. Drift (TD) N/A - Reference Section 4.10 3.2 Time delay relays:
| |
| 3.2.1 Manufacturer / model # - Agastat / ETR14D3N002 (Ref. 2.17)
| |
| | |
| ====3.2.2 Location====
| |
| (Ref. 2.15, 2.17, 2.20) component 162-1 OC210 lE22-S004 162-2 OC210 lE22-S004
| |
| | |
| ====3.2.3 Environment====
| |
| (Ref. 2.3)
| |
| Normal & Accident Environment (N-055) pressure: 0.1 to 1.0 in. wg.
| |
| expected temperature: 104°F temperature range: 58°F to 120°F relative humidity range: 10% to 60%
| |
| radiation: gamma (TID): 1.8
| |
| * 102 Rads
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| - ---- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 15 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. J!QL 3.2.4 Uncertainty Effects - Time Delay Relay: (Ref. 2.23)
| |
| Reference Accuracy (RA) +/- 5.0% Time Delay Setting Temp. Effect (TE) Negligible Reference Section 4.8 Humidity Effects (HE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Radiation Effects (RE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects (PS) Negligible - Reference Section 4.9 Seismic Effects (SE) Negligible Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects (SPE) N/A for instrument type Overpressure Effects (OVP) N/A for instrument type Drift (DR) +/- 26.725 sec for 30 months - Reference 2.24 Temp. Drift (TD) Negligible - Reference Section 4.8
| |
| | |
| ~ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 16 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| 3.3 Typical Loop Block Diagram: (Ref. 2.19)
| |
| DEL-\Y RELAYS LoeA 3.4 Operating Limits (Ref. 2.4, 2.5, Section 1.4)
| |
| Voltage Trip Upper Analytic Limit: 3869 V (110.543 V)
| |
| Upper Allowable Value: ::s 3763.5 V (::S 107.53 V)
| |
| Plant Setpoint: 3661 V (104.6 V)
| |
| Lower Allowable Value: 2: 3558.5 V (2: 101.67 V)
| |
| Lower Analytic Limit: 3541 V (101.17 V)
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY SHEET 17 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| Time Delay - LOCA Upper Analytic Limit: 6 seconds Upper Allowable Value: ~ 4.4 seconds Plant Setpoint: 4 seconds Lower Allowable Value: 2: 3.6 seconds Lower Analytic Limit: 3.28 seconds Time Delay - No LOCA Upper Analytic Limit: 6.0 minutes Upper Allowable Value: ~ 5.5 minutes Plant Setpoint: 5 minutes Lower Allowable Value: 2: 4.5 minutes Lower Analytic Limit: 4.0 minutes
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY SHEET 18 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90024 REV. J2Q.L 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS 4.1 Assume all uncertainties given are to two standard deviations (2cr) unless otherwise specified.
| |
| 4.2 Assume Radiation Effects (RE) and Humidity Effects (HE) for the undervoltage and time delay relays are negligible. These components are located in a mild environment.
| |
| (Ref. Section 3.1.3 and 3.2.3) 4.3 Assume Seismic Effects (SE) are negligible for both the undervoitage and time delay relays. The relays are seismically qualified per GGNS QP 425.00 Vol. 1, Rev. 1.
| |
| 4.4 Assume Temperature Drift (TD) is encompassed by the Temperature Effect (TE) for the undervoltage relays.
| |
| 4.5 Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) are assumed to be negligible since the loop cabling is located in a mild environment (control building).
| |
| 4.6 Not Used.
| |
| 4.7 Per Reference 2.21 and 2.22, the potential transformers at the bus are G.E. type JVM-
| |
| : 3. This type of potential transformer has an accuracy class of 0.3 at Wand X burdens when operated at 58% of rated voltage. Based on the available burden information for the circuit components depicted on Ref. 2.16 and 2.18, the burden is assumed to be less than X and the accuracy of the potential transformers is assumed to be 0.3. (See file documentation for available circuit component burden data) 4.8 Assume Temperature Effects (TE) and Temperature Drift Effect (TD) for the time delay relays are negligible. The normal ambient temperature at the relays is within the vendor specified normal ambient temperature (Ref. 2.23).
| |
| 4.9 Assume Power Supply Effects (PS) for the time delay relays are negligible. The supply voltage variation is expected to be encompassed by the voltage variation margin available (+/-1 0% of rated voltage, Ref. 2.23).
| |
| 4.10 The vendor does not specify a Temperature Effect, Temperature Drift or Power Supply Effect for the undervoltage relay timing function. These effects will be assumed to be negligible.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| 5.0 DEVICE UNCERTAINTIES - Ax (Ref. 2.1) 5.1 Undervoltage Relay Uncertainties - Voltage Trip: (Ref. Section 3.1.4)
| |
| RA v +/- 0.20% ofsetting RA v RA v +/- 0.21 V TE v +/- 0.200/0 ofsetting TE v +/-
| |
| TE v +/- 0.21 V Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects - "PS" PSv = +/- 0.20% ofsetting PSv +/-
| |
| PS v +/- 0.21 V SSE Effects - "SE" Negligible Ref. Section 4.3
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. lC-Q1P81-90024 REV.
| |
| Static Pressure Effects "SPE" N/A for instrument type Over Pressure Effects "OVP" N/A for instrument type Total Undervoltage Relay Uncertainty (Voltage Trip) - A v :
| |
| Av +/-0.36 V 5.2 ~~~~~~~~~~~:.=?- Time Delay: (Ref Section 3.1.5)
| |
| Reference Accuracy - "RA" RA T +/- 100/0 setting RAT +/- sec RAT +/- 0.40 seconds Negligible Reference Section 4.10 Humidity Effects - "HE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects - "PS" Negligible - Reference Section 4.10 SSE Effects "SE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.3
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY SHEET 21 CALCULATION N/A for instrument type Over Pressure Effects "OVP" N/A for instrument type Total Undervoltage Relay Uncertainty (Time Delay) - AT:
| |
| = RAT +/-0.40 Seconds 5.3 ~~~~~~~~~~~ (Ref. Section 3.2.4)
| |
| Reference Accuracy - "RA" RA TD +/- 5% setting RA TD +/- 5 sec RA TD = +/- 15.00 seconds Temperature Effects - "TE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.8 Humidity Effects - "HE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Radiation Effects - "RE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects - "PS" Negligible - Reference Section 4.9 Negligible Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects "SPE" N/A for instrument type
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -==.=- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 22 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. J!.QL Over Pressure Effects - "OVP" N/A for instrument type Total Time Delay Relay Uncertainty - AID:
| |
| A rD RA rD = +/-I5.00 Seconds
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| - - - - ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90024 REV. JlliL 6.0 LOOP UNCERTAINTIES (Ref 2.1) 6.1 SRSS of all individual device uncertainties - "AI" (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| Loop Device Uncertainty (Voltage Trip):
| |
| +/-0.36 Loop Device Uncertainty (Time Delay LOCA):
| |
| +/-0.40 seconds Loop Device Uncertainty (Time Delay - No LOCA):
| |
| 15.01 seconds 6.2 SRSS of all Measurement & Test Equipment Effects - "C 1 " (Ref 2.1)
| |
| Per Reference 2.8, a Fluke 45 Digital Voltmeter (or Fluke 8600A) is used to monitor the trip point of the undervoltage relays during calibration. The uncertainty data for a Fluke 45, taken from Ref. 2.10, will be used to estimate the M&TE effects. The reference accuracy of the Fluke 45 is:
| |
| 0.1 The reference accuracy above is for the 0-300V scale, medium resolution. This value is valid for ambient temperatures between 18°C and 28°C (64.4°F to 82.4°F). Since the expected temperature at calibration (l04°F, i.e. 40°C) is outside the given range, a temperature correction factor from Ref. 2.8 must be applied. This correction factor is stated as: '<0.1 times the applicable accuracy specification per degree C for O°C to 18°C and 28°C to 50°C (32° to 64.4° and 82.4° to 122°F). The temperature correction factor for this application is <0.1 (40-28) or 1.2.
| |
| The 'reading' will be assumed to be 104.6 V, the nominal trip setpoint.
| |
| 1.2 + v = 0.371 V Per Reference 2.8, a Multi-Amp SR-75 test set is used to measure the time delay for the undervoltage relays during calibration. Per reference 2.11, the timing accuracy of the SR-75 is .0025% of reading. The 'reading' will be assumed to be 4 sec., the nominal setpoint.
| |
| .0025
| |
| +/-O.OOOl seconds
| |
| +/- 100
| |
| | |
| fit ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. JillL Per Reference 2.7, a Doble F2253 test set is used to measure the time delay for the time delay relays during calibration. Per reference Attachment 3, the timing accuracy of the F2253 is .0039% of reading. The 'reading' will be assumed to be 300 sec., the nominal setpoint.
| |
| =+/-O.Ol17 seconds Therefore, the Loop Uncertainty for the time delay function with a LOCA signal present is:
| |
| +/- +/-O.OOOl and the Loop Uncertainty for the time delay function with no LOCA signal present is:
| |
| +/-O.OllS seconds 6.3 SRSS of all individual device drifts - "Dc" (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| Undervoltage Relay Drift - DRv DR v +/- 1.460 VAC for 30 months Negligible - Reference Section 4.4 Undervoltage Relay Time Delay Drift - DRT DRr +/- 0.327 sec for 30 months Undervoltage Relay Time Delay Temperature Drift - TDT Negligible Reference Section 4.10 Time Delay Relay Drift - DRTD DR rD +/- 26.725 sec for 30 months Time Delay Relay Temperature Drift - TDTD Negligible Reference Section 4.8
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90024 REV. Jill.L Loop Drift (Voltage Trip):
| |
| DLv +/-1.460 V Loop Drift (Time Delay LOCA):
| |
| DLn +/-0.327 seconds Loop Drift (Time Delay No LOCA):
| |
| Dr-a = +/-26.728 seconds 6.4 No process measurement uncertainty is applicable to either the voltage or time delay setpoints.
| |
| 6.5 Primary Element Uncertainty - "PE" The primary elements for each loop are the potential transformers at the bus. Per Section 4.7, the accuracy class of the potential transformers is 0.3. Per Reference 2.12, the limits of transformer correction factor for a 0.3 accuracy class potential transformer are 1.003 to 0.997 (i.e. +/-0.3%). Again assuming 104.6 V nominal output, the potential transformer uncertainty is:
| |
| PE =+/- v PE +/-0.314 V No Primary Element Uncertainty is applicable to the time delay.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY CALCULATION 6.6 Insulation Resistance Effects - "IR" Insulation Resistance Effect for the voltage trip function is assumed to be negligible (Reference Section 4.5). IR effects are not applicable to the time delay function.
| |
| 6.7 Loop Uncertainty Voltage Trip LUv +/-0.61 V 6.8 Total Loop Uncertainty Voltage Trip rLUv LUv + D Lv rLUv +/- (0.61 + 1.460) V rLUv +/-2.07 V 6.9 Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay (LOCA)
| |
| LUn +/-0.40 seconds 6.10 Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay (No LOCA)
| |
| LUn +/-15.02 seconds 6.11 Total Loop Uncertainty Time Delay (LOCA) rLUn LUn + D Ln rLUn = (0.40 + 0.327) seconds rLUn = +/-0.73 seconds
| |
| | |
| - ---- ENTERGY CALCULATION NO.
| |
| CALCULATION SHEET JC-OIP81-90024 6.12 Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay (No LOCA)
| |
| OF REV. J!Q.L TLUn LUn + DIn TLUn (15.02 + 26.728) seconds TLUn +/-41.75 seconds 6.13 Allowable Values - Voltage Trip Lower Allowable Value Lower Analytic Limit + LU Lower Allowable Value = 101.17 V + 0.61 V Lower Allowable Value 101.78 V Upper Allowable Value Upper Analytic Limit - LU Upper Allowable Value = 110.543 V 0.61 V Upper Allowable Value 109.93 V 6.14 Nominal Trip Setpoint Voltage Trip NTSP: 2:: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & ~ (Upper Analytic Limit TLU)
| |
| NTSP: 2:: (l 0 1.17 V + 2.07V) & ~ (110.543 V - 2.07 V)
| |
| NTSP: 2:: 103.24 V & ~ 108.47 V 6.15 Allowable Values - Time Delay (LOCA)
| |
| Lower Allowable Value = Lower Analytic Limit + LU Lower Allowable Value = 3.28 seconds + 0.40 seconds Lower Allowable Value = 3.68 seconds Upper Allowable Value Upper Analytic Limit LU Upper Allowable Value 6.00 seconds - 0.40 seconds Upper Allowable Value = 5.60 seconds
| |
| | |
| - E~'TERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 28 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. JillL 6.16 Allowable Values Time Delay (No LOCA)
| |
| Lower Allowable Value = Lower Analytic Limit + LU Lower Allowable Value = 240 seconds + 15.02 seconds Lower Allowable Value 255.02 seconds (4.25 min)
| |
| Upper Allowable Value Upper Analytic Limit - LU Upper Allowable Value = 360 seconds - 15.02 seconds Upper Allowable Value 344.98 seconds (5.75 min) 6.17 Nominal Trip Setpoint Time Delay (LOCA)
| |
| NTSP: 2: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & :::; (Upper Analytic Limit - TLU)
| |
| NTSP: 2: (3.28 seconds + 0.73 seconds) &:::; (6.00 seconds 0.73 seconds)
| |
| NTSP: 2: 4.01 seconds &:::; 5.27 seconds As shown above, the calculated Total Loop Uncertainty yields a setpoint range that will not support the existing plant setpoint (4 sec vs 4.0 1 sec). Calculation margin will be removed by re-calculating the Total Loop Uncertainty using margin reduction techniques as described in Ref. 2.1.
| |
| The reduced margin Total Loop Uncertainty is given by:
| |
| =+/-
| |
| TLUn +/-0.52 seconds The reduced margin Nominal Trip Setpoint range is therefore:
| |
| NTSP: 2: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & :::; (Upper Analytic Limit - TLU)
| |
| NTSP: 2: (3.28 seconds + 0.52 seconds) &:::; (6.00 seconds - 0.52 seconds)
| |
| NTSP: 2: 3.80 seconds & :::; 5.48 seconds 6.18 Nominal Trip Setpoint - Time Delay (No LOCA)
| |
| NTSP: 2: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & :::; (Upper Analytic Limit - TLU)
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY SHEET 29 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90024 REV. ~
| |
| NTSP: 2: (240 seconds + 41.75 seconds) &:s (360 seconds - 41.75 seconds)
| |
| NTSP: 2: 281.75 seconds &:s 318.25 seconds NTSP: 2: 4.70 minutes &:s 5.30 minutes 6.19 LER Avoidance Analysis Voltage Trip LER Avoidance probability is based on a number "Z" calculated as shown below. If the value of Z is 2: 1.28 then the probability of avoiding an LER is 2: 90%, the acceptance criteria (Ref. 2.1). The LER Avoidance Analysis will be performed using the Lower Allowable Value.
| |
| z=----- (Jl Where:
| |
| AV 101.67 volts NTSP 104.6 volts (J'l Calculated as shown below With:
| |
| n = # of standard deviations used in specifying the individual uncertainty components (J .1 (J'l 0.775 V Therefore:
| |
| z=----- 0<775 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.14), this value of Z yields an LER avoidance probability greater than 90%.
| |
| 6.20 LER Avoidance Analysis - Time Delay Note, the margin between the upper and lower allowable values and the nominal trip setpoint are the same. The LER avoidance probability will be determined using the upper allowable value.
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -=::=- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET CALCULATION Where:
| |
| AV 4.4 seconds NTSP = 4.0 seconds
| |
| ()l - Calculated as shown below With:
| |
| n # of standard deviations used in specifying the individual uncertainty components
| |
| ()l 0.259 seconds Therefore:
| |
| z= - - - - = 1.54 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.14), this value of Z yields an LER avoidance probability greater than 90%.
| |
| 6.21 Spurious Trip Avoidance Analysis - Voltage Trip The most severe recoverable voltage transient postulated, is that of clearing a nearby transmission system or in-plant distribution system bolted fault. The bus voltage level during such an event could dip below the voltage trip setting and begin the relay timing. Therefore, no spurious trip avoidance analysis will be performed for the voltage trip setting. Spurious segregation from the off-site source is prevented by the time delay function.
| |
| 6.22 Spurious Trip Avoidance Analysis - Time Delay LOCA The probability of avoiding spurious trips is determined by calculating a value "Z" as shown below. If the value of Z is 2: 1.645, the probability of avoiding a spurious trip is 2: 950/0. (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| Z = -;::::===::::::::::===:::;
| |
| Where:
| |
| NTSP - Nominal Trip Setpoint
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV.
| |
| XI - Limiting Operating Transient Variation XI Xo - T - Tc, if the process variable decreases to the Analytic Limit Xo maximum or minimum steady state operating value T magnitude of the limiting transient variation Tc = modeling bias or uncertainty O"n - The standard deviation associated with the limiting operating transient, typically zero when the limiting operating transient is based on existing documented operating restrictions.
| |
| O"i The standard deviation associated with the loop uncertainty, calculated as shown below:
| |
| The most severe recoverable voltage transient postulated, is that of clearing a nearby transmission system or in-plant distribution system bolted fault. The maximum fault clearing time consideration for the applicable fault level circuit breakers would be 6 cycles. It is also prudent to assume an additional 10 cycles to allow for voltage recovery post-fault. This correlates to 0.267 seconds (16 cycles
| |
| * 0.0167 seconds/cycle 0.267 seconds).
| |
| 3.733 z 0.2584 14.45 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.14), this value of Z yields a spurious trip avoidance probability greater than 95%.
| |
| 6.23 Spurious Trip Avoidance Analysis - Time Delay No LOCA Due to the large margins available, no Spurious trip avoidance analysis will be performed for the Non-LOCA time delay function.
| |
| 6.24 Reset Point Evaluation The pickup (reset) point of the undervoltage relays should be such that under the worst case transient conditions the bus is not spuriously segregated from the off site source.
| |
| As stated previously, with 0.975 Per-Unit switchyard driving voltage, the lowest transient voltage on the Division III 4160V bus has been calculated to be 3529V
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| - ---- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET CALCULATION JNL (100.83V on a 120V basis) which occurs during the start of the HPCS pump, with voltage recovery to 3910 V (111.71 V on a 120V basis). This condition provides an initial terminal voltage at the HPCS pump motor of 3513V. Assuming a constant terminal voltage of 3513 (i.e. no voltage recovery as the motor accelerates) the acceleration time of the HPCS pump motor has been determined to be no more than 3.28 seconds. Therefore, the actual recovery time to at least 3910 V would be no more than 3.28 seconds (the Lower Analytic Limit of the time delay setting).
| |
| The present pickup (reset) point for the under voltage relays is 105.65 V and the dropout (trip) point is established by the 99% tap setting at 104.60V. Assuming worst case performance of the relays, the trip could occur at the Upper Analytic Limit of 110.54 V and the reset could occur at 111.64 V (i.e. 1.01 x 110.54).
| |
| Given the above, the bus voltage would recover above the reset point of the relay 111.64 V (3907.4 V) to at least 111.71 V (3910 V) before the time delay times out (even with the worst case performance from the time delay). Therefore, the reset value will prevent spurious segregation from the preferred off site source and is acceptable.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90024 REV. J2Q.L
| |
| | |
| ==7.0 CONCLUSION==
| |
| | |
| Voltage Trip:
| |
| The calculated setpoint range and the Upper Allowable Value are conservative with respect to the existing plant settings. The existing Lower Allowable Value is slightly non-conservative with respect to the calculated value. However, this difference is less than 4 V on a 4160 V system basis, and would remain well above the minimum motor starting requirement. The motor heating effect with this difference would be expected to be negligible. Therefore, the existing Lower Allowable Value is acceptable.
| |
| Time Delay LOCA The initial calculated setpoint range would not support the existing LOCA Time Delay setpoint. Margin reduction techniques were used to remove some conservatism from the calculated values. With the reduced uncertainty, the existing plant setpoint was shown to be acceptable. Similarly, the calculated Lower Allowable Value for the LOCA Time Delay was non-conservative with respect to the existing Allowable Value by 0.08 seconds. This result is deemed acceptable based on the fact that the HPCS acceleration time used as the Analytic Limit for the LOCA Time Delay (3.28 sec.) was established at a lower bus voltage (3513V) than the Degraded Bus voltage Analytic Limit (3541), and the methodology employed to determine the acceleration time value is inherently conservative.
| |
| Time Delay No LOCA The calculated setpoint and allowable values are conservative with respect to the existing plant setpoints and allowable values. Therefore, the existing plant setpoint is acceptable.
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| OF RESULTS - Voltage Trip SYSTEM P81 HPCS Diesel Generator (Electrical)
| |
| LOOP NUMBERS 127-1A/B, 127-2A/B TOTAL LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 2.07 V LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 0.61 V LOOP DRIFT +/- 1.460 V LOOP CALIBRATION +/- 0.371 V UNCERTAINTY TING CALCULATED
| |
| ~ t"'per Analytic Limit 110.54 V **************
| |
| Upper Allowable Value ::::; 107.53 V ::::; 109.93 V Nominal Trip Setpoint 104.60 V 2::103.24 V and ::::;108.47 V Lower Allowable Value 2:: 101.67 V 2:: 101.78 V Lower Analytic Limit 101.17 V **************
| |
| | |
| 8 ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET CALCULATION
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| OF RESULTS - Time Delay (LOCA)
| |
| SYSTEM P8I - HPCS Diesel Generator (Electrical)
| |
| LOOP NUMBERS I27-IAIB, I27-2AIB TOTAL LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 0.73 seconds (+/-0.52 sec. reduced margin)
| |
| LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 0040 seconds LOOP DRIFT +/- 0.327 seconds LOOP CALIBRATION +/- 0.000 I seconds UNCERTAINTY EXISTING CALCULATED Upper Analytic Limit 6 sec **************
| |
| Upper Allowable Value s4A sec S 5.60 sec Nominal Trip Setpoint 4.0 sec 2::3.80 sec and s5.48 sec Lower Allowable Value 2::3.6 sec _ 3.68 sec Lower Analytic Limit 3.28 sec **************
| |
| SYSTEM
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| OF RESULTS - Time Delay (No LOCAl P8I HPCS Diesel Generator (Electrical) j LOOP NUMBERS I27-IAIB, 127-2AIB, 162-1/2 TOTAL LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 41.75 seconds LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 15.02 seconds LOOP DRIFT +/- 26.728 seconds LOOP CALIBRATION +/- 0.0118 seconds UNCERTAINTY EXISTING CALCULATED Upper Analytic Limit 6.0 min **************
| |
| Upper Allowable Value s5.5 min S 5.75 min Nominal Trip Setpoint 5.0 min
| |
| * 2::4.70 min and s5.30 min Lower Allowable Value 2::4.5 min 2:: 4.25 min Lower Analytic Limit 4.0 min **************
| |
| | |
| B C BAOWN BOVERt
| |
| !~ /.4 .. 1.7 -1 lss ue C
| |
| ,...........------"""'J ATTACHMENT ~
| |
| TO JC,.. QIP&I .. '1OCQ4 I:N ST RU CT XO NS PAGE 1- OF /;)
| |
| CATAlOG SERIES 211 ITE-27M UNDE~VDLTAGE RELAV ITE-59N OVERVOLTAGE RELAY De f i rn te Ti. me or Hi ;h Sp eed
| |
| | |
| I 8- 7* i~. L 7-7 PAGE 2 '-T -£ SOLIO STATE VOLTAG E RELAYS ATTACHMENT l TO 3L-Q,pg,-q~q TABLE OF CONTENTS PA GE ,;] OF J;). 'nt rod uc tio n *** *** *** *** *** *** *** **
| |
| Precautions *** *** *** *** Page Z Placing Relay int oS .rv *** *** *** *** Pate 2 Sui It- in Te st Fu nc tio ice Page 3 n *** *** *** ***
| |
| * Page 10 Ap pt iat io nO au "Ii nte na ne e and Te sti Pa te" ng *** *** *** *** 'Ig e 9
| |
| IIITROOUC11ON Th es. ins tru c.t ion s tes t 1-1-E so lid -st ate co nta in the inf o.. ..t lon req uir ed to pro sin gle phase vo lta ge pe rly In sta U. op era r.' -V I. nt- 27 M. nd 11£ te. and The ,-r. . £ vo lta ge rel ay is hou
| |
| "'5,N.
| |
| c d on e I pan el mount I sed in a s. i ...fl us h n9
| |
| * drawout rel ay cas e su ita hle for conven-An connectIons to the re' cle arl y numbered. ay are _d e at ter mi na ls located an the rea , of the ea. . and Vo lta ,. and tiM dil co ve r. Pre vis ion s for li se uln gs are loc ate d on the fro nt a _t er su i ar . inc 91 ne ' beh ind it r8fiiDV h,n d. abJe el ** r A tar ge t ind lc. tor is alt o mounted on pu sh bu tto n atD ftd tng An LEO ind fca tor Is thr ou gh the rel ay co the fr on t,. ... The ta" ,et 'S ... .. t ve r. .y IIH t\S of
| |
| * dro po ut .at tln gs . pro vid ed for co nv _.e t..: .
| |
| . In tes tin g and (.a llo rat ln" the plc bp and The f~llowing pre cau 1" Inc orr ec t wi dn g gr .- for tb . pa rti cu In ttle co rre ct po l.r
| |
| : 2. Apply on ly the rat tio ns sho uld b. tak en ma lar reJ ay be for e the PRECAUTIONS y res ult tn daM ge ..
| |
| .... .n ap ply ing th. ..
| |
| Ie su r. wi rin g ag ree .
| |
| rel ay s.
| |
| wh h the. co i tv Mf a,. . .pp lyl rtg r.J ay ts en erg iZI l4. .. su r. ce ntr ol ,.. n.. -ct toa di....
| |
| eo ntr ol po we r.
| |
| ed co ntr ol vo lta ge .rk
| |
| ... . f.. ... U. .
| |
| ed Qft tba fro nt ,.. ,,,
| |
| For rel ay s wi th dual the movable rat ed centro', vo lt. ,..
| |
| lin k on the cir cu it withctraw the rel ay f
| |
| , . the ca se .....
| |
| :t po sIt ion for tbe sy . eM ck we-vo lta ge . bo ard Is in the eor t'M st. . co ntr ol
| |
| ,. 00 no t att em pt to ret urn the ir ind ica tio Mn ua Uy op era te po int ed ob jec t. n under sbock. the y eant." ,e t vu es Oft the .e re' IY s. Al tho vth the be da ug ed by . . . lop tar ge ts er. tIO ft w ith . p6ftCrt or It. 00 no t ap ply hig h .
| |
| te lt Is req uir ed . vo ha ge tes ts tC IO Ud -st pa ata re. lY I" If .. co be for e ap ply in, the rti all y wUhclr.. the eir cu it bo ard frC ntr ol wI rin g t.I t vo lta ge . HI the ca .e to bre ak the connecCIClftl
| |
| ,.. The eft tlr e ef re uh als se rt SM OO thly . 00 no lllll bly of the vo lu te t us . for ee .. ret ay .s ... ..v.b l... lb l, bo ard sho uld 1..-
| |
| : 6. Note tha t retllDVa' of tbe tap b'o de . pin Is eq ufv ale ftt to **ttl ....
| |
| : 1. 'ol low tes t the t... ...t "tap ..
| |
| rel ay is fovnd to be ins tru cti on s to ve rH y tha t the r.l ay 11 In Ilf tH dfa te rep lK ell Nt d.f tet iv e ~ ''''9 tes t tM t it ba r.t um pro pe r WIOrklftt or nt of the r.. .., .bl . ed to the fac to. ry for d.r . If a ca tal og "..oe... elMlef tt c. be . .
| |
| era tiv e un it be rep sug ge st tha t a complete spa re rea ay ".o 'rO ll t~e fac tor y: id.... tff y by We ". .II'.
| |
| .ai red and reu ine d as sc he Nt ic and cir cu it a Ip. .
| |
| to rep air or ,ec aii br de scr ipt ion ..., be ob tai ne d frCftl yo ur r.. rd .re By spe cif yin g the d .1 a re pl ce e.n t, Ift d
| |
| ,.... .... ca tal og ntIlIb.r tfMt IftOi.-
| |
| ate the re' sa l., ett a en erq he d "v ipe Nn t.
| |
| nic ian s lami n. r wi ca uti on ay . CAUTION: Sin ce tro sho uld be tak .n to avo ub l.s ho oti ng gin eer sho uld you en ta' t, wo rki ng wi th desi,..
| |
| ttl good s.f ety pra Id pe rso na l shock..
| |
| ct ice s sho uld "e "S ce Only eoa Jpe tef tt tec h-the se de vic es.
| |
| | |
| '-T -[ SOLS a-STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS 18 -]. 4.1 .1- ]
| |
| PAGE 3 PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE
| |
| : 1. RECEIVING. HAHO UNG. STORAGE Upon rec eip t of the damage.. tf damage rel ay {when no t inc or lud ed as pa rt of a 8rown Bo ve ri El ec tri los s is ev ide nt, fil e a cla im at on ce ..- sw itc hb oa rd) examine for sh ipp ing c Sa les Of fIc e. Ke .d pro mp tly no tif y the lin g to av oid me ch an ica ep tbe rel ay cle an ne are st l damage. -an d dry and us e normal ca re in ha nd -
| |
| a.. ,HSTAt.1.ATION ATIACHMENT -.2 Moufttfttt TO :SC-Qfpg'-1~tI The ou tU ne dIm en sio PAGE 3. OF /:J ns an d pa ne l dr ill in g an d cu tou t inf orm ati on is giv en itl Fig ure 1.
| |
| Con,,"'''
| |
| AI J '-T -E Pr ote cti cI rcu i t board run s and ve Re lay s have me tal fro nt pa ne ls whicb co nn ec tor wi rin g ar e co nn ect ed through H. In all ap pii e.a tlo to a ter mi na l at the re ar of the r.'
| |
| ad na ) is marked UG pri nte d ns th is ter mi na l sh ou .y e.,
| |
| ld be wi red to gro un e.. The te, .*
| |
| Sp ec ial ca re must be d.
| |
| tak en to co nn ec t co ntr ol power i. the pr fn ter na l and ex ter na op er po lar Hy .
| |
| l co nn ec tio ns are sho wn In the APPLICATIO N se ctI on , page 7.
| |
| Fo r rel ay s wi th du al sh ou ld be wi thd raw n rat ed co ntr ol vo from its Gl se . an d .. ha ge , be fo re en erg izi ng tbe tel ay . the vo l tag e se lec tIo n t The loc ati on of th ink "'S is Hn k is l ~
| |
| vis ua l ch eck be _d e been pla ce d on the co rre ct ter mI na l fo r the sys tem co ntr ol re.
| |
| to ins ur e tba t the mo ay ele me nt vable am tro l in Fig ure 5. vo lta ge .
| |
| So smtNGS
| |
| 'ICKUP The pic ku p tap s are ide nti fie d by the ac co nta cts to tra ns fe tu al ". l" . of vo lta ge wh
| |
| : r. lc;.h wU I ca us e the ou tpu t TIME DIAL The tiM di al tap ac ted stl e. curves in s are ide nti fh td .s 1.2 ,3. 4.5 * .-d 6. Re the APPUCATION se cti fer to the d. .-v ol ta on ge the hig h spe ed ch ar ac of th is nsanu.L TI _ di al se hu :tl on Is noe:ttar-vid ed on r.' ay , wi th ter Ist ic. t pro -
| |
| sPEt tAL NOTE PICKUp an d dro po ut fix ed tA D' . vo lta ge s NY be ad jus ted to hY . . .ns of In ter na ' ca nb ra tio n oo ten va lue s oth er tha ft tho se pro vid ed by the eN ur es . tio me ter s. See se cti on Oft T£ ST I. for oro--
| |
| On un its wi th tim between tho se pro vid ed e dia l t the op era tin g. tim e -may ah o be ad iI by the fIxed tap s. jus ted to an y sp ec ifI c va lue
| |
| | |
| fa- 7.4 .L7 "'7 PAGE {;
| |
| I-r-E SOLID-STATE VOLTA tE RELAYS APPUCATION DATA I... T*E Single Phase un de rvo lta ge pro tec tio Vo ha ge Re lay s pro vio e a wide range of tra ns ien t immunity all n of mo tor s and automat(~ bus tra ns fer pro tec tiv e fun cti on s, i"c lud iog ow the use of the se . Inh ere the pef 'for ma nce of eln .uo me c;. han ica l rel rel ay s in ge ne rat ing sta tio ntl y big h ,ei sm ic and ay s would be Nr gh ,.' ns or su bn ati on s wh
| |
| . ere The unique design fic ar: ion of bu s-u an sfe or the output cir cu it does not req uir e
| |
| .r sc h. -I . Op era tio se n in di ut er s are pro al- in co nta cts allowing sim p.i -
| |
| all typ es. vid ed 6' sta nd ard fe.
| |
| tur es on The 'TE-27M and ITE-,9 rep ea tab ili ty, and lon N are des ign ed g ren a sta bi tit y are for tho se ap pll Ut 'on s wMre uc ep t'o na i req uir ed . ace ura cy .
| |
| Ha rmonic dis tor tio po int and on _a su rin n in the At wayefena un have .. no tle g ibl of tni s boo k. An int inl tru ae ntS used to ,a tth a reiay.. See . eff ec t Oft the reJa., OP er. tin g ap pli ca tio ns where wavern al n.r mo nic fI he r fDOdule wif 1 be av aOdf .cu nlo n in the TESTING sK tio n
| |
| .fo~m dis tor tio n ab '. at .. r.t er dlt e il .. fac tor . for tho se c
| |
| Flg ur. I Re .ay Cu tH ,.
| |
| InMrts ions are lIt H TO:Ie:.-GJPg/31C1C:9.l.I PAGE 4 OF J~
| |
| IfUO t.
| |
| -, C ,
| |
| TIpt!:
| |
| ITl-21M Plekup Ran,. Co ntr ol Vo lt. ,. .....,
| |
| tat a.l 09 1"10 fee 'hs t 0.1 -1 s.c:
| |
| *na t
| |
| ' '1' 12 5 Vde "S1I25 'Ide:
| |
| I.JUlins Ins t tf\'n. 2J1U6t7S
| |
| '8112S Vde: 2!1U0115
| |
| | |
| '-1 *£ SOUD STATE VO LTAGE RELAVS ::; 1." . L 7-7 RATiNGS PAGE 5 Inp ut Ci rcu it Rat ing ATTACHMENT l In:-Z7H ISO 'lac::. Klximum Co
| |
| .n:-S9H .60 Vac Maximum Co nti nu ou s nti TO 3"L- G I 'fct.);2.'i nv ou s les s than J VA at 120 PAGE 5 OF 1:1 Vac 50/60 Hz Output Ci rcu it Each co nta ct at 125 Ve 30A tri pp Ing du ty e:
| |
| SA eo nt hUl OU $
| |
| lA bre .k. res Ist ive O.. 3A br ak . Ind uc tIv e
| |
| Cent 1"01 Power bc ett 1f8J) 25 Vde at 0..
| |
| (lIUst op era te 3it- 60 05 ,.. .r . _x ..
| |
| (m ust op er.
| |
| Vetc for 48v ... . In. 1) te 10 -li t2 Vd efo r US V nO llin .1)
| |
| Te mp era tur e ANSI r.n ge -20*C to Must op era te -30*C to+is-'
| |
| +10*'
| |
| To Jcu*aftce" 'ic ku p and dropout set (Without h.r mo nic . .rk ing s (fa cto ry ca tin gs w' th res pe ct to pri nte d dl. 1 fli te r mo du le. lib rat ion ) * +1- zt.
| |
| af t.r to Mi nut e PIc ku p and dro po ut se warm-up.) .tu r. and CO fts tM t co tti ng s, ,.. ,.. t.b ltl ty .t co nst an t t.- p-ntr ol !IOh.. . * +/ -
| |
| . . 0.. 2'. . (S. . Hote)
| |
| 'fe ku p attd dro po ut .et tln gs , ,. t.b U hy ov power ra" ge of 100- ,ItO Yo lts (3 S7Y) * +/ - er de co ntr ol 0.21.. (Se . Mote)
| |
| PI ekup and dro po ut .e
| |
| ~
| |
| tt Ingl , ,... ..tab l If ty ra" ,e: ov er t-. er at ur e
| |
| -zo to -toSS-' +/ - 0.4 t o to +40-' +/ - 0.. 2t Thne hl ay lnu an tan eo us tnOdal hf in ita TJ _ .. .. II 3 cy cle t Of)eratfng t:tl lt ..
| |
| £.
| |
| *,IOt or i20 mil J h<< b. e a4 'Pr op rl. te cu rve ).
| |
| on cs . whidHwer (I gr ea ta, .
| |
| Lass' tna n 2 cy cle s.
| |
| (IT£.. 27- res ets wM n Iftpvt vo lt. .. go es .bO (lTE-59. res ets when inp ve ut vo lta ge go es below plc wP se U ing.* )
| |
| dro po ut ,eU h', .)
| |
| 1000 Va ' MS , I Mi nu te. an ci rcu lts to lro un d..
| |
| MOT£; The thr ee tol era nc es shown sho uld be co ns To 'er a"c csa uW ll'e pu re 1.l ne WttIve inp ut sIg i.r ed i" .,. de nt Md -v be CUMUlative ..
| |
| na l.
| |
| Harmonic Fi Ite r (PreJ imin.ry Oata) oPTION AL The harMnic::. flt t.r ft'Ddute att en ua tes all tbe rel ay t.hen ope ..a har mo nic s of th SO t., bas lea ' ly 9" tM l&otfz In9Ut. Th ere for I Igttal
| |
| * see fig ure fun d.. ..t ** ~ t e.
| |
| Oft page 6 for of the Inp ut vo lta...
| |
| t,p i ca I fI h. , res po nse cu rve ..
| |
| Ka tln g. ara the , ,
| |
| . as s ~ aboVe ex ce
| |
| ,n:
| |
| Plckup and dropout se tti ng s, rep e.t ab Ul ty ov er t ... . r.t ur . ran
| |
| "'10 to +SS*c ge:
| |
| +/ - t .. 5' o to +ltO*C +/ - 0.4 t 11 M Delay Ins tan tan eou s model
| |
| < ~ cy cle s op era tin g time Reset ftmf' Les<<. th: tn J cv d ..~.;
| |
| | |
| ._.....I** **Ilt'II* * *_ .
| |
| 187.4.1 .7 w
| |
| ]
| |
| PACt 6 '-T-! SOLIO STATt VOLTAGE PELAYS
| |
| \
| |
| TfMt VOLtABE CHARAc r£AISTIC $
| |
| t l r - - - -__--~- -_-- ---r
| |
| *.*I-_ _+-__of---. ...- -...........o ....it--- t lNE VOLTAQE CHAMel9lllTJC:S
| |
| * )
| |
| )
| |
| : t. *
| |
| :: ..t---
| |
| +---+ -_.......~--!--~I---i ...
| |
| :
| |
| * J...... I
| |
| ......I-- -+-- -+-- -I--- t---t ----- i I
| |
| *!** 6 .. J---+ ---+- --1-- -l--~ l---i j
| |
| I ...
| |
| :II
| |
| .......__+-__+-__ __
| |
| l-_-i ~ t~~--- -t t
| |
| . " - '_ _L.-
| |
| * ... &AI
| |
| " " - -.....- - ~ : _ _ - ~
| |
| -.TVUt ... ...-..rt ."....
| |
| tAl u ** .~
| |
| u U lJl \A n.*
| |
| )
| |
| Jnc... -
| |
| )
| |
| I J
| |
| AITACHMENT 2
| |
| ** )
| |
| TO ~c..-GIPkI-q
| |
| .. PAGE l.D OF J;:;
| |
| )
| |
| | |
| '*1-£ SOLlD STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS 18 7.4.1.1 "7 PAGE 7 CON NECT ION DIAG RAM S OUTP UT CONT ACT LOGIC The ;Of lowing cables define the output contact states in various
| |
| ~a~ure d input voltage and th:e: control power supply. AS SHOWN conditi ons of the state shown on the interna l connec tion diagram for the relay means the contac u are in the means the contac ts are: in the opposi te st.te to that shown being conside red. TRAHSfEltRED on the intern. 1 connec tion diagram.
| |
| CONTACT LOCf'C COHOHHJN Normal Control Power Input v~ltage below dropou t setting Transfe rred AIS~
| |
| Normal Contro l Power Input vol tage above pickup setting As Shown Transfe rred No Control PQw6r As Shown As Shewn AC
| |
| * NPUT
| |
| * 7 0' O~
| |
| Note: Externa l res i nor mt.Ist G be connec ted for rei.y to operate ..
| |
| Resisto r fs Shipped mounted on the relay.
| |
| Interna l Connections
| |
| * ATTACHMENT ~
| |
| TO 3C-Qlpg' ..Q PAGE "1 OF J:J
| |
| '1--:""'!"~"';'--CM~t-f"'-+
| |
| . - _L_.
| |
| .'...--_)::.:~
| |
| | |
| 18 7.4.1.7 -]
| |
| PAGE S I-T-E SOUD STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS
| |
| . l
| |
| \
| |
| " Off
| |
| ~,
| |
| Pickup Voltage Level Dropou t Vo I tag. level -I i
| |
| i I
| |
| Off Input ',pn Volt.ge \ Input Vol tage lnc.r.a" ing Start
| |
| \
| |
| ~
| |
| \
| |
| hc.rNS ;"g I
| |
| Start Off Figure 4.: ITE-27M Operation of Dropout Indic.ating Light F'gure 4b: ITE-5". Operation of
| |
| , f cku.p 'lUI i r.JIt i n9 Li ght
| |
| * ( )
| |
| Rae,.
| |
| <=:> (.CW T.
| |
| O".'.....T c__....
| |
| rNC.q_ ....
| |
| R2.7 c.w.,... ...,,<<........1:: en.,)
| |
| ~ tc..~ "" .&.~"'- (:nil)
| |
| "C"v" c".....
| |
| Cw ". s........ c::>:a T,ME" C_L.
| |
| ATTACHMENT l
| |
| ~.,.,.. ..
| |
| e:.".,-...
| |
| TO 3L-QtPgl . . qOOd~
| |
| PAGE .R OF I;)
| |
| .x:n;-Z 7 "
| |
| XTS-5 'W
| |
| .. --1 . _ :. J Figure S: Circuit Board loatio ns of lCey Ccnpon enu )
| |
| | |
| I-T-£ SOLID STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS U~-1.4. L 1-7 PAGE S TESTING
| |
| : 1. MAINTENANCE AND RENEWA L PARTS No rou tine mai nten anc e is requ tha t the rela y is in pro per wor ired on Ulese rela ys. Foll ow tes t inst ruc tion s to ver ify king ord er. We rec::.ocll'ftend tha t to the fact ory for rep, ,; r; how an inop erat ive ,..la y be ,.etu rneo ever, a ci rcui t des crip tion and ava i lab le for thos e who wis h /or a sche mat ic aiag r* *re to.t tem pt repa i rs. Conc.ct you r loca l sale s eng in.,
| |
| the fact o,.y . The se rela ys hav . or con tact e
| |
| ord ered from the fac tory . Rep .. con trol rela y a. the out put stag e. this outp ut re'a y may lacement targ et head asse mbl y be mec han ical ly da. ged . (Se me, be ord ered sho uld the targ be e~. It) et Also ava i '.bl e from the fact ory ar. circ uit card exte nde rs whi when cal ibra ting the rela ch are rKORllillmded ys. All thes e reta ys use the 18 poi nt exte nde r, ~talog lOO for use 100lS*
| |
| DRAWOUT ELEMENT Orawout c( rcui t boa rds of the s.,
| |
| by usin g the metaS pun knobs . cata log nUMber are inte rch ant
| |
| _bl e. The board Is r.-w ed cata log n_b er on the fron t pen the fron t pan el. The circ uIt boa rd I, lete ntif ied by the Oft al .net a ser f.l NIiilIitMr st. . . .
| |
| boa rd. on the und er side of the circ uit CAUTION ATTACHMENT 1..
| |
| Since trou bles hoo ting ent ails wor sho uld be take n to avo id pers king with _rg ;ze d ..,I... . t. (:MI llon TO 3(. -~J PR ,- CJ{X};2tl ona f.i 11 ar wi ttl good safe ty prac l sho ck. on~y calp eten t tech nici ans
| |
| .tl ees sho uld serv ice thes e dev h:es .
| |
| PAGE 9 OF J:J.
| |
| 2.. tHH P01'IJI1'IAL TIlT S Do not app ly high pOt enti al lati on tes t is requ i red, withdraw tes ts to 5011d stat e rela y circ uits . If a COfttl"'Ol wlrl119 insu th. cir cui t bo.trd fn:IiIIJ the -
| |
| Pa, tlal wi thdr awa l to ahc onn eet ci rcu lt board frora ~tor ule befo re ."ly lng the test valt age .
| |
| in r.r of GIS . Is acleqvate.
| |
| s.. ACCIPTANCI TDTS foll ow aH ora t 101\ proc edu res und er para trap
| |
| ~ drai ng by drop ping vol t~ to 5O lofp ldw h 4. Sel ect Tl_ Dla ' 13. for In- I?,
| |
| 110 perc ent of pick up. fole ranc p.. For IT£ -S9M
| |
| _'I be trl _a or adju sted es should be with In thos e 'flt ed ,by 'ncr** ln,v oU age to to the fln,, 1 .ett ing s. requ ired on IlI94t S. C.U bra tfon for the .", fcat lon at this time
| |
| * .. CAL* *noN TIlT S Connect the reSay to th.p rop er ratI ng) .. For rela ys with cui ts are shown in figu re 6.
| |
| lIon , S4JY wit hin t), of
| |
| * give
| |
| ,.~ a "I tne c:cr rect U du.-. sou rc.. of con trol vol t... (to rela y to the At test sou rce MId If very Kcu rate sett ing s ft vol tage . a stab l** har _de or type
| |
| . .td t the rela... ,.. .. ** t.
| |
| cor rec t pni llon .. Connect the rati ng, be sure tbe IIOvable link on tn. circ uit boa rd is
| |
| .r. ,__ to a tf. r.. Typ lQI tes t cir-uire d for a par ticu Jar ."U ca-free tes t IOIt rQt Is requ ired .
| |
| 'n the Va ded At test sou ree drc ult .. The dev ice be uS" in thes e caMS. See flgv r. 7 for the re line cor rec tor ty,i AlI y hu 'els ~"
| |
| tbaft 8.. 3t ha,. ,..., 'c dist orti on.
| |
| A t tgh tem ittl ,., cnod e ind Jc.t or is in test I",. Its acti on Is inst prov ided on the fron t ,..1 for COf del. ., befo re the outI Nt coo tacu ""t_ eou s. ther eby rfJllOVtng the unc erta inty tfllldence tran sf.r . CMJs'" by the tiMe leve l .nd the dire ctio n of volt The acti on of the ind icat or depend.s age eb. ge and is bu t _pl a'n on the YO h~
| |
| H by r.fe rrln g to flgu r. ~
| |
| PIckup . .y be vari ed betw ftn mete,. ft21. 'Ick up sho uld be set the flu . t,-, by adju stin g the pick up caU bra tion pot enti
| |
| .t the n...* rest valu e to the des firs t, with the drop out rech eck pick up by hu:r e.si ng the'red sett ing . her.,. the t.,'IOh.,.
| |
| set at ",. aftCI tbe pick up taJ) unci o-s.t vol uge " Rea djus t untl J pick up J drop out occ urs, theft vol tage . occ ur*
| |
| * t pre cise ly tbe ..,.ire d
| |
| | |
| .M t s* 7 .14. I .7-]
| |
| PACE 10 ,*r*£ SOllO STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS Pot enti ome ter RI6 is prov ided to adju st dro pou t. Set the tap to the des ired valu e. drop out tap to the nex t lowe rncr dro pou t occ urs. Rea djus t Rt6 e.ue the inpu t vol t..ge to _bove pick up ~ then low er unt il r
| |
| and repe at unt it tn. requ ired sett ing ~s been made.
| |
| SiMi lad y, the time dela y may tim e-vo ltag e ~urve$ by means of be adju sted high er or low er than the "alu es shown on the init iate d when the vol tage fall the time dela y cali bra tion pOt enti ome ter R~I. TIMe dela s from above pick up to belo w y is the drop out sett ing _
| |
| If the vol tage doe s not retu rn to above the pick up sett ing per iod . the outp ut con tact s wil by the encf of the tl_ dela y l tran sfer .
| |
| The lou t ions of the e.li bra tion
| |
| ..,e mul ti ... turn type s for _u pote ntlO lNC ers are show! in tl.t tt reso lutI on .nd use of figu re S. The pot entl Clle te,s sett ln9 ..
| |
| au ItT.. u. T£ST FUMeTl ON A bun t-in tes t fun ctio n is prov
| |
| .nd asso ciat ed d.-wh:es. CAUTION ided for t:Oft'venfence in fW\c:t I~U y test 'ng the rel. y test s are to be _de on _ ene : test s sho uld be lUd e with the _In circ uit da*.,..... ized ** f rgiz ed circ uit, take .11 nec esu is .abe lled TRlP. For t ....
| |
| Itt-2 7M. wften the butt on is dep ry pre uvt lan s. The tM t butt on is ,i. . tate d, and the rela y ress ed, . . unc lcrv olta ge con diti
| |
| ""il l ope rate . For the ITE-S9N on s *.... ,I.te d. For rela ys with time . "" ove rvo ltag e COA ditlo n Is tne let tJme deta y to g<<t: an ope del ..y fun ctio n, you IlUS t hold the butt on in for a. long **
| |
| rati on.
| |
| )
| |
| ....------~i! TO AC.
| |
| ....- r.llI --.l I...)(
| |
| ,....~ ..... S ...., ..
| |
| 1)C. C............ 560 4,(.. - .J--.+y
| |
| ~r c F'. . ..,
| |
| (-) t+'
| |
| r: I- -,. Tl.... . .5TA.""
| |
| :&"'''T
| |
| ., 0' 0'
| |
| ~'(lIS GNO ()6 ATIACHMENT ~
| |
| - TO PAGE 3C-G'pg,-l.Joo;,w I;;).
| |
| 1'i"C'..
| |
| /0 OF
| |
| 'TO'.,.,.
| |
| ;rfll' Fig ure 6: Typ ical rdt Cir cuit CorII'Iec:tlons
| |
| | |
| I-T-£ SOLID STATE VOLTAGE RELAYS 18"1.4.1.7-]
| |
| PAGE II The follow ing At test source arrang ement is sugges ted when pickup or drop-out settin gs must be made and verifI ed to accura cies the set point. The line correc tor st.bll 'les the tine better than !] p.rcen t voltag e and has row har-0' monic conte nt. Ferror esona nt regula tors are not accep monic conten t of the outpu t wavefo rm. Two variab le table due to high har-and fine voltag e adjust ments . The voltm eter accura transf ormer s provid e coarse settin g being made: :1/4 percen t is recomm ended. cy must be suffic ient for the for 10 to IS minute s before settin gs are made. to allow The relay should be energi zed the cfrcu its to stabil ize.
| |
| TI. 12 Variab le Autotr ansfor mers O.S a.p rating )
| |
| Tj fl1i.e nt Trans for.er (1 a.p second ary)
| |
| V AC Vo h.ete r
| |
| * 110 'lAC UN!
| |
| LINI cO'UtrCTOIt 11KYA )
| |
| TI T2 T1 COAR'£ FlNI figure 7. Sugge sted At Test Source Arrang ement
| |
| * If desire d. calibr ation poten tio.et er. can be reseal polish at compl etion of calibr ation proced ures.
| |
| In Case of Diffic ult!
| |
| L 2.
| |
| Check wiring to the relay.
| |
| ed with a drop of nail 8e sure contro l power i l applie d and in correc t pol.rl ty.
| |
| ]. CheCK that the contro l power select ion board is in the correc t positi on for the system lInk on the cIrcu it contro l yolt.g e.
| |
| Check AC input voltag e to reJay and relay settin gs.
| |
| Contro l power select Ion for dual rated units Is a wire on a 2 positi on ter.in al block on the circui t acco.p llshed by changi ng board or by MOving a lInk.
| |
| The tlnk is red and tooks like:
| |
| 8.* ~.r.,'. ~. ~ AITACHMENT J Replac ement of Tar,et Head Assem bly Ti ff TO L-GJpg/-qtrklLf PAGE JJ OF I;;;
| |
| The reJ.y t.rget is an electr ically operat ed *** gRetlc elly held device .
| |
| ShObld the orange /bJack t.rg.t '15k b. da.age d.
| |
| Order target head assemb ly part 609283 -102 fro. the It can ** ,1', be r.p.ac ed.
| |
| factor y.
| |
| Repla ce.ent proced ure:
| |
| I. from the front Qf the ret.y. pull the exl~tfng pl.'ti c ho.der straig ht of' usIng needle nose pliers .
| |
| : 2. Carefu lly place the new target assemb ly on the pole pieces with disk end closes t to you.
| |
| : 1. With contro l power arHf normal At volt.g e applie d.
| |
| reset button . If the target shows arange . remove t_e press the target t80 degree ,. and reins tall. Actuat e target reset. Target .ssemb ly. rot.te shou.d turn to black.
| |
| | |
| BBC BROWN BOVERI BSC Brown Bovert, Inc.
| |
| 35 Nonn SnOWdrift Road AlI~n1t)'wn PA 18106 Phone. (215) 395*1333 Issue C (3/84)
| |
| .' )
| |
| ATTACHMENT ~
| |
| * TO 1(,- Ci tpg,*~
| |
| PAGE I;) OF Id
| |
| .,1 1lwse ~tion. do*t'IOt purport. to covet c:IlItaila orvariati0r'4 in lQuipme lot every poAtble eom.iftgeney to bt met in ~ion with "'tldo mnor to~
| |
| : n. ~ . Of maI~ e. Should funher infonnatiOn be ~ Of ahoukJ PMicular ~Iri..
| |
| wtUcna, . not ~ luffieiendY forme purdt.... .... I)UfI)OM a" maI1ef
| |
| ~d H refemtd to Stown Boven
| |
| * Attach ment 2 to JC-Q1 P81-90024 SHEET 1 OF 17 2,400 V to 4,800 V Bit 60kV Appficatlo.n (ndoo r Voltage Designed for indoor service; suitahle for operati ng meters. inScrrumcnu, reht>~ and control device:s~
| |
| JVM *3 Regul atory Agenc y Approvals SOl60 Hz Rl UL Recognized '''''.~ n File E178265 Thenn aIRati ng(Vo lt..Amperes) 55°C Rise above 30°C Amhient 750 3O°C Rise above 55°C Ambien t m ., 500 Weigh t* Shipp ing/Ne t (apPfOXimate.. In pounds )
| |
| Unfused n .,
| |
| 35/30 With Fuses 38/33 Referenee Drawings Accuracy Curve 9689241268 Excitation Curve 5454043 Outline Drawings:
| |
| Unfuse d h 8949739 One/Tw o Fuse; --040 and =042 n 9926292 One Fuse; -033. -31, -32 8949740 Two Fuse; -{)24, -lB. -19 _ 8949741
| |
| '\Viring Diagram H refer to page 42, figure 5 Accessories m .,.. **** Catalog Number Fuses:
| |
| 2400 Volt Class, 1 Ampere 9F60AABOOI 4800 Volt Class" 1 Ampere 9F60BBDOOI 4800 Volt Class. 0.5 Amper e 9FOOB8D905 Secondary Termin al Condui t Box 9925183001
| |
| ~To4J,.
| |
| CltcUkV~ 'tMSformer 8litCMn p., AH$f euro.n tm~
| |
| Fot~" AdngiX' ()pe/'aIlNj1!tt ..... Rate voItegt p~ FUM
| |
| ~~ Primary ()pwMed at ,",01 W o~ at ~ ~ ~§
| |
| ~ y YQnty VObge Ratio ~ VoItaQa RaNd V~ Ra1ed vobge 1$ HumbM' Amps \,t)ftt 2400 2400 4160 2400 20,1 M W. X. M. Y; f~ l ~:t3 W.X; 1 ~ M. y p.3 W, X'. M*.Y'; 1.2 Z ~Q210 4200 4200 0t 4200 35:1 6.3 W. X. M, Y. 1.2: 1. 0*.3 W.X:. t.2 M. Y ~ W, X'. M'. V"~ 12l mX02:10 4800 4800 02 4300 40; * .tt3W X.M, Y; 1.22 O.3W,X; 1..2M. YO.3W. X".M',
| |
| Y'; 1.22 1G3X021003 240C 2400 20:1 0,3 W:x; t,2M. Y~.3 W, X'. M', Y';
| |
| 41&0 1.22 713)[021042 1 A 2400 2400 20;1 0.3 W. x,. M, Y; 122 7G3X021e33 1 A 4800 4200 "2(l~ 35.:1 0.3 W.X~ 1..2 lA, yp,3 W. X', M", ¥"; 1.2:Z 783X:0.21031 0.5 A 4800 4800 4800 40:1 0.3 W;X: 1.2 M, Y b.3 W', X'.""', Y: 1.2 2 7QXO~lm 0.5 A 4800 2.tOO 24OO ~ 2400 ~:1 0..3 W.X. M. Y:l2' Z 0.3 W,X; 12 M. Vp.3 W, X'. M'. V'; 1.2 Z 783X02t 040 1 A 2400 4160 24tJ{) 20:;1 0.$ W. x. M, Y; 1.< 1. 713X021 024 1 A 4200 4200~ 4800 4200 35;1 0.3 W. X. M. Y; 1.2 Z 0.3 W,X; 1.2M, VP,3 W. X', M', Y'; 1.2 Z 4800 7'63X02101t 0.5 A. 4800 4800 ~ 4800 4O:1C*~tW, x. M, Y: L22 0.3 W.){; U~ M, y 0.3 W, X', ..... Y";
| |
| 122 1&3X02t 019 0.5 A 4800 l'fll",:
| |
| (£) Fer c~*l)p.atrM. thlt ~OfIMNattd llri/nf!Y~1I shoolll
| |
| ..CUd_b y Il!IOtt lhlll In. tJMtf .!MfglHl~ t~I, O'/W.YOitap Jl'l1,i#
| |
| tiQt"N ~ ~ V cOl'ltHk'li¢M. iti", ;Jt*fm'lld practkt tu*~O llfI~kom
| |
| ~nY'(\~l t tnMfulTMr *
| |
| * C1tykl ttJ. fl'lWlndlld tnlWtI,!t$inQ II ~.~ intM ~ ~tof W
| |
| ~lf so 1..e~t$"'u.n.rMf ~yo~.~,
| |
| ~; BytmJ; ~ atumtfOfrtlW t'Mlnftlt b,*.m~
| |
| '$ ap**tH If 5n. ijf !YtH*lfoltq t; t1IIt pr* *t\'ftlCI~ is Wllltil m ~ndy n tfUrtuma from ttt. ~e aide bY tn~ I!.d. bforlm W~n th. OtlJ<J.ll1otrJlilla.
| |
| h.iriHM do l"lutt:Q)((atpJ\W:I ~ stJMlfa A.N$J dtfi~.
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-Q1P81~90024 SHEET 2 OF 17 INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR UNDERVOLTAGE.OVERVOLTAGE, AND UNDER/OVERVOLTAGE RELAYS MODEL NUMBERS: BE 1-2 7, BE l-59 , AND BE 1"2 7/5 9 Basler Electric
| |
| __ @ Highland, Dlinois PUblication: 9 1701 ao 990 Rev i.ion :B E-MCP 92/105 1-E225 004_4 _4.0_I _£)
| |
| | |
| SECTIO'i 1 INfORMAtroN Undervol are sol i a.nd transfo rmers adverse system voltage Appli power systems are des constant voltage operation.. loads come rcial power are to operate at a constant lnput with some tolerance. Radical variatiOinson a power ive of a system malfunction. P verel ays wnm onito r system voltage and provide an output signal when the . tage g*oes OUtS1 prede ned lim1 , a variet y of applic ations . Some of these lPpllc ationster...
| |
| lude motor t transformer prote ctlon, interf ace protection for cogeneration systems, and supervision of automatic transf er swltch lng schemes.
| |
| Motor Prote ction ecting the type of protec tion motor app cat tons, notal'" type, voltage rating . horse.power, lity during start- up, and exposure to automatic transf er restar ting following. a vol tage interr sidere d. During motor start- up. a low terminal voltage upt'on condi tion need to be con-the motor fr*Qm reaching rated 11
| |
| . ..The BE1... 27 undervoltage relay this low voltag e condition and tr1p. ..Crit icala pplic ation s ring motor operation and appl ;catio nswh ere overloadS. during start- up may be main-ta ined for a given time peri 00 t us ual1y have a defi 1'1'1 te time de 1ay chara cteri stic incorporated . avo or inverse time unnecessary trippi ng duri"9 low voltage dips.. If the under voltag e condi tion persi sts for the establ delay , the relay outpu t contacts are connected to the statio ished time panel t allowing the statio n operator to tate corre ctive action n alarm annunciator Overvoltage relay is a.pplied to insure the voltage does not exceed BEl-59 . The
| |
| .stab 1i shed by the mach ine manufacturer .for . prope r operation the limits dition s stress the insula tion level of the equipment and may cause 1tage con- jJ Ove1"'vo breakdown resul a diele ctric in i flashover to ground ..
| |
| Automatic Transfer Switching Distri butio n substa tions are sometimes designed with duplfc ate supply and transformers to el iminate servic e interruptio.ns due to faults circu its primary feede r. In order to restar e serv.lce within a given accep locate d on the period. automatic transf er switching can be applie d to initia te the table time from primary power to the altern ate power source.. The BEl-27 tnrowover can initia te swi tcn1ng after a given time delay to void transf er Under voltag e Relay S.W1 tcbing duri n9 temporary low vo 1tage COftCU tiollS . . To return the substa servic e upon the restor ation of primaryvoltag.e t the BEl-59 overv tion to normal superv is es the transi t ion to its norma 1 opera t i ng conai t ion .. oltage relay 1-1
| |
| §
| |
| * *8....'.
| |
| ~
| |
| | |
| a vol are conrne<:t the ".r.J'''''''I'1~'''':ll capable of break er is open .. During a fau1 tor to be from the coctem ~r is connected synchroni sm each A line volt.age will reclos ing line energi by the cagen . .
| |
| erato r .
| |
| At the interf ace between the uti 1ity and the cogeru!rator ~ overvoltage vol are instal led as nimum protec tion to provide an operaand under ...
| |
| ting-volta.ge for the . . ... . During faulte d condi tions, when cogen erator become overlo aded, theBE l ...27 undervoltage Relay wil] the detec t declin e in . remove the cogenerator frc;m the system.. The 8El-59 the Overvoltage ay will prote ct the system from overvoltage conditions that occur when power correction capac i tors are locate d on the feede r ..
| |
| Transformer Protection Vol tage rel ays can be appl led to protect large transformers from damage resul t of tation.. The concern fo*r transf ormer overv ol ta.geraay beas an1 . .
| |
| m1%ed in many system applications where proper voltage control of the generating uni provided. However, a tap changing regUlating trans ...
| |
| former is located between the gener ati. source and the load. some forma f voltage may be required to supplement the tap chang; contro prevent damage due to over, as well as undervoltages result ing from l and to failu re tne tap changing control~ The BE1...21159 underlOvervoltage Relay a well for these applic ations . is Ground Fault Detection In a three...phase. three....wire S1st _, I. single conductor-may break:
| |
| tion may deter iorate result ing in a high resist ance ground fault or the insula ...
| |
| be detec ted by the overc urren t relays.. This condi tion. howe.v which may oot by an overval tage relay connected ... a FOUf1ded wye broken er, may be sensed tial transformers{PT~s) as illust rated in Figure 1.. .1.. With t delta set of poten -
| |
| and a sensi tive rei ay settin g. an unbal anced voltage condition, such sconn ection ,
| |
| descri bed above. can be quic.kly detected and isolat ed .. as 81'....
| |
| f igu.re 1-1. Ground Faul t Detec tion 1
| |
| | |
| MODEL AND NUMBER The operational uded relay are by a combination of letter s and which device*s style number. The e number together with the the featur es andopt1ons a partic ula.r iDosar an drawout cradle . and ins i the case assembly. The number 19nates the ay as a 8asler ectrlc Class 100 Under/Overvoltage Rei STYLE NtJM8fR fD~NTIFfCATION CHART 1';11' n ... us v**
| |
| IlMO ~li.li' taO".
| |
| QJ ill; * * *
| |
| * UI.4iV_
| |
| 1'**__ ~
| |
| ** ¥llklll!t
| |
| 'II$Yw
| |
| ".. ;;t;;:: ;;-n;; ;;;M" e
| |
| e.4j " IM.,**
| |
| ""'llM!W H
| |
| ~.
| |
| C:.J" ~~ ~
| |
| C1' . . . . . *~ ~--
| |
| ~Ift ......
| |
| .cl.". . - -
| |
| o til..,.
| |
| O#I 1ft"""
| |
| *~
| |
| . .q ~ .
| |
| oaj
| |
| ~; .1 $0 M~_
| |
| n.o 11'. .
| |
| .. ~~
| |
| * $.0. . . .
| |
| ....f"
| |
| ~.
| |
| ~
| |
| h'* *
| |
| ~
| |
| -I ~~ "fiK~ ~ IJMit'4 0.1..-
| |
| &.lft ., "Wft~
| |
| £ttO
| |
| ~ ....,
| |
| ~,l Iit" l.i."'h
| |
| .u_~
| |
| .~
| |
| ~.
| |
| .~
| |
| ~
| |
| ~
| |
| ".in','" ....lIl4\lI.
| |
| .u ,t4)t9UO .,. ;, All , w., . 'I~
| |
| Mt;. U~
| |
| ' '¥MiWI
| |
| ~"". ~
| |
| SAMPLE STYLE NUMBER The style number ident ificat ion chart above illust rates the manne relay 's style number ... determ ined .... For examp le,. . r in which a B£I....2 1/59 and the style number is A3F E1J AOSIF the device model numbe r is featur*es: has the follow ing A) Single ... pbase Yoltage.sensing
| |
| : 3) Sensing input. compatible with a pickup adjustment F) Two normally open ou*tput relays (one per functio.n) range of 55 to 160 Vac (1) Definite timing for each function J) Operat1n9 power derived from a 125 Vae or 100/120 Vac A) Twof ntern ally operated targe t indica tors (one per functi source No instantaneous functions on)
| |
| S) Push ...to...energi ze output.s. (pushbuttons)
| |
| : 1) Two normally open lUX; 1i ary output relays (one perfunct i on)
| |
| F} Semi-flush mounting
| |
| .a D 9 ~!.IKtt$.**
| |
| 1' IlIliftlM
| |
| | |
| Vol iog at or a
| |
| voltage rating of 360V or 480V (240V ) at i 1es s IVA per phase.. frequency range 40 to 70
| |
| _1",1 ll'f__ t Supply krdt.
| |
| ,t
| |
| [ltOll" 'oltl~
| |
| Yoltlte ltMte _tfl**
| |
| .nte fmf .... ~., ts ,te14 lei <<tal. for" or 12S Y<k:~
| |
| $.lttttoft Illlllt k '-ltilMhd It u.. U. af 1MUU.UOII.
| |
| t'l'Ih .,..... __p,i,.-UtA 1$ flCtor)' ,~tfor 125 V<k:.
| |
| f T,J1. L ~$_l¥ . , , ,. . tre 14 V-de to "trIU.,. bit,.
| |
| tle ",.n* *, .......UCed to 12 ,-de..
| |
| OHrlthtO. Ole.
| |
| Target Indicators Magnet1callylatching, .nually reset target indicators are optionally available to indicate that a trip outp*ut contact has energized.. Either internally operated or current operated targets may be selected. Current operated targets require a nimumO.Z Adc flowing through output p circuit, and are rited at 30 A for 1 second, 7 A for 2 minulas, and 3 A conti nuou sly.
| |
| Internally operated targets should be selected if the breaker cQntrolcireuit is ae powered, or if the relay has normally closed output contacts.
| |
| Output Contacts Output contacts are rated" as follows:
| |
| Resistive 120 Vac - make. break, and ca.rry 7 A continuously.
| |
| 250 Vdc - mate and carry 30 A for 0.2 seconds" c*arry 7 A con-tinuously, break 0.1 A.
| |
| 500 Vde ... make and carry 15 A fer 0.2 seconds:t carry 7 A con-tinuous 1y, break 0.1 A.
| |
| Inductive rm Vac, 125 Vdc, 250 Vdc ... break 0.1 A eL/R :: 0.04) ..
| |
| 1-4
| |
| | |
| setti I a vo Itage 1 th settin g by 5% or 1 le over the range of 0..1 to 9 increments of 0.. 1
| |
| * A setti ng of 00 instan taneou s timing.
| |
| Wi n + one hal f of the least goiff-cant time us 50 ms ..
| |
| Inverse Inver se curve types are define d by the Styl e Chart and are represented by the curves shown on pages 3... 4 t 3-5, and 3-6.
| |
| Inverse time is adjus table from 01 to 99 in increm ents 01" Incrementing the varies tne cur veo ng the Y uis. A settin g of 00 instantaneous timing ..
| |
| Inverse Within +5% or 50 ms (whiChever is greaterT of the indicated time for any combination of the time al settin g and pickup s.ettin g and is repeatable within
| |
| +2% or 50.ms (whi cheve r is greate r) for
| |
| 'iny combination of t1me dial and tap settin g..
| |
| Shock 15; in each of three mutual1yperpen ...
| |
| dicular axes ..
| |
| Vibration 2g ineac :nof three mutu.ally perpen-dicular a.xes swept over range of 10 to 500 Hz for a total of six sweeps, 15 mi flU tes each sweep.
| |
| Isolation Z500Vac at 60Hz for 1 minute (1500 Vae for one minute across open contacts) accordance with lEe 255.5 and ANSI/IEEE C37.90-1978 (Di ectric Test) .
| |
| 1 h""~t<<::
| |
| ~ ...
| |
| | |
| Surge lity Qual i .90..
| |
| Qual Storage C-8S0F}
| |
| 14 pounds maximum.
| |
| ze All units 'fed in an ze case..
| |
| | |
| Attach ment 2 to JC-Q1P81-90024 SHEET 9 OF 17 GENERAL ELECTRIC'S NEW TYPE 4725 FREQUENCY TRANSDUCERS
| |
| * New Compact S'z**
| |
| * +/-O.5% Accuracy
| |
| * :tOlt02% Voillg a Rejection
| |
| -1 ma output (0-1 OK ohms Load Rang.)
| |
| * :to.02 % Iineatity
| |
| -%0.0 2% Load Res.stance effect
| |
| * Readily fntercha.nged Elec-trIcally a Mechanically with Type 4701 FUNCTION TYI>> .'25 ~ c o n ~nquency of $0.60. _ 400 Hz at 120 \IlOb Into de rnHI8mPs (0.5 ma to + 0.5 f1'lIlIII. Tht "mayt: wt 0-1 OK .ohmI, DESCRIPTION
| |
| : n. new. ccmpct Typt 4725 F~ T~ ~ the fMUt ~ to gjYe * ~ ~ output Into * ~
| |
| foM~. ~ operaIIn; ~OCI. tueb...
| |
| *1eM then :1\':0.2% ~
| |
| +ere ~ ~ 1'MQf. .on. . .~
| |
| -..nee QIW -2O"C to
| |
| . from the .~ cr. .
| |
| . . TN ~ end ~ ~., . mountId on t(JO.lCy ~etrQ.jtbolrdl. n.~*~*end ~
| |
| ~of""'un", ~on.~.tM~ TYPtCAL PUfORMANC! CURVES wNeb it houIMdb * . . . , fJf'ICbIuN, SInce ..... it no pat.
| |
| Ing. ~ Of two ae:rewt pt'OVIdH HIY ICC8f to the Mh . . t.NMf1'Y
| |
| ~.
| |
| GENERAL APPUCAnON
| |
| .~& ~.0Qntn:)
| |
| I~.~
| |
| ~ ~*_ moIDr1l lf'*l1<< . . . . ~
| |
| ~ ~., ~ c erot~. J)OWtIf f'rJOI'lfIEn.
| |
| ~conI'Ct The ryp. 4125 F~ T~ Ja ....... Of dtM'Ig**tJtrtf in-dicdnQ .~ or cIRcf..-=- andl>Ot*dk:Wnetnc r~. oe..
| |
| . . . JtIOIt C(lf'.lIOftt, UWd. . TypIM DlJ..1 at .8.30. n 40 ~
| |
| board~; TYPJ l$O
| |
| .. ~ ; _ LOOK * .., ~ O~: Type 1M 01 TYPe 1"*~
| |
| H UN!. ~._w a;and CH L
| |
| I CFf'~ ~~ . . UlildbyQ EM'.U.. ....
| |
| CQdJ~ tne1*. . . . . ~
| |
| OPERATION F~ *0 de DIn.'o n 1a ~.thrtIugh tie uee ot .6-
| |
| ~ '"-* ' dfCUIt tIeId1 ffect~ 1t'1nI JIa_and*~ 8d~ .
| |
| .~ ~. aucn ..
| |
| ~
| |
| tcn. . lJMOte ........ ....... ~ .
| |
| A preciIicn de ,....,. . ~ ~ .z,,", dItft bIM . . . to l1e
| |
| ~ twitching IIiIp. ZMO crateinO Of ....Input ttonn QIJMI. o ... 10 +20 '" 30 ",olIO +"".iiO'" 10 the Input ~ . . to ~ . . Md ~oo T!MPtAA1tJ\IIt. "c OU Pt~
| |
| -.-10 ..
| |
| ~. preciIicn ~ ~ tlo" ln~ atIOe.
| |
| leVel rn , .
| |
| ln_~QPII dWOt 1M de It tMn ~ to
| |
| * coneiIrrt .CUtI'1JIf1t tdcnet~~ . . . ~
| |
| _ H1c~ . . . . . . . ~ to pt'OYkJe ~t IIfId oot;:lut ....... ~ St8tdty. high ~ Mci broed* ftMd
| |
| ~litY n proW.fed ~h . . UM of 2Q-tum ~
| |
| po.
| |
| ~"'far"HfO.IIACl"".
| |
| | |
| GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS TYP!4725 FRIlOUIHCY TRANSDUCERS ..:.;;;;.:;;,:..:..-. ~ INPUT/OUTPUT & WIfUNQ DA fA FuU Seal. c.libraticn: $0 Tabte i Potentia,
| |
| ** Nomina'. 85*135 VOlts
| |
| : b. O1f'erload W'i'thsti1nd. continuous. 150 volts
| |
| : c. Overload with.stand. 1" m1nufe. 200 vofts CD
| |
| : d. Bureen at 120 \fOiES, va, "'.'tlll)flfi;'f POWM FrequeftCY Span: sea Table f;for other $panll consult factory CD OpenttinC 1'empetatim.t Rln..: -20*C to +65* C CD M.x.ra mp_tur e Effect on Accuracy:
| |
| of center frequeney (1)
| |
| Full*kl a. ~ 1 ma Ovtput Load Rance: 0-101< ohms:
| |
| Un. Vobp Rejection: :=0.02% of ctnter ttequttney DIMENSIONS AdJustments:
| |
| : a. zero. of center frequency, rnf;nlmum adjustrnfAnt
| |
| : b. calIbrate, fuJi seaor values in Tabl. I.
| |
| Dltlectrie TaR 1500 v RMS Wlfthf 1,2_
| |
| TAILE I~ fREQUENCY TRANSDUC£RS Typiq' Standar d Model Caiiotltion INSTRUMENT PRODUCTS DePARTMENT 40 FEOERAl STReET *lYNN, MASS. 01910 GENERAL ELECTRIC
| |
| | |
| INS' RUC TION S GEI.19008E Attachment :2 to JC~Q1P81-90024 SHEET 11 OF 17 FREQUENCY RELAYS TYPES IJF51A, IJF51B, and IJF52A.
| |
| GENERAL ELECTRIC
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC_Q1P81~900 24 SHEET 12 OF 17 STA'11()MAR't BROS H
| |
| AND CO~TACT ASSEMBL.Y SEAl.-tN UNIT CONTROl. SPRING TARGET -..--J AND ADJUST1NG RING SHAfT ORAG MAGNET DISK fi.g,. 1 Type IJF Re lay ~ve4 FrCII Cas. (f ro nt )
| |
| View)
| |
| ADJUSTABLE RESTOR .~. ~---'"
| |
| N R£STRAlHT' - -
| |
| - )
| |
| COIL
| |
| )
| |
| | |
| FREQUENCY RELAYS TYPE IJF INTRODUCTION These are relays of the disk intended lor the p"'", tection ot appara tus agains ttype the back of the cue... The cases andcra .dles are constructed. that the l"ela:y cannot belnse rted in effects of overlrequf:nc)'P or underf requ.e ncy" case upside dOwn.. The cotmeeUng .plug, beside s The Type UP is an inducti on disk t)'Pe ma.king theele etriea l connections bet'lieen the re-m(]runtect in a single unit drawout ease.. It has spective blocks of the cradle and cue,a lso lock the latdlln~lace. The cover, which is fasten ed to U-mag nettJp e drivin g elemen ts the case by tlnunb screws . bolds the connec ting plug on opposi te sides of the. diSk*... One. ot .these, in place..
| |
| operat ing. elemen t, 18 designed . to. dri'u~ the disk1D the directi on to close the left eonta d the other., the restrai ning elemen t t o
| |
| * To draw out the :relay unit the ccwer ia fttst disk tn' remov ed,. and the plug drawn out. SborUn g bars are the eontae t-open ingdir ection on relays havinJ smgle... pn:wid ed in. the ease to short the currel lttrans forme throw contac ts and to close the right contac ts on relays having double -throw contac ts" The disk circmts" The latche s are then releas ed. and ther sbait is restrai ned by a. relay unit can be easily QraWtt out" Torep. laee the at spring . the princi pal l"elay the revers e order 18 followed.
| |
| purpos e of wbicn i8 to . the contac ts open when the relay is de-ene rgi%e d..The motion of the disk ta retard ed by perma nent magnets to give the of the A separa te testing plug*c u be inserte d in pJ.aee correc t time dela, for connec ting P.lUi. to te.. at the relay in place. on the contac ts. the panel eltber from Ita own source of curren t ud There tea seal-in wnt mounted to the left at can voltage , or from other sources" Or, the relay unit the abaft on the Type*U F51A and UF51S relays be drawn out and. replac ed by anothe r which has The Type IJF52A relay has a seal-in unit mounted. been tested in Ole labora tory.
| |
| on both sides of the shaft.. This eleme nt has Us coil in series and its contacts in panlle l with the APPLICATION main contacts such that .hen the main contacts elose, the seal-in elemen t picks up and sea.ls in. mende The TJpe UP frequency relays are recom ....
| |
| When the seal-in elemen t picks up it raises a ap,tns d for protec tion of 8YDChronous appara tus target .mto ... r i " .which. latche . up and t ovet-speed or unde.npeed condit ions ca.ued exposed until releas ed by by loiS of loadm the ease of genera tors, or loa of.
| |
| the lower leit corner of the cover.
| |
| a button bel:lea1lh m the ease of motor and eoDde.n.sen..
| |
| lays can. be used to operate protec tive de...
| |
| vices, or to sound an alarm whene vertbe freque ncy The ease is suitable for either surfac e Or of t;be. e:l.rew.t varies bJ a predet ermine d amoun t semtfl ush .panel mount ing and an assort ment of above
| |
| .ot' below norma l.
| |
| hardw are is. provid ed for either mounting.. The cover attacb es to the ease and a.lso curie s the reset mechanism when one is requir ed. Eaeh RATINGS cover 'crew bas prona ton tor a. sealm gwire.. The$e relays are available in freque neyrat iDgs Th.e ease has studs or screw connections at from 25 to 60 cyeles andvo lta.p rating s of 115 and both ends or at tbe bottPm only tor. tbe extern al 230 volts..
| |
| eonnections.. Tbeel eetric al eonnec tions betwe n The curren t closin g ratmg of the the relay uaits. bd .tbe .ca8e. studS u8 ..
| |
| 1llade 30 amperes for wImp s .Mt exceedingccmtac ts fa 250 volts..
| |
| throug h spr . backed cO!1t actfm prs znounte d. in The stationary mo bmer an4ou ter. blocluJ between eurrel 1t-ear rymc raUnp . are affected by tbe whie busts a removable eonnec tmg plug.. whieh aelecti in Table L on. 01 the tap. on the seal-In eon u incUeated cotQP letestb e .ctrcu1 ts*....Tbe outer . blocks , attach ed to tbe ea.se*. bave the studs fOr the external coo-nectio ns, and the htner blocks bave the term1n TABLE I als for the intern al ec:mnecttons.
| |
| The "lay meeilantsm .. is mounted Ia a "teet framew ork called the cradle and i.a complete a-Amp Tap 0..2 Amp Tap tmit with all leads bemgt erDlin ated a.t the inner.. b1ock... Trippi ng Duty This cradle h1 held flrlDly mtbe cue with a latch 30 5 at the top and. the bottom and by agufd e pm at the Carry Contlnuou:sly 3 0..3
| |
| 'I'tw**. $,n.cructt~5 do not purpo rttoco wr all deutJ#
| |
| .wrt:} po!I$lbJ e CC'ft ~DCY to b. -~ in CQ'1nllK't.ion or ~rj,.t,iOM ill equtpI Mt nor to prrwi.d . trJr kl'itlJ JIut&1 1"UM# apltz.tti on 01" .1nt~~",
| |
| runher In.terru tton h 4d$J.~.ed or shoUl dPllrti culupr obJe_ . llri** 81Jould t:hJ! purc::I14""ar'$' purpms* * # the ... U:er .~d bfI reLt!!J:r whidl U1t ~ ~ ~ .urtrJIC1M'tJrJ for H to eM GeMr,~U lrlet:trJ c ~ .
| |
| 'fa tM e....~t r1lH!1,J1~d .~. pr_l.fC~ . . .cri:b<<d he.nU.n but nosu.ch 4fturan Co .is gl Wtn ",1 tb respec t to l(:lCal
| |
| '-'t app,1Ic :abl. usrl' 1JZZ ami ~ standar ds!
| |
| ~_ .an4 ord1M.t2ce.s z..c:auiQ tllftv liW.ZfI;:r.".t.zv"
| |
| | |
| I,"
| |
| l' I
| |
| II
| |
| *r I
| |
| I f,
| |
| f
| |
| *I
| |
| -i.
| |
| -..'t w
| |
| Fi 1,,*:1 r,,. rJrS) A R. ra, t CMracter i.t Ie*
| |
| '0 I ta..4 I"e'qUHCy u
| |
| IA
| |
| ( . t f
| |
| r \I I:
| |
| t I
| |
| I Me I*
| |
| u ,* )
| |
| iii Q 8 FII. 5 T," JJ'SII ** t."
| |
| Char.der** tlcl Wolt.t. -Fr"",4 mq ffg.** r''''''F5JI a.II" TI**4r .4uenq ettarm ed aUe..
| |
| | |
| re . tlpba s a d-e resiata,nce 0..13 cycle tmpec:laJlee 01 0.53 ot1In$ wbile tap has a 7 ohm d.... c reaista neean d Burden data for the 55...$0 cyele uader freque ncy a 52 ohm ele tmp~c e.. The ta.pset ung ued on the sea.l*1n element is determ ined by the curren t relay .and eo.. . 65 cycles cwerirequen.cy relay. ue drawn by the trip coil. given tD. Table I at 115 volts 60 cycles ..
| |
| Bu.rdens listed are total burden of relay..
| |
| The O..2..amper e tap is for \'&lie with. trip eolls TABL Ett that operat e on evren urang ingfro m 0.,2 up to 2.0 amper es at themi nimw n OOntrol voltage.. If this Volt Power tap is used with trip eof.1s requi r.mo re. than 2 Amps Factol '
| |
| amper e., there is a possibility the 1..ohm resista nce will reduce the curren t to 80 low a value UF51A ..99 that the br'eake r win not be tripped.. UF51B .98 Total burden s for the Type UFSU relay at The 2...ampere tap should be used with trip coils 115 volts are as follaws:
| |
| that take 2 amperes or more a:tmmt.m.u.m CQf.luol voltage.. provided tbe trippm g curre Dtdoe saot TABL Em exceed 30 amper es at the maxim um control YOltq'e.
| |
| If the trippin g curren t exceeds 30 amper es an Volt Power awdlla ry .relay abould be used, the cmmect!OmJ Freer.. Watts Amps Factor be.mg such that the tr1PPin g ettr'r8f tt does not paa.
| |
| throUg b the contac ts or the target and aal",in coils 25 6..3 of the protec tive relay" 60 10/1 RECEIVING., HANDLING .AND STORAGE These relap wben DOt !Deluded u a o f a contro lpue1 , mil be. sbipped In carton s .. . ed to pl.
| |
| .tnj l:3
| |
| .,.**. *. . . .orthethere.lar m
| |
| . ..Orda.
| |
| ...1' *t noaeof the parta ue tha.*
| |
| adjust ments c:.I.iatu.rbed.
| |
| protec t them ap.i:u t damag e. . 1mmedJately upon receip t of tbee~tion should be made for oJ damag Ifmjur y If the rela,. are not to. De inBtaJled 1mmedlatelyJ or d a . . eviden;t, tne, sbou1d be stored in their eartmu l in a a claim shOuld be transp ortatio n place tbat la free from moistu re, t, and metallic company and the neares t sales OIfice of the Gener al cbips. Foreig n matter collect ed on the outsid e of Electr ic Compa ny notUie d promp tly.* the cue may fiDd ita way mside when til. C(WU' 18 Beaao nable eare shou1d be exerei sed In'tm- removed and cause trouib lem theope rat1on of lbe
| |
| :relay.
| |
| INSTALLATION LOCATION AuxtLtA:Rms The loeatk mshoW d be clean aaddr y, free from When atem al capacitors, abd in lOme cu.s dust . ad excessive Yibrati on" aad well Ughted to resisto rs, are fumis: hed With relay are ideo...
| |
| facilitate fnspeetlon andtes Ung. tiffed by meus 01 serial numbe rs ** numbe rs are.. Of the form K;X.l0 230r OA-lt SI .The purpou cfthes e QUmbers lito lUUre that --.nl ay. when tutaUe d,wUl be p.rarid ad With the~es The .reiay sboul dbe mounted on a 'Vertle al With which it *wu ealJ.brated at the factory".
| |
| 8'Urlace*. The outline and panel cUap.-am i&sho wn In Flg.. 12.. 'lbe. reason . for thla .precauUott fa to eliD:dnate the.. l'Uiati On. m ealfb~. of the. relay.
| |
| woW.d otherwiae reault from the VUiI.t.km ill Whic.n CONNECTIONS trical proper ties of lbe auxilia ries.. elec-tntel'1'Jal connec tion 8 for thevar ioWl ADJU STM INTS r-elay types are ,bO'wnm , to. 9 inclusive.
| |
| Typical wiring d.tagrams are pveni n Fig.1()and 11. TARGET AND SEAL- IN B'LEMENT One of the D10utlt mg studs or sc,rtWasbou1d be P~r trip coU*. opera .0= currmlta per1'.'r1anenUy ground ed by a ccndu ctorno t less than froD3.o.,2 up toZ.O amper es the minimum rangin g No. 12 B&:B gage eoppel" wire Qr its equiva leDt.. voltage. set the target and aea!... m tap piugcontro *tn the l
| |
| O.2... amper e tap.
| |
| 5
| |
| | |
| BURDINS IMPOSED ON PO Tlt mA L TRANSfOR (Oa ta Of. for on* *I.tn .nf and hoI " on 120
| |
| : i. OUtgtted. chata ** fOf' 60 cyc "oft , at rotH
| |
| * fAqvenCYJ wit. ...
| |
| MERS
| |
| '.,.) no ~Pfti"c ff'MI".ncy tath tg
| |
| . f~1I t
| |
| ~.
| |
| rOll....
| |
| " , .....M ..
| |
| tM_n )
| |
| v.",~
| |
| UQ)"'..
| |
| VOl.TMEtERS WATTMrnRS OR VAIMETlaS tH, i
| |
| 'U I
| |
| U~ll j IU 120 2J~lt J
| |
| .0 600C 1l>>1 4:1iO f
| |
| 6QOl) 1000 a
| |
| 0 I M
| |
| :u ! ,Q.":u..
| |
| =
| |
| U10 I 12:1) 12.0 60
| |
| "'to u...... I
| |
| ';I) 120 UO 1
| |
| ~
| |
| .0 MOO 7U~
| |
| 67f9 4)
| |
| (j I l,r tM 60 .3<<1 noo D 0 i ", ',0 ! 1.1)
| |
| =
| |
| llJ U ...<l
| |
| ),....,
| |
| $TOO )700 Dm L$5 I us
| |
| ~ 61 J 3.11 tU u-..o d I I I "'s
| |
| >>00 4.$
| |
| I IU )$"* 0.02 110 I.
| |
| u-u s
| |
| )2'00 2200 4"i) u I 12'10 1220 0 0J,I0t t.n I no HI UIHIlI IU 1S~
| |
| 2'6j!()
| |
| 2'600
| |
| <l6tO ) I) $.1 1,1:$
| |
| J."J Ll*.. lLtlsIj
| |
| * $COw 2600 G (6-1. " t!liAtflil ~ U $.'
| |
| CI*lf .'ioo tf U,.,' iIIC IfS
| |
| ,14 U
| |
| 64 BOO #
| |
| 1$10 #
| |
| 10to . I 1100
| |
| ,u 120
| |
| ,I ..If u:r 1.11 I ....J
| |
| **J I
| |
| .:1.1 "4c 40 10i T 1t.J II :;;:,0 II L"
| |
| I ,>>
| |
| lOS
| |
| * ut c.hJ.!j~_ft""""
| |
| ~
| |
| .0
| |
| "'d It" If.
| |
| tl<<l
| |
| * I tU Hl0 o.o~
| |
| o.n 131.0 1:a,O 11,1 Ii JJO,.~
| |
| 12.0 U.I
| |
| (:.l) t. 17 ""~l ..... 4fIlf!lM t
| |
| .c un 1m * - :)$6 I '.f f **
| |
| n r 120.
| |
| 110 t. 1 '210
| |
| ~>> I . U~ .1 I.A HO u... IJ$ 2.fl~
| |
| ':).20 0.01 i ..J 1M u,.n tnt1 Cl.OI ~'
| |
| 1'1$
| |
| I
| |
| ~'l 1$00 tHe 4.2 "0 ,no!) o.ot I .:. I l,I> IQ U5 U(l() J.I I 10 U, k> IZJ w..H) 12' lJOl> nao C),01
| |
| . ' 2'**
| |
| I OJ1i itO 10(1 UO UJ't.. 121 6Cl
| |
| ?1st>
| |
| f.IQ
| |
| \Ii n~
| |
| .2 0,4)1 0
| |
| O,Q$
| |
| i 6..
| |
| ,:r.,
| |
| rn.o I 4,,*
| |
| 6..
| |
| 17.1
| |
| ~.'b"o
| |
| | |
| I Potentia/T,onsrormer ACCUracy -"_"I"ln'''' .. _,.I,... *'UU!UI or Pow." Fae...
| |
| Clan TNUtsJro r''I'utf Ilint) of M ...
| |
| Pc>wer Load
| |
| ,.o12-o.9It 0.6 1.000-0,"'*
| |
| eM 1.001-0.""
| |
| 1'l**~.h_ *- .....~ ~ 10 ,UCKi . . . . .
| |
| ~
| |
| 10 **
| |
| q . *WIII_
| |
| rc.-
| |
| (1ft , ",~,",MI. .., .. HI.
| |
| Of nlt"- 't**spew",-
| |
| WH<Y~
| |
| tIwiI""",
| |
| The 1t#u,u mttin F~'1 (ReF) bu bem d-et'iDed II tbe faaor by \\*hich tM marked nrio mU$( be multiplied in ordu to obWn. tM true rlclc.
| |
| Th Tnms/¥mIft1 CtnTtaffm F.,. (ref) reprc-lena s l"Mthod of mtinr ~Q in .~ numbe r.mt STANIARD A((U lla CLASSIfiCATION or (ftC ntio error aftd the pMH1ftJlc The klmkrdl fot Im~mt Tnm.a... CttOt on "'''amnetu otsimilar ~turemems wntre the JQl1~iI, USAS CS1.11 hu ltmdar diud Oft a ~
| |
| J cl'wtle ift power factor from primary to s~y cir...
| |
| t:I' p()tetmJ.l tnmfoa ncn .. to~ . cuits enters the rnelsut'ernmt. TCF i l a s the
| |
| .A$ ehe a~ b d~ cn burdat, t~ fl<:tor by which a \\"~ radinl must bur~s have been desil'Uted,. ad thest; ate the ~... to ~ for *tbc combined etl"ca of fhe imttl:mCm dcn,$ It which the IQ:'UI'ICY i. to be c;;b$s:iJiect rws'tonncr raja cortection fxtor and ~ qle.
| |
| l"'be scatidud burdens MYC ~ choRn to ~ The limiQ TeF. as iodated in me tIh~ above.
| |
| the raop ~re d in baft been set dn: :mIt of IUd ate by the letters 1, .aftd power m: in the If dlcpower as toll*OW'.J:
| |
| of tn~ptimuy is this tanr~
| |
| of thetnnslonMt' abo may be ouuidc mt limia iied. am tho~h the tl'l.lUfo.rrne.r is <:OtTCC'tly u one '.dlich "'"ill rMU l ~ aeaJt:acy dis.,.
| |
| SUird** published data cmporencial"'muuf'ormer P.wer P.ctor CMJ"ad'Uatia. as welt "the <btl siveD *Oft. mnslot11W' w 12.1 U.JO ealibnDon c:cn:inam" are umUy given inc-he form X U..o 0.10 of ntio corrmicm factor lad pnue-a ,le ctror. it it y
| |
| Z ZZ
| |
| _.0 71.0
| |
| ~.o O.IU O.Sf a.BS
| |
| ~W'Y to bve2 meaM of ~~ mt!H dau.
| |
| io mm. of the accuncy dlWifi~iM J1¥Cft in the "hh. This is dcne u fotlows:
| |
| 1.-...
| |
| ~$A$ I $
| |
| _ _ . . tal fr et**"
| |
| ~ IHr ~ ~
| |
| Ior;'-.- ..
| |
| .. any . correman faCtor of .a ,iven potmda lttamrc tmcr* diCpo.itiYl: and nc2dve limiti",
| |
| values oftbe pbut"-'1"1te error b) mminure$ may It should be poinfed out that the burdm of any .pcdfie be 2d~...ly dffeSle dal (oUOWJ::
| |
| mctetot*~ my appraxim1r<<:. but seldom i.
| |
| th~ Ii.me aI, my oneal (he ~rd. burdw. The .., .. 2600 rrCF - RCflY.
| |
| tbnda, burckn I~rva merelya$ a s~rdi~ reftet...
| |
| mee point at wbichtfte aa':ur:acy of tht: uamf~r me may be stated.
| |
| ~r-y~um.**.(.**..****
| |
| 10 ~ ~u TCf ~mj.. ~ PIT.>>'*..'0....
| |
| ~~Uh~ om,. TM~ * . . *. 01. fli"..
| |
| __lJi. i$:
| |
| ThelC CCt~ cbssi6a.ncm a$ ,ivtn by USASI c:.o.(UJ'*+-rl-o.6 ~ Ho~t ~.*~.rdnm f~* 1ft-'
| |
| tillS nnl!U_""
| |
| ",".m mt nfl~ mer i . t~Qk;'lti~al:lli i.mtirdv .~WA.t:1:
| |
| kw~ d~. '
| |
| n
| |
| | |
| Attachment 3 to JC-tQ1P81-90024 SHEET 1 OF 4 TECHNICAL SPECifiCATIONS F2253 is the only f2250 POWER SYSTEM SIMULATORS product offered General Specifications by Dab/ein Souroo Operatioo: Frorn D'~ to 50" C.
| |
| F2250 series. ....''' **c k. . ,<"", ~ SP'lCtfl1e::tltionS IncItXie: ai¥ errors :t{}fJt::OS')eb or+/-.5 PPM: at nn.'UHfltNf"¥j byvatlatk)fts in po"ver ~ 130Hz and F2261 and F2252 tBmperatUft, up to njU output power, $ti8ib#3 are no longer a source opetation j(l fOOf
| |
| ~K)vV'er f,3Ctor frpmi to (J, l$ading or load MatwaI Ranges: oc; ac: 0000 irequ$ncy of 501(,f) I'll, up to 20th and part of Doble The F2200 Farnity ts supplioo IAith a the 100m harfY10nlc c:ate of C,a~bratltN1 troceat'$e to tt1B Natior~
| |
| product line. Institute of StaI1clar(is. sn.j Technology F2n10 MiniccmtroUer/Aulomatiotl Ranges Source Power:
| |
| t-e IO'i'lBr than the tl\&,XlftlUrn Qf()£lf thai"! ~r;/tR) Hz or at A..
| |
| and ResoluffOtlS; 0,1 to 999Gl9 .H:z RangEl is dBf.~oont tAl the frequency selec-tion on tne simUlJ.ltot, When the frequer'lLy E~trtlstatic Discharge Jmmunity~ oolectlQ(\ on the Strnu!ator i's fjQ (501 Hz, fEG 801*2: lEG, ~/i 1 @
| |
| range is 0.1 Hz to OOJ}99 Hl vlitfl (tOO1 Hz.
| |
| 10 KV: nOfrt't;1t pe11orrr.ance \Mthm spt;x::ifica, OL~()jUtiot1. When a !fIve! of harmonic tions, LE,C, ~,~ 2 @ 20 KV: is ool!3cted on the Sin1ulatDt. thoo the faf)(JB pernManoot (if"l'r)i~(lA is thfj base rar~ . gtd.m Hz) tfiUltl" plied by the t'i4"1lloctoo I,hiBi of Tk'lfl"fJt)nlc,aoo the fBsolvtk)r1 ~~ t() ~he order of H"1£'
| |
| hr:iftT\()f)k,: tunc'S H;;;J Example 1: If the 0000 SBl~ctK,ln IS ~ 20 (Dr Ht. ~vllich is trvJ soc'Or¥J AC Amplitude Accuracy: harmcolc, tt1Bn the is 02 Hz to 1005:19 Frotn 2if to C, +/-OA9& of maxi* Hz with a resdutoo of Hz:,
| |
| rrW.Jffi at 50/00 rfz From ()" to 5'0" C, t£J.5'ub the baf>B seit)ctit'fi) IS of ooStJlute fTl8X#l')!JfYI HZ,W!'llch the fifth hatrnoniD, 1$ O.rJ to 49SUJ9 Hz 'liith a Distortion: *'12, LO'w distortion: sine 'NB\tBS; totBI harmonic RAMPfSET:
| |
| dtSl(%1lon: 0.2% f1'lnXirYlutTl at RAMP: incrernent::i/def.::rB-50/&,1 Hz. mvnts CUITl',Jf1t, tlf1'j phase NOIse: different rarop rates Insures SOKJOtt't r'h'~,hru~e in value carried to next L''''''''*'ilip*,,,,*,,
| |
| . 00 dB Df rBf¥JB by th$ ~)st Itlf'il'1ifit-':::lrn Pha$~ Angle; Ramp Rates: ~ Least .pet Range: o te 1- uta Si.X:OttO
| |
| .35SL:;F Aceuracy: Hz R~n:
| |
| tr'lClIViCI!Ja;:f'i sets JacM v:\th next frequency: carry CHef, Range: de:
| |
| OJ Hz to 10 kHz
| |
| | |
| Attachment 3 to JC-1Q1P81-90024 General Specifications - continued SHEET 2 OF 4 logic output.s: MultHVJod:e Ulgltaf Ti~(: Battery Simulator (t>plWfltdl:
| |
| Two sets of f$c:('i;1red Ou!ptJts, AcCIKaCY:;t:O.. (X)(l50{~ of rooding, +/-: one ~: 48 \~125 V, 2tSO V-c:ic Bach sat nasa (¥)(mai'ly OOEUl (Form Ai termi, least digit, t:~'1 Power: 00 '."1 oaf. shared ct,.,ynmon tertflmal, and a nonnaUy closed (Form 81 lermir'<<'lL
| |
| | |
| ==Enclosure:==
| |
| | |
| ltnpact, (fl%ccl, fmrne retardant ASS Switebing Powen i 0 watts fna:<JmUm
| |
| , Meets Natmll S'JfeTransd AsS<c')C$",'1bon testing Input Voftage: aoe) V'de and ( or ) Ranges: 0, fl<_~,99 tfltl11sBtJO(}tjs: speclfJt::ation ac peak maximum 0, OOOO.~) socn(¥Js; NO.1A for Immunrty to severe $,'1ock uno I) ,9900,00 cVc~s:
| |
| (L2 A rll.ake or vlbratKJ,"1
| |
| !:A'eaK f"n(::lxirnurn GPS time of (k'1'/ n\3Y be ('fJsplaYC'KJ when the F2B95 GPS Optll}%l DitiH'tnslons:
| |
| carryeummt 95 x Hl75 x 22 Hlches or 24 x 50 x 55J3 em Operate Time: 1 milhsecofJO Une Power SUpp!y:
| |
| j 05- 1a2 V or 210 . 264 V {fJeld st:Y4f',c!able) Weight:
| |
| maXimum [,.0 Ibsj22,7 kg at 47,f~ Hz logic/Signal lnputs: Audible Hoise:
| |
| 1\1vo sets of gahrilJ'WCally iSfJtated log}('/SI{4I'lal Operating Temperaturet (I' to 50> C Measured at 2 meters: ANSI Type :2 fflJuts, each $fA h.::'3S av'(')lt~ set'1%>lng lt1rr~)1 Stmage TempeJ'sture: <25'> to + 70" C for ae 0( de voltage, a shared corflrnOtI terminal, Typitalty:Front 52.5 dBI\ ~ar: 55dBA and a dry contactSt1y)&~ termInal. Humidity: up to 95% felative hlJmid1ty~ tJ"L: 54 dBA RJL52,5dBA no(}*condenSlfl9 Contact sense ~.1or dry ~
| |
| Displays; 0,3" High filterio/j LED Open Cin:U.it Test Vobge: 30 vCits nOfnlfJ£H Sbcn Circuit Test Cumtnt 00 rnA l1(';ffiinal Interfaces:
| |
| ThmhOkI: 460 elf1ros nOITl!nal RS232 (trlote control to PC
| |
| ~ sense Mode, fOt at and de ~ IEEE 488 tnstrutnen1 inter,cOf1WfU{ilcatlons Input Voltage: 420 \;(>lt8 (x net"'J()f"",
| |
| and {or} peak ac D232 fa F201 () Min$C()ntroUor External Signal inputs tOO K ohrns ",n,',dill",,',ipz, 3cnpEfJe(
| |
| nc:.rninai
| |
| | |
| Source 2 AC Current 1
| |
| Source 2 DC CUI'rtmit 1
| |
| Source 1 DC Current 1
| |
| Source 2 DC 1
| |
| Source 2 At Current 1
| |
| Soorce 2 DC Current 15
| |
| | |
| Attachment 3-to JC-1Q1P81-90024 MODE 2: Source 1 CUfftlnt SHEET 4 OF 4 Sooree 2 Current Source1AC~
| |
| 1.5 second Trati~nt 225 Vt'\~rrns 15, 30, 60 A~rrn$
| |
| ()ont;rn.JOus Power 150VA,rms 7.5,15, A*rms Source' DC CUrrent 1JS Second Trans/tent 225 'Natts 15,:,0, 60 A*dc Coot~nu()u'S PO'b'tJf 1&<') watts 5,10,20,4'00
| |
| ~e 2 At CtJI't'Mt 1"5 secvfh'.:l TrtJnsiBnt 225 VA**rrns 15,~)Q, eo A,rm'$
| |
| OClntfnU(IUi> PmvBf 150VA~rms 7.,5, 15, 30 A~lms SOUrce 2 DC CtJrnmt 1.5 S8CDt1O Transient 2251Natts i 5. 30, 60 A*(h::
| |
| CDfitl.('jlj;')US P()~ver 150 'h'!31tS 5,10, 20 A*de F2251 VOLTAGE AND CURRENT SOURCES Source 1 At voltage C',,<xiHnoou'S Power S<M.trte1 DC Voltage Continuous PO'tlBf Soutce 2 At Cutnmt 1.5 second TranSJ.ent 15,30, 61,) A~ rrns ConfU1Ut,JuS Po..ver .fl, 15, 30 A,rrns Source 2 DC Curreftt 1,5 second Tn.Y'lSlenl 'Na:t5 15,30. A-de P(J'ltor 150 wntts 5, Adc
| |
| :1 a::
| |
| ~
| |
| w a::
| |
| w
| |
| ~ t'><>bJe Engmtw>>1ng Company a..
| |
| w as Walnut Stroot
| |
| ~ VJateftown. MA 02472 USA ffi tOl +1 6tl 9264~ Doble is certified ISO 9001 :2000
| |
| ~ fax +1617 9260:S2a Duole is an ESCO Technologies Company to f;
| |
| | |
| Attachment 4 to JC-Q1P81-90024 Page 1 of 5 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 0 IP-2 o IP-3 JAF OPLP o PNPS o VY C8J GGNS ORBS W3 ONP
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Degraded Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (T/S 3.3.8.1)
| |
| [2J Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: [2J Design Review o Alternate Calculation Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign, and date) 0 Electrical 0 Mechanical C8J Instrument and Control Robin Smith / See AS6 0 Civil/Structural 0 Nuclear 0
| |
| 0 Originator:
| |
| Jim Schott / See AS6 Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| Attachment 4 to JC-Q1P81-90024 Page 2 of 5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Degraded Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (T/S 3.3.8.1) o Civil/Structural o Electrical Doc. No.: JC-Q1P81-90024 Rev. 3 QA Cat. 1 lRll&C Robin Smith See AS6 o Mechanical Verifier: Print Sign/Date o Nuclear o Other Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| Print Sign Date lEJ N/A METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Design Review lEJ Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. [ANSI N45.2.11-1974J [NP QAPD, Part II, Section 3][NP NQA-1-1994, Part I, BR 3, Supplement 3S-1J.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes £8J NoD N/A
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes £8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes £8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| Attachment 4 to JC-Q1P81-90024 Page 3 of 5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes [8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes [8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes [8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes [8J No 0 N/A
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs -Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes [8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes [8J No N/A 0
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| : 13. AC(:eS~;lbllltyfor In~service Inspection - Has oUC;4UOll;; ac(:es~;ibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8J
| |
| | |
| Attachment 4 to JC-QIP81-90024 Page 4 of 5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of 3
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Y~~ No WA
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A ~
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A ~
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
| |
| adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes~ NoD N/A D
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN-IT-I04 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-I04 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| YesD NoD N/A ~
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes~ NoD N/A D
| |
| | |
| Attachment 4 to JC-QIP81-90024 Page 5 of 5 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date No comments
| |
| | |
| Attach ment 5 to JC-QIP81-90024 Page 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT 9.10 ENGINEERING CHANGE COMMENT FORM SHEET 1 OF 1 Comme nt Departm ent I Review er Discipline / Comme nt Date No. Comme nt Resolution Program Date Resolved Owne rs Review Comments to JC-Q1P81-90024 fEC 18458 )
| |
| General Issues 1 L. Hendric k DE-Elec No Comme nts 8/22/12 None Required N/A
| |
| | |
| JC-Q1 P81-90027 OANO-l OANO-2 rg] GGNS o IP-2 o IP-3 OPLP OlAF OPNPS ORBS OVY OW3 o NP-GGNS-3 ONP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) EC# (2)Page 1 of 39554 54 COVER PAGE (4)
| |
| (3) Design Basis Calc. [gl YES DNO [gl CALCULATION D ECMarkup (5) Calculation No: : JC-QIP81-90027 (6) Revision: 002 (8) Editorial (7)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Loss of Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (T/S 3.3.8.1)
| |
| DYES [glNO (9)
| |
| System(s): P81 / E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11)
| |
| Safety Class: (12)
| |
| Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
| |
| C?5J Safety / Quality Related lE22S004 lA70l-127-S3 o Augmented Quality Program lA708-127-S1 lA701-127-S4 Non-Safety Related lA708-127-S2 (13) Document Type: J05.02 (14) Keywords (Description/Topical Codes): diesel generator, loss off offsite power, setpoint, uncertainty REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date J.R. Schott / See AS6 Robin Smith / See AS6 Greg Phillips / See AS6 Responsible Engineer [gl Design Verifier Supervisor/Approval D Reviewer D Comments Attached D Comments Attached Best Copy Available
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| ----- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION REV.
| |
| ..I. ~fR.e'*.*.
| |
| Re',,"~:V"" r i l.'."'\,;YIU()] ~vl.al\J1J.
| |
| Original Issue.
| |
| 0 General Revision.
| |
| 1 Extended calibration interval of loop instruments to 24 months + incorporated results of drift calculations JC-Q 1111-09002 and JC-Q 1111-09003 (EC-39554).
| |
| 2 Updated references and performed general maintenance.
| |
| | |
| ~ ENTERGY (it~) CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 3 OF 26 CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90027 REV. 2 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-01P81-90027 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 2 I. Ee Markups Incorporated NONE II. Relationships: Sht Rev Input Output Impact Tracking No.
| |
| Doc Doc YIN
| |
| : 1. JS09 0 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 2. E100.0 0 007 ~ 0
| |
| : 3. 06-EL-1P81-R-000 I -- 102 ~ ~ N
| |
| : 4. 07-S-12-133 -- 002 ~ 0
| |
| : 5. 460003892 0 300 ~ 0
| |
| : 6. 460003606 0 300 ~ 0
| |
| : 7. 460000936 0 300 ~ 0
| |
| : 8. SDC10 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 9. A0630 0 012 ~ 0
| |
| : 10. E0121 005 007 ~ 0
| |
| : 11. E1009 0 009 ~ 0
| |
| : 12. E1188 017 009 ~ 0
| |
| : 13. J0501D 0 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 14. 304A3871 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 15. 945E475 001A 001 ~ 0
| |
| : 16. E0010 0 011 ~ 0
| |
| : 17. JC-Q1111-09002 0 000 ~ 0
| |
| : 18. JC-Q 1111-09003 0 000 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
| |
| * ENTERGY (~~~) CALCULATION SHEET SHEET---.:..4_ OF .......:2=..::~6'--- _
| |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV. 2 III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. GGNS Technical Specifications, Section 3.3.8.1
| |
| : 2. Asset Suite Equipment Data Base (EDB)
| |
| : 3. AEIC-EEI-NEMA Standard for Instrument Transformers for Metering Purposes, 15KV and Less (EEl PUB. No. MSJ-ll & NEMA PUB. No. EI 21-1973)
| |
| : 4. ISA RP67.04, Part II, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 5. Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Murray R. Spiegel, 1968
| |
| : 6. GGNS Technical Requirements Manual, Section TR3.3.8.1 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD '.
| |
| V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| ,.N/A Version/Release Disk/CD VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| Related references removed from the calculation:
| |
| 470009582-3, MCP92-1051, W019921051, W000134224, W000165833, W000193811, MAI00254979,MAI00280516
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY SHEET---:;...S_ OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1.0 Purpose and Description 6 2.0 References 9 3.0 Given 11 4.0 Assumptions 14 S.O Device Uncertainties , IS 6.0 Loop Uncertainties 18 7.0 Conclusion 2S ATTACHMENTS Vendor Documents 22 pages 2 Design Verification S pages 3 Owner's Review Comments 1 page
| |
| * ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION REV.
| |
| 1.0 PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 1.1. The purpose of this calculation is to validate the Technical Specification Allowable Value and TRM Nominal Trip Setpoint for the 4160 V Division III Loss of Bus Voltage trip function.
| |
| 1.2. For Division III, the primary determination of presence/absence of the offsite source is provided by a set of voltage sensing relays that individually monitor incoming source voltage for degradation to the point that neither starting or operation of the HPCS pump would be expected. Upon sensing such a condition, the closed incoming feeder breaker to the Division III bus is tripped, and the emergency diesel generator (EDG) receives a start signal. These relays are independent of the Bus Degraded Voltage relays and the Bus Loss of Voltage relays, and are set per original system design. Due to this configuration and under these conditions, the Division III Bus Loss of Voltage relays perform the subsequent function of connecting the EDG to the bus via an EDG breaker closure signal that they generate. This effectively places the Bus Loss of Voltage relays in the role of performing a follow-up function to the incoming feeder loss of voltage relays, that function being subsequent to EDG connection after bus voltage has been completely removed. The function of monitoring bus voltage for conditions where the capability to start and operate the system under degraded voltage conditions of the offsite source are solely performed by the Bus Degraded Voltage relays. Similar to the incoming feeder loss of voltage relays, the Bus Degraded Voltage relays trip the closed incoming feeder, but EDG breaker closure is subsequently performed by the Bus Loss of Voltage relays.
| |
| The actuation range for the Bus Loss of Voltage relays is determined strictly to avoid unnecessary actuation, while assuring that the EDG is connected within the necessary time when required, via appropriate limitation of the applicable time delay. In addition, the time delay associated with this function must be of sufficient duration to coordinate with the incoming feeder breaker trips to allow for motor residual voltage decay under certain conditions.
| |
| The upper analytic limits for the Division III Bus Loss of Voltage relays are based on the following considerations:
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the Division III Degraded Voltage setpoint and time delay and the upper analytic limit for the Division III Bus Loss of Voltage setpoint are based on the station specific load flow and voltage drop calculation (EC-Q 1111-90028, Rev. 4), Byron Jackson HPCS Pump Test Curve (T-366202), GE HPCS Motor Time Current Heating Curve (455HA550), GE HPCS Motor Efficiency and Power Factor Vs. Load Curves (455HA549), NEDO 10905-1, and the GE HPCS Motor Outline Drawing (992C937AF).
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the Degraded Voltage sensors is based on the capability to start and operate required Class 1E loads under accident conditions with degraded
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -__=- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET---:....7_ OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| voltage levels present on the distribution system. Voltage sensing is performed by potential transformers located within the 4160 V switchgear for the division. Each potential transformer has a 4200 VI 120V ratio. The HPCS system is designed to start and accelerate the HPCS pump with 75% of 4000 V motor voltage (3000 V), per NEDO 10905-1. In order to continue operation indefinitely at the lower analytic voltage limit, motor heating must be limited to that imposed by curve #455HA550, which equates to rated current of the motor @ 434 A. Per Curve #T-366202, the maximum power point for the HPCS Pump is less than 3100 Hp. At this operating point, the efficiency is 0.935, and the Power Factor is 0.93, per Curve #455HA549.
| |
| Therefore, at the maximum power point, with the motor drawing 434 A, the terminal voltage at the motor would be 3538 V. Per Calc. EC-QI111-90028, Rev. 4, the voltage drop is very conservatively calculated to be 3 V. This correlates to a voltage of 101.17 V on a 120 V basis, and is the lower analytic limit for the Degraded Bus Voltage sensors.
| |
| Entergy System Planning Services performed, "Report on the Analysis of Potential for Sustained Degraded Voltage on the Off-Site Electric Grid at the Grand Gulf Nuclear Power Plant", dated November 9, 1990. This report provided the expected grid performance of the GGNS Offsite Sources under severe contingencies. The results of this study determined that the 500 KV switchyard voltage could be as low as 0.994 Per-Unit, and the 115 KV switchyard voltage could be as low as 0.976 Per-Unit. Calculation EC-Q1111-90028, Rev. 4, then conservatively analyzed the Class 1E loads with each Offsite source at 0.975 Per-Unit. It was determined that the Class 1E system required loads would be adequately supported with 0.975 Per-Unit switchyard voltage available, for both the 115 KV and 500 KV systems. The lowest available transient voltage on the Division III 4160 V bus under these conditions has been calculated to be 3529 V, which occurs during the start of the HPCS pump.
| |
| Given the above discussion, it is desired that the Bus Loss of Voltage sensors avoid actuation for the minimum expected motor start voltage, assuming that the bus voltage recovers to the lower analytic limit for the Bus Degraded Voltage setpoint after motor starting has been achieved. The lowest calculated recovery voltage for Division III bus under minimum anticipated grid conditions has been determined to be 3934 V. This is a 393 V difference between the minimum anticipated bus recovery voltage after starting and the lower analytic limit for degraded grid allowable voltage (3934-3541 V). Conservatively assuming that the minimum starting voltage at the bus could fall by this additional 393 V to achieve a post start operating voltage corresponding to the lower analytic limit for the degraded voltage sensors, the minimum expected starting voltage could be as low as 3136 V (3529-393 V), and still potentially recover to a minimum acceptable operating voltage after starting. The available voltage recovery margin, 393 V, will be conservatively reduced to 350 V to ensure that a minimum acceptable operating voltage will be achieved. Thus the upper analytic limit for the Division III loss of voltage set-point is 3179 V (3529-350). This value correlates to 90.8 V on a 120 V basis.
| |
| | |
| ~ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the Division III Bus Loss of Voltage sensors is not based on the capability to start and operate the required Division III loads under these conditions. In fact, the upper analytic limit provides a conservatively low bound that, below which, continued operation of the Division III loads would not be expected to continue via the offsite source. Therefore, consideration for the lower limit is based solely on providing a large enough span between limits to accommodate the necessary considerations for loop uncertainty and drift. Thus the lower analytic limit for the Division III loss of voltage setpoint is 2912 V, and this value correlates to 83.2 Von a 120 V basis.
| |
| The upper analytic limit for the safety injection condition degraded voltage time delay and the upper analytic limit for the Bus Loss of Voltage time delay are derived from the required time response for the HPCS system to achieve necessary injection flow within 27 seconds of accident initiation. This further requires that the HPCS system be connected to a viable power source within 10 seconds to achieve this goal. The limiting case for this upper limit is when offsite power is available but degraded (i.e.,
| |
| above the Loss of Voltage settings, but below the lower analytic limit for the degraded voltage sensors), with an accident signal present. This is because the degraded voltage function trips the incoming source only, therefore requiring the subsequent sensing and time delay from the Loss of Voltage function to connect the EDG to the bus. The EDG receives a separate safety injection signal, so the EDG start time and the total voltage sensing sequence described will occur concurrently.
| |
| This limits the allowed combined sense and actuate times for the degraded voltage and loss of voltage functions to no more than 10 seconds total. It is desirable that the degraded voltage time delay be of a longer duration than the loss of voltage time delay, based on original system design.
| |
| Therefore, a 6 second upper analytic limit is allocated to the degraded voltage time delay. Correspondingly, a 4 second upper analytic bound is thus established for the loss of voltage time delay by this selection.
| |
| The lower analytic limit for the bus loss of voltage time delay is constrained by the allowance for the HPCS pump motor voltage to decay below 250/0 of rated voltage before connecting the motor to the EDG, should the motor be running on the offsite source with the EDG also running, but not synchronized to the bus. Per NEDO 10905-2, Question 4 and responses thereto, the time for the HPCS pump motor to decay to less than 25% of rated voltage is about 1.1 seconds. An additional 0.5 seconds will be included for conservatism. Therefore, the lower analytic limit for the Division III bus loss of voltage relays is selected to be 1.6 seconds.
| |
| 1.3. The design consideration for the subject instrumentation is: Degraded Grid Voltage 1.4. This calculation is performed in accordance with the methodology of GGNS-JS-09, which is based on the 'square root sum of the squares' (SRSS) technique for combining statistically independent uncertainty components.
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -=__ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET--=-9_ OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| 2.0 ""-=-=-==-==-:....:::::= (* denotes IDEAS Relational References) 2.1. GGNS JS09, Methodology for the Generation of Instrument Loop Uncertainty and Setpoint Calculations 2.2. ISA RP67.04, Part II, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation 2.3.
| |
| * GGNS E100.0, Environmental Parameters for GGNS 2.4.
| |
| * GGNS Technical Specifications, Section 3.3.8.1 2.5.
| |
| * 06-EL-IP81-R-0001, Surveillance Procedure 2.6. 07-S 133, General Maintenance Instruction Undervoltage Relays 2.7. 460003892, Instruction Manual for Basler Undervoltage Relays 2.8. 460003606, Instruction Manual for Fluke 45 Multimeter 2.9. 460000936, Instruction Manual for Multi-Amp SR-75 Test Set 2.1 O. AEIC-EEI-NEMA Standard for Instrument Transformers for Metering Purposes, 15KV and Less (EEl PUB. No. MSJ-I 1 & NEMA PUB. No. EI 21-1973) 2.11. SDC I0, System Design Criteria ESF Div. III Power Distribution System 2.12. Deleted 2.13. A0630, Control Building Fire Protection Plan 2.14.
| |
| * EOI2I-005, Summary of Relay Settings 4.16 KV Bus 17AC & D.G. 13 2.15. EI009, One Line Meter and Relay Diagram Bus 17AC 2.16. Deleted 2.17. E 1188-017, HPCS Power Supply Schematic 2.18. J0501D, Control Building Plan at Elev. 111' 2.19. 304A387I, Equipment Summary E22-S004 2.20. 945E475-001A, Metal Clad Switchgear Assembly 2.21. JC-QI111-09002, Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BEI-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| -ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP8l-90027 REV.
| |
| 2.22. JC-Qllll-09003, Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BEl-27-A3E-ElJ-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) 2.23. Deleted 2.24. Deleted 2.25.
| |
| * GGNS Technical Requirements Manual, Section TR3.3.8.1 2.26. Mathematical Handbook of Formulas and Tables, Murray R. Spiegel, 1968 2.27. E0010, Sychronizing Diagram ESF Buses l5AA, 16AB, l7AC 2.28. Deleted 2.29. Deleted
| |
| * ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION REV.
| |
| 3.0 GIVEN 3.1. Under voltage time delay relays:
| |
| 3.1.1. Manufacturer / model # - Basler Electronic / BEI-27-A3E-EIJ-AIN6F (Ref.
| |
| 2.14,2.15)
| |
| | |
| ====3.1.2. Location====
| |
| (Ref. 2.13, 2.15, 2.18) 127-S 1 OC210 IE22-S004 127-S2 OC210 lE22-S004 127-S3 OC210 lE22-S004 127-S4 OC210 lE22-S004
| |
| | |
| ====3.1.3. Environment====
| |
| (Ref. 2.3)
| |
| Normal & Accident Environment (N-055) pressure: 0.1 to 1.0 in. wg.
| |
| expected temperature: 104°F temperature range: 58°F to 110°F relative humidity range: 10% to 60%
| |
| radiation: gamma (TID): 1.8
| |
| * 102 Rads 3.1.4. Uncertainty Effects - Undervoltage time delay relay: (Ref. 2.7)
| |
| * Reference Accuracy (RA)
| |
| Voltage Trip +/- 2.0% Setting Time Delay +/- Ijz least significant time digit + 50 milliseconds Temp. Effect (TE) Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Humidity Effects (HE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Radiation Effects (RE) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects (PS) Negligible - Reference Section 4.4
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY SHEET 12 OF -'2=...;6=:.- _
| |
| CALCULATION REV.
| |
| Seismic Effects (SE) Negligible Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects (SPE) N/A for instrument type Overpressure Effects (OVP) N/A for instrument type Drift (DR)
| |
| Voltage Trip +/- 1.289 VAC for 30 months Reference 2.21 Time Delay 0.045 sec for 30 months Reference 2.22 Temp. Drift (TD) Negligible Reference Section 4.2 3.2. Loop Block Diagram: (Ref. 2.17) 27Sl AND 27S3 UNDERVOLTAGE POTENTIAL TIME DELAY TRANSFORMERS RELAYS
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET eENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| 3.3 Operating Limits (Ref. 2.4, 2.14, 2.25, Section 1.2)
| |
| Voltage Trip Upper Analytical Limit: 3179 V (90.8 V)
| |
| Upper Allowable Value: ~ 3106 V (~88.74 V)
| |
| Plant Setpoint: 3045 V (87 V)
| |
| Lower Allowable Value: 2: 2984 V (2: 85.26 V)
| |
| Lower Analytic Limit: 2912 V (83.2 V)
| |
| Time Delay Upper Analytical Limit: 4.0 seconds Upper Allowable Value: ~ 2.5 seconds Plant Setpoint: 2.3 seconds Lower Allowable Value: 2: 2.0 seconds Lower Analytic Limit: 1.6 seconds
| |
| | |
| _ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION REV.
| |
| 4.0 ASSUMPTIONS 4.1. Assume all uncertainties given are to two standard deviations (2a) unless otherwise specified.
| |
| 4.2. Assume Radiation Effects (RE), Humidity Effects (HE), Temperature Effects (TE),
| |
| and Temperature Drift (TO) for the undervoltage time delay relays are negligible.
| |
| These components are located in a mild environment. (Ref. Section 3.1.3) Note, the operating temperature range per Ref. is -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to 158°P).
| |
| 4.3. Assume Seismic Effects (SE) are negligible for the relays since they are solid state devices. Reference 2.7 gives a 'shock' specification of 15g in each of three mutually perpendicular axes, and a 'vibration' specification of 2g in each of three mutually perpendicular axes swept over a range of 10 to 500Hz for a total of six sweeps, 15 minutes each sweep. The relays are also seismically qualified per GGNS QP 425.00 Vol. I, Rev. 1.
| |
| 4.4. Assume Power Supply Effects are negligible. Per Ref. 2.7, the nominal supply voltage is 125Vdc, with an allowable range of62 to 150Vdc. The relays are powered from the 125Vdc (nominal) control bus in lE22-S004 (Ref2.17). Voltage variations of the control bus are expected to be within the allowable range.
| |
| 4.5. Insulation Resistance Effects (IR) are assumed to be negligible since the loop cabling is located in a mild environment (control building).
| |
| 4.6. Not Used.
| |
| 4.7. Per References 2.19 and 2.20, the potential transformers at the bus areG.E. type JVM-3. This type of potential transformer has an accuracy class of 0.3 at Wand X burdens when operated at 58% of rated voltage. Based on the available burden information for the circuit components depicted on Ref. 2.15 and 2.27, the burden is assumed to be less than X and the accuracy of the potential transformers is assumed to be 0.3. (See file documentation for available circuit component burden data)
| |
| | |
| e ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 15 OF CALCULATION REV.
| |
| 5.0 =-=~=-=-=....:.-====::...=.=~==----=-~ (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| =
| |
| 5.1. Relay Uncertainties - Voltage Trip: (Ref. Section 3.1.4)
| |
| RA v +/- 2% afsetting RA v =+/-
| |
| RA v +/- 1.74 V Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Humidity Effects - "HE" Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Negligible Reference Section 4.4 Seismic Effects "SE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects - "SPE" N/A for instrument type Over Pressure Effects "OVP" N/A for instrument type
| |
| | |
| ~ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF ---:2=..::6:...- _
| |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| Total Relay Uncertainty (Voltage Trip) - Av :
| |
| =
| |
| Av RA v +/- 1.74 V 5.2. Relay Uncertainties - Time Delay: (Ref. Section 3.1.4)
| |
| Reference Accuracy - "RA" Per Reference 2.7, the reference accuracy of the timing setting is
| |
| +/- Yz of the least significant digit of the setting, plus 50 milliseconds:
| |
| RAT +/- + 0.050 seconds RAT + 0.20 seconds, -0.1 0 seconds Conservatively: RAT +/-0.20 seconds Temperature Effects - "TE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Humidity Effects - "HE" Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Radiation Effects - "RE" Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Power Supply Effects - "PS" Negligible - Reference Section 4.4 Seismic Effects - "SE" Negligible - Reference Section 4.3 Static Pressure Effects - "SPE" N/A for instrument type
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -=::=- ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| N/A for instrument type Total Relay Uncertainty (Time Delay)-
| |
| =
| |
| AT = RAT +/-O.20 Seconds
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| -ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| 6.0 LOOP UNCERTAINTIES (Ref. 2.1) 6.1.
| |
| Loop device uncertainty (Voltage Trip):
| |
| tl.74 Loop device uncertainty (Time Delay):
| |
| 6.2. SRSS of all Measurement & Test Equipment Effects - "C r " (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| Per Reference 2.6, a Fluke 45 Digital Voltmeter (or Fluke 8600A) is used to monitor the trip point of the undervoltage relays during calibration. The uncertainty data for a Fluke 45, taken from Ref. 2.8, will be used to estimate the M&TE effects.
| |
| The reference accuracy of the Fluke 45 is:
| |
| = 0.1 The reference accuracy above is for the 0-300V scale, medium resolution. This value is valid for ambient temperature between 18°C and 28°C (64.4°F to 82.4°F).
| |
| Since the expected temperature at calibration (l04°F, i.e. 40°C) is outside the given range, a temperature correction factor from Ref. 2.8 must be applied. This correction factor is stated as: '<0.1 times the applicable accuracy specification per degree C for O°C to 18°C and 28°C to 50°C (32° to 64.4° and 82.4° to 122°F). The temperature correction factor for this application is <0.1 (40-28) or 1.2.
| |
| The 'reading' will be assumed to be 87 V, the nominal trip setpoint.
| |
| + 0.1 = 0.329 Per Reference 2.6, a J\1ulti-Amp SR-75 test set is used to measure the time delay for the undervoltage relays during calibration. Per reference 2.9, the timing accuracy of the SR-75 is .00250/0 of reading. The 'reading' will be assumed to be 2.3 sec., the nominal setpoint.
| |
| .0025
| |
| = --- = seconds
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| * ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-Q1P81-90027 REV.
| |
| 6.3. SRSS of all individual device drifts - "D1 " (Ref. 2.1)
| |
| Relay Drift - DRv DR v +/- 1.289 VAC for 30 months Relay Temperature Drift - TDv Negligible - Reference Section 4.2 Time Delay Drift - DR T DR r +/- 0.045 sec for 30 months Negligible Reference Section 4.2 Loop Drift (Voltage Trip):
| |
| DLv +/- ((DRv)2 + (TDv )2)l/2 DLv +/- ((1.289)2 + (0)2)l/2 D Lv +/-1.289 V Loop Drift (Time Delay):
| |
| DLr=+/- ((DRT)2 + (TDTi)l/2 DLr +/- ((0.045)2 + (02)l/2 D Lr = +/-0.045 seconds 6.4. Process Measurement Uncertainty - "PM" No process measurement uncertainty is applicable to either the voltage or time delay setpoints.
| |
| 6.5. Primary Element Uncertainty - "PE" The primary elements for each loop are the potential transformers at the bus. Per Section 4.7, the accuracy class of the potential transformers is 0.3. Per Reference 2.10, the limits of transformer correction factor for a 0.3 accuracy class potential transformer are 1.003 to 0.997 (i.e. +/-0.3%). Again assuming 87 V nominal output, the potential transformer uncertainty is:
| |
| | |
| ~ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 20 OF --:2=..::6:.-- _
| |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| PE +/- (0.3 (87)/1 00) V PE +/- 0.261 V No Primary Element Uncertainty is applicable to the time delay.
| |
| 6.6. Insulation Resistance Effects - "IR" Insulation Resistance Effect for the voltage trip function is assumed to be negligible (Reference Section 4.5). IR effects are not applicable to the time delay function.
| |
| 6.7. Loop Uncertainty Voltage Trip
| |
| =
| |
| LUv 1.79 V 6.8. Total Loop Uncertainty Voltage Trip:
| |
| rLUv LUv + DLv rLUv = +/- (1.79 + 1.289) V rLUv +/- 3.08 V 6.9. Loop Uncertainty Time Delay:
| |
| =
| |
| =
| |
| LUT +/-0.20 seconds 6.10. Total Loop Uncertainty - Time Delay:
| |
| rLUT LUT+ DLT rLUT 0.20 + 0.045 seconds rLUT= +/- 0.25 seconds
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| - ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| 6.11. Allowable Values - Voltage Trip Lower Allowable Value Lower Analytic Limit + LU Lower Allowable Value 83.2 V + 1.79 V Lower Allowable Value = 84.99 V Upper Allowable Value Upper Analytical Limit LU Upper Allowable Value 90.8 V 1.79 V Upper Allowable Value = 89.01 V 6.12. Nominal Trip Setpoint Voltage Trip NTSP: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & ~ (Upper Analytic Limit TLU)
| |
| NTSP: ?: (83.2 V 3.08 V) & ~ (90.8 V - 3.08 V)
| |
| NTSP:?: 86.28 V & ~ 87.72 V 6.13. Allowable Values Time Delay Lower Allowable Value = Lower Analytic Limit + LU Lower Allowable Value 1.6 seconds + 0.20 seconds Lower Allowable Value 1.8 seconds Upper Allowable Value = Upper Analytical Limit - LU Upper Allowable Value 4 seconds 0.20 seconds Upper Allowable Value 3.8 seconds 6.14. Nominal Trip Setpoint Time Delay NTSP: ?: (Lower Analytic Limit + TLU) & ~ (Upper Analytic Limit - TLU)
| |
| NTSP:?: (1.6 seconds + 0.25 seconds) & ~ (4 seconds 0.25 seconds)
| |
| NTSP: ?: 1.9 & ~ 3.7 seconds
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION SHEET
| |
| * ENTERGY OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| 6.15. LER Avoidance Analysis - Voltage Trip LER Avoidance probability is based on a number "Z" calculated as shown below. If the value of Z is ~ 1.28 then the probability of avoiding an LER is ~ 90%, the acceptance criteria (Ref. 2.1). Since the margins between the upper and lower Allowable Values and the Nominal Trip Setpoint are the same, the LER Avoidance Analysis will be performed using the Lower Allowable Value.
| |
| z=----
| |
| Where:
| |
| AV = 85.26 volts NTSP 87.0 volts CJ] - Calculated as shown below With:
| |
| n = # of standard deviations used in specifying the individual uncertainty components (Ref. Section 4.1)
| |
| CJ] 1/n ((A Lv)2 + (C LV)2 + (D Lv)2)1/2 CJ] = 1/2 ((1.74)2 + (0.329)2 + (1.289)2)1/2 CJ]=1.10 Therefore:
| |
| Z 185.26 - 87.01 = 1.58 1.10 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.26), this value of Z yields an LER avoidance probability greater than 90 %
| |
| * 6.16. LER Avoidance Analysis - Time Delay Note, the margin between the upper and lower allowable values and the nominal trip setpoint are not the same. For conservatism, the LER avoidance probability will be determined using the upper allowable value.
| |
| z=----
| |
| Where:
| |
| | |
| ~ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 23 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| AV = 2.5 seconds NTSP = 2.3 seconds O"j Calculated as shown below With:
| |
| n # of standard deviations used in specifying the individual uncertainty components O"j = 1/n ((A LT)2 + (C LT)2 + (D LT)2)1I2 O"j 1/2 ((0.20)2 + (0.0000575)2 + (0.045i)1I2 O"j = 0.11 seconds Therefore:
| |
| Z /2.5 - 2.3/ = 1.81 0.11 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.26), this value of Z yields an LER avoidance probability greater than 90%.
| |
| 6.17. Spurious Trip Avoidance Analysis - Voltage Trip The most severe recoverable voltage transient postulated, is that of clearing a nearby transmission system or in-plant distribution system bolted fault. The bus voltage level during such an event could dip below the voltage trip setting and begin the relay timing. Therefore, no spurious trip avoidance analysis will be performed for the voltage trip setting. Spurious segregation from the off-site source is prevented by the time delay function.
| |
| 6.18. Spurious Trip Avoidance Analysis - Time Delay The probability of avoiding spurious trips is determined by calculating a value "Z" as shown below. If the value of Z is 2: 1.645, the probability of avoiding a spurious trip is 2: 95%. (Ref. 2.1) z=-;:::::====
| |
| Where:
| |
| NTSP - Nominal Trip Setpoint XT Limiting Operating Transient Variation
| |
| | |
| e
| |
| -=__ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| XT = X o - T - Tc , if the process variable decreases to the Analytical Limit Xo maximum or minimum steady state operating value T magnitude of the limiting transient variation Tc modeling bias or uncertainty O"n - The standard deviation associated with the limiting operating transient, typically zero when the limiting operating transient is based on existing documented operating restrictions.
| |
| O"j The standard deviation associated with the loop uncertainty, calculated as shown below:
| |
| =
| |
| The most severe recoverable voltage transient postulated, is that of clearing a nearby transmission system or in-plant distribution system bolted fault. The maximum fault clearing time consideration for the applicable fault level circuit breakers would be 6 cycles. It is also prudent to assume an additional 10 cycles to allow for voltage recovery post-fault. This correlates to 0.267 seconds (16 cycles
| |
| * 0.0167 seconds/cycle = 0.267 seconds).
| |
| Z 12.3 - 0.2671 Yz((0.20)2 + (0.0000575)2 + (0.045)2 + (Ol + (Ol)l/2 Z = 19.834 From common statistical tables (Ref. 2.26), this value of Z yields a spurious trip avoidance possibility greater than 95%.
| |
| | |
| ~ ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET SHEET 25 OF CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV.
| |
| | |
| ==7.0 CONCLUSION==
| |
| | |
| Voltage Trip:
| |
| The existing plant setpoint and allowable values are conservative with respect to the calculated setpoint range and allowable values. Therefore, the existing plant setpoint is acceptable.
| |
| Time Delay:
| |
| The existing plant setpoint and allowable values are conservative with respect to the calculated setpoint range and allowable values. Therefore, the existing plant setpoint is acceptable.
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| OF RESULTS - Voltage Trip SYSTEM P81 HPCS Diesel Generator (Electrical)
| |
| LOOP NUMBERS 127S1, 127S2, 127S3, 127S4 TOTAL LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 3.08 V LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 1.79 V LOOP DRIFT +/- 1.289 V LOOP CALIBRATION +/- 0.329 V UNCERTAINTY EXISTING CALCULATED Upper Analytic Limit 90.80 V **************
| |
| Upper Allowable Value :::; 88.74 V :::; 89.01 V I Nominal Trip Setpoint 87.00 V 2:: 86.28 and:::; 87.72 Lower Allowable Value 2:: 85.26 V 2:: 84.99 V Lower Analytic Limit 83.20 V **************
| |
| | |
| ==SUMMARY==
| |
| OF RESULTS - Time Delay SYSTEM P81 HPCS Diesel Generator (Electrical)
| |
| LOOP NUMBERS 127S1, 127S2, 127S3, 127S4 TOTAL LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 0.25 seconds LOOP UNCERTAINTY +/- 0.20 seconds LOOP DRIFT +/- 0.045 seconds LOOP CALIBRATION +/- 0.0000575 seconds UNCERTAINTY
| |
| | |
| e ENTERGY CALCULATION SHEET OF CALCULATION NO. JC-01P81-90027 REV.
| |
| EXISTING CALCULATED Upper Analytic Limit 4.00 sec **************
| |
| Upper Allowable Value :::; 2.50 sec < 3.80 sec Nominal Trip Setpoint 2.30 sec 2: 1.90 sec and :s 3.70 sec I T ()wer Allowable Value > 2.00 sec > 1.80 sec Lower Analytic Limit 1.60 sec **************
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 1 OF 22 2,400 V to 4,800 V BIL 60 kV AppUcation Indoor Voltag e Designed for indoor servke; suitable for operatin g meters. instrume nts, relays. and control devices.
| |
| JVM-3 Regula tory Agency Approvals 50/60 Hz @) RJ UL Recognized file £178263 Thermal Rating (Volt-Amperes) 55°C Rise above 3()°C Ambient " 750 30c C Rise above 55<>C Ambient 500 Weight .. Shippin g/Net l8P/Noximete, in pounds!
| |
| Unfused 35/30 With Fu.<;eS .38/33-Reference Drawin gs Accuracy Curve 96892'11258 E.xcitation Curve 5454043 OutJine Ora\1;;ngs:
| |
| Unfused 8949739 One/Tw o FU$e; -040 and -,')42 992629'2 One fuse; -033, -31, -32 8949140 Two Fuse: -024. -18, -19 8949741 Wiring Diagram refer to page 42. figure 5 Accessories Catalog Number Fuses:
| |
| 2400 Volt CaM. 1 Ampere " 9FOOA.-\.BOOI 4800 Volt Class. 1 Ampere 9F60BBDOOI 4800 Volt C1ass. 0.5 Ampere 9F60BBDOO5 Seconda ry Termina l Conduit Box: 9925183001 JVM03 DATA TABLE Une-To-u .
| |
| Cln::uit Vobge T,.,.. ~ 9IJtdM ~ ANSf hoen ~nce ,
| |
| For PMn...ibIe Rating tD Primary COI'lI'lHtfon Pl'itnltry ~ at Operated lilt U% of at .. Ant VoIfa9I' .ji Primary fUQ but Opended at SK ~ AaUrl; A Y YOnty v~ Attic> .~ v~ Retllld Vohqe ftattld Voltage 4' .~
| |
| 2400 2400 4160 2.-00 20;1 0.3 W, X, M. Y; t.2 0,3 W,x: U! M, Y .3 w, X" M'. Y'; L2l763X0 21001 4200 4.200 ~O :)5:1 0,3 W.x, M. Y; U 0.3 W,X; 1,2 M, Y .3 W, X', 16, Y'; 1.2 Z 163X021O tn 4300408 00 .800 40:1 (t3 W. X. M, Y; 12 0.3 tN,X; 1.2 M. Y .3 W, X', M". Y'; 1.2 7tS3X021003 2400 20:1 0.3 IN.X; 1.2 M, '(P.ol W, X', Iott. Y"; t.2 27&3)(021 042 til 2400 2400 20:1 tl3 W, X. M. Y; 1.2 Z 1&3Xtn.033 til. 4800 4200 3$;1 0.3 W.X; U M. Y p,3 W. X'. fA'. Y'; 1.21. 783X02103'1 0.5 A 4000 4100 40:1 0,3 'N.X; "2 to( Y tl3 W. X', M', Y'; 1.2 Z 1&3X0210 32 05 A 4aQO 2400 2400 ,J) 4160 4200 .200~
| |
| 4&00 4800 ~
| |
| Nctu:
| |
| ttl For Clli'ltll'\VlWIQJlat.'!iort. th.ttJ1lsNtm!tf-mM PM1-V -il9IJ ~\lkI1lQt/)t
| |
| ~ Ft:>r ¥ Clmt'!lCllMl, ,(1$ prlfll1f$f fni;tlce ~ collnttt (I~ lu~ WIlIIl **cll ~iJ'
| |
| ~U~ Wt'lllift tIQn 10'lt. UtIO.. P*lle"¢Y ¢lI?IdJ/llollf.. ¢''''''\I!l''a~
| |
| ~ be !:r~fO!l'lltf tl)tf(1Iy I{I tnt l;roondtd rMIlltr.tl. ~lI JIMlfdw 1~!lI1\1I:i tht~4fI lt'_ry* ~tntir'.g. .. 1ft, onIv ill !hi It!\f 1I4t I;ll tr..
| |
| ~4lIM)'. 9)' lilt;,; t.QlI"U'l)~ .Irnlllfurrn.r ".n _ D8- *.1.....* h(l1TI m-I\i'II f<'1t llV
| |
| ~ Ojw~ 4l5t'4dR... . Vc<<~.; m.pllll'lt ~ i$",mto n i~1y1l'laf!hll$. rUS<:lfi$l ~.~ 1'U'i'Mthe Jll'~JiIl~.
| |
| l;(,jr~ll \ll'lOltO l'fll~fA) $f~ANSld~
| |
| (J#(,_.:f_~..;.;.;.~_t:/MIfIJ_-o:_,Mt1
| |
| __!4IJf
| |
| ..... *.. ,__,,_fi!tl_t:.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV.~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 2 OF 22 INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR UNDERVOLTAGE. OVERVOLTAGE. AND UNDERIOVERVOlTAGE RELAYS MODEL. NUMBERS; BE1-27, BE1-59~ AND BE1-27/59 TtfS,
| |
| - -............_<- --.. '1..-.......... -
| |
| Basler Electric
| |
| - " , Highland, IIBnois Publication: 9 1706 00 990 Revision: S
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-OIP 81-900 27 REV._ _ 2 ATTA CHME NT 1 OF 1
| |
| Application uti 11 vol are voltag e mined 1 ude systems" Motor Protection sa 1ect i ng tbe type of protection for motor ap>> 1 them to r type, rating.. horseJ)ower, thenna 1 capab ility duri n9 start-u p "and exposu
| |
| "' ..4*"'....... ~ transf errest art1ng fo nowing a vol tage interru ption need to be can re to
| |
| * motor start.. up, a low terminal voH::age condit ...
| |
| the I1r.ltor fromreachi ng rated speed
| |
| * The .und ervo 1tage ion will inhibi t
| |
| 'relay wi 11 detect this low voltag e condit fon and trip" Critic al applic ations requir ing continu motor operat ion and fcations where overlo ads during start.u p may be main-ous tained for a period, 1y have a defini te time or inverse time incorp orated to avoid unnecessary trippin g during low dips. If the underv oltage condition per'sis ts for the establ ished delay, the relay output contacts are connected to the station time panel, allowing the station operat or to take correc tive action alarm annunc iator Overvoltage relay is applie d to insure the voltage does . The BEl-59 not exceed the limits establ ished by the machine manufacturer for proper operation" dition s stress tneins ulatio n level of theequ ipm&n tand Overvoltage con-cause Ii dielec tric in a flashover to ground.
| |
| Automatic Transf er Switching Distri bution substa tions are sometimes design ed with duplic ate and transfo rmers to e1 iminate servic e interru ptions due to faults supply circui ts located primar y In order to restor e servic e within a given .l1cceptable t1meon the period , automa tic tfaRsf er switch ing ca.R be applie d to initia from primary power to the altern ate power source.. The 8£1-27 te thethr owove r Can initia te switching after a given time delay to void transf er lJndervoltage Relay during tempora.ry low voltag e condit ions.. To return the substa tionswitch ing servic e upon the restor ation to norma 1 primary voltag e. the BEl-59 avervoltage relay the transi tion to its normal operat ing condition.
| |
| 1-1
| |
| .2.) D~.'**
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV._ _2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 4 OF eVrtrnl~nn sm with each will j ohi b j t the cogen-erator .
| |
| between the utili are led as roli
| |
| "'''I f"lrlt"ltd for the ,
| |
| may become theB£ 1 ...Z1 Undervo 1tage Relay wi n in vol tage and remove the cogenerator from the system ..
| |
| a)' will pt'otect the overvo 1tags factor correction are located on the
| |
| .......,"'."'.............. Protect i on to Targe concern for transformer overvo]
| |
| where proper voltage where a tap changing source and load, some form of ement the tap chang; 09 control and to as well as underv oltages til19 a The 8£1-27/59 UnderlOvervol Rel ay is Ground Fault Detection tn a three ...phase,. three...wire system. a single conductor may break tion may deteri orate resulti ng in a high resista nce ground fault or the be detected by the overcurrent relays . This condition, howeve which may not by an overvol tage fa 1ay connected to a grounded wye, bral'en r, may be sensed tia1 transformers (PT's) as illustr ated in Figure 1-1,.. delta set of and a sensit ive relay settin g. an unbalanced voltage condition" such described above, can be Quickly detected and isolate d .. as Figure . Ground Fault Detection
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTA CHME NT 1 OF STYle NUM'!U!J:/: rD£NTlF fCA TfON CHART c.* ....... ~.
| |
| t l , .__ - **
| |
| c.t".... -....
| |
| c:',.-- --.
| |
| (;.1; ...... -
| |
| ~"l._j . . ._.
| |
| 011...- "'-'-
| |
| 1lI:J1 ...... -
| |
| Ul~
| |
| n, ~
| |
| - hitWI.
| |
| ",~
| |
| ~
| |
| r.uUtll!l:a _ ~
| |
| .&.;t'l' ~_ ...... ,. $llOtW ~ .
| |
| .£. If ~ J Ill ......
| |
| J. Uf...". .*** _
| |
| ,, _ _ I _
| |
| ............. It Ii. 'iI. i. t ......
| |
| a,",. . . . . .
| |
| * * .......-ll'/'
| |
| bC_ _
| |
| II
| |
| ~
| |
| 0 -.....
| |
| SAMPLE STYLE HUMBER The style number chart illustr ates the manner 1n relay1 s. . number-is determined".. Forexample~ if the model number which is a
| |
| 6£1-27/59 and the style number is A3F EIJ ADSIF the device featur es: has the fo llawing A) Single-pha.se voltag esensl ng 3} Sensing input compatible with a piCKUp adjustment range of 55 to F} Twononnally open OlJtput relays 160 'lac (one per fum:ti on)
| |
| £1) Defini te timing for each functio n Operating power derived from a 125 'Ide or 100/120 source A) Two intern ally operated target indica tors (one per Vac functio
| |
| : 0) No instantaneous functio ns n)
| |
| S) Push-to ..energlze output s (pushbuttons)
| |
| : 1) Two normally open auxil iary output relays (one per functi on)
| |
| F) ...flush mounting
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 6 OF or vol 480V 1 VA per 40 to 10 Hz.
| |
| Power _iilal lllPlit fil"t VOU:lclj1lt hr~~
| |
| it hltlfe alilp _t~li Vk til tl)
| |
| Y I : t 9 0 tl) it Thll r~ '(flOW... I~if h field Itltcltblt far q Ol" US ¥liIC:.
| |
| StleeUoQ _n " l.l~t" at tt'4 U** otili1.tllhtAM.
| |
| '"'1'1 * .,. $~ly OjJtloa is l<<tor1 $~t fat 125 ~<k.
| |
| tIl" l. ~ $#ppll . , r_ira U 'dec" Hfh operlthHI. l)tI(iIl llf".UI'I1. ~. ".Itlft MY btr~t4 to 12 Yde.
| |
| Target Indicators Magnetically latching. manually reset target indicators are optionally available to indicate that a trip output contact ha.s energized.. Either internally operated or current operated targets may beselected.. Current operated targets require a minimum of 0.. 2 Adc flowing through the output trip circuit, and are rated at 30 A for 1 second, 1 A for 2 mi nu tes ,.a.nd 3 A cont 1nuous 1y ..
| |
| Internally operated targets should be selected if the breaker control circuit is at powered., or if the rel a1 has normany closed output contacts" Output Contacts Output contacts are rated*i.$ follows:
| |
| Resistive 120**"at- raak e. break, and carry 7 A conti nuously..
| |
| 250 'lac - make and carry 30 A for 0.2 seconds, carry 7 A con-tinuously. break 0.. 1 A...
| |
| 500 'Ide - make ind carry 15 A for 0.2 seconds, carry 7 Acon.
| |
| tinuously, break 0..1 A..
| |
| Inductive 120 vac, 125 'Ide, 250 'Ide - break 0.1 A Ct..lR ;: 0" 04) ..
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 7 OF the tage level ckup t1g by 5% or 1
| |
| ....na" ""... is gre ate r ..
| |
| te 9
| |
| '::U::,,"cUH,":~. A Oefi ni te Time Within + one 51.gn1 can t t are define d by the e are represented by the curves shown on 3-4, 3-5, and 3-6.
| |
| Inverse e from 01 to 99 in of Incrementing the time di varies the i nverse curve along the Y axis.. A of designates instantaneolJs tim ing .
| |
| Accuracy Within +5% or 50 ms (whi chever is greaterT of the indicated tim e for any combination the time dial set tin g and pickup set tin g and is rep eat abl
| |
| +21 or 50 ms (whi the ver is gre e within iny combination ate r) time dia l tap set tin g..
| |
| Shock 159 in each of thr ee mu tua llyp er oleular axes .. pen . .
| |
| Vi 29 in of thr ee mutually per dic u 1ar axes swept over the pen-to ran ge of 10 for a tot al of six sweeps, 15 minutes each sweep.
| |
| Isolation 2500 Vac 60 Hz for 1 for on e ntlte acros.s open accordance wi th C31.90-191S 1-5
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 8 OF Qualified to C37 .. 90'1 -1974, ent Qualifi eo to .90.
| |
| Test ifi to lEG Weight 14 pounds Case ze All units ied in an size case.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO, JC-QIP81-90027 REV,_~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 9 OF 22 eec BROWN eOVERi
| |
| !Et ,1.4.1 .7-7 l£sue C J: NS, 'RU CT ION S
| |
| ,.. .. _ _ :.~ . _ ._ _ _ --.-.--------
| |
| SinQl e Phase Volta ge Relav! l
| |
| - ---:-* *- - -.lfIHW * -..............- _ _ ..-,."",.... _ ~ _
| |
| CATALOG SERIES 211 ITE-27N UND£RVOl..TAGE: RELAY ITE-59N OVERVOLTAGE RELAY Defin ite Time or High Speed
| |
| | |
| n~J.1l, .i"]
| |
| PAGE Z TAILE OF CONTENTS Itltrod~ctlcn *********************** 'ag, 2 Pr,,¢,ut'ons *********************** P&9.2
| |
| ~tay into Serviee ********* 'age j lui reu FunctIon * *** u '*t.
| |
| A~I.renjM o.t:a .. * .. ** .. *
| |
| "-i~ten.nee .ftd re.t'ng ************ 'I,. ,
| |
| u . 'a**
| |
| INtR.OOUCTlOH Thn. inuructh:Mtll:Ottt&'n the i,,(omld. fequlrn to p ly htUIII. operat** -md test '*i-E soHd-uat. single phase vcHa,. r.layst Itt-27M Itt"',II.
| |
| Th. '-1.. £ vo.t.agc ,..fay is hound il* .. ,_i-fhtslt dr~ut re'ay cn.lult.'. for eonven-c'ena' pan.' mountIng.
| |
| An COM.cdon, to the ..e'.y .,c _de at temia.1s located on the rur of tbe cas.....
| |
| dud)' . . . . 1"."'.
| |
| Volta,. Md* ti- dl ** sening' .re located on the front panel beMno .. rUlOYa.ht ct..,,.
| |
| cover _ Pnwhlonl for a _t.r ,ur .tel inclwded.
| |
| A tugn i ad tenor i I a f so Il!lOQnttd on tM fnmt pusn.bulton utendlng tbrough the rellY COV.f'.
| |
| p.tn6'. The target 'a l"'Uet by ""'$ of .-
| |
| An LfD indIcator Is provioed for e,onven'eca drolliOUt utt'n,s. .
| |
| 'ft tenht, ... caHorattng tile pickUp and Th. f~now'ng ptKautlOl'lI should be tabft when **dylng tWill reteys.
| |
| : 1. '_co,-reet wiring MY result h, ...... .. twill wlrlll9 .,,..... wfth tM connecth.. dla" fr. for the ~rtJewJar tell.y before tlte tel'ay f.
| |
| in tM an-rect pOlarity before appt)'i", control ~r.
| |
| -rt'Qd* .. ,.,.e c:ofttrol ....... Is .,pl led
| |
| : 2. Apply only tbe rated control volt.,e Mrked on
| |
| * front. panel.
| |
| For reia" with ellota' rated contra'i volt.... w'tbdr_ tM nt.v f,.. ~ ca... ad d\edt that the llIOVa.r. Unkon the circuit boatd It ht the ccrrut POS'th::lft for tbe s.,.t_eontrol voltage.
| |
| ). Do ~t att. .t to Mnually OlHJrate tatillty.-. Oft dJu. relayS. . Ahhougft tn.
| |
| ret-loin, their huUC<1tton under lbotk. the,. ~" ~ --ted by "GIl ~atfonwith
| |
| * po i nted obJect.. .
| |
| '.00 not .'y Id,1l volt. tUtl (0 lOUd-state ,.ehay,." III control .'rfftS test i, t"uire'lt partiaUy whhdrb tMdrcuit boani ffOllll th cas. to brut the COM.etlen, befor**"Iying tb. tut volt",**
| |
| : 5. 1'be eodre circuit .-._Iy of the voltage ......, It t'eI\ifOVable. 11ds Mantsbouid In-sen Sll()()th h. 10 flOt ..... for/3.
| |
| '.Iote tb.tr..,....l of the tap !>lock pIn is equhtalent to .eUh" the 10W!'l$t tap.
| |
| 14 FoUow teU: ins.tf'uctlons to "..-Uy that the rela., If h, Pf'CpIIIf wol"kin, order. If.-
| |
| r,.ay is found to be defectIve 'We.$V990U that It h returned tottle factory for ,..,air.
| |
| Itme<li.lt. l".pl~t of the rUlOV** le.l.-nt CMt be .... 'l"OII tbo factory, hl_tlf., by
| |
| .,..t QUfog ~r . . . . $UH** t u** t a~l.te spare rela,b.ofOared.as .. repl.'~t._ the htOf."
| |
| h". unit be rep.ired and reClined as .$~"t'l sdl-..tle and circuit mcriptlon NY bft oCt.hu~d fttR your
| |
| *. 8y ..pacifyIng the relay !:at.tog n-.er f> ..
| |
| '0*** en, f I'llte, sheuld: yOU desire to repaif' or fecaUb,..t:e the retay. tAlJnON~ Since troubleShooting "Uils "Mldng with enefgf:reG ~ui~t:. <<utlon shculdt:e t,keil'l to ioI¥Ofd perlon4ll shoek. Ottl, ~t.ftt tech" nicians f~illar with 900d SafelY practices should s.rvice th*** devi~.
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION N 0'::-'0---=.J-=C--:-O,,-,I:.=.P. . :;:..8.::-.I-.::-.90.;;.. . ;;O.::-.2_7 ATTACHMENT I SHEET_II OF PLACING THE RELAY INTO SERVICE Upon recetpt of the rel.v (when not. included as part of .a SlIihchbo.ard) examine for shipping da1Qge. If damage or lou is eYldent t file <I el.ht at Gnee and pr~t'Y notify the nearest 8rown loved ElectriC 5.10$ Offie.... fC.e.* p the rel.y clun and dry and ule nOrM' eare in hand-ling to a\foid mech<lniC.JI damage.
| |
| 2..INlTAWnoN Mouuftl COM-Uoftt AI I Protective ftel.ys haye metal front panels wltich are connected through printed circuit runs and connector wiring to. tere.nal at the .. ear of the relay use. The u~r" min.r is .rked UGH. In an ap,pHcations thi'Ster.inal s_ld be ,dred to ground.
| |
| Spedal Clfe must be tak.n to connect control ~r in the proper polarity.
| |
| tnternal oInd e.t~u'nal conneetion. are $~ in the APPUtATION seetfm, page i.
| |
| For r.lays whh dual r.ted tol'\trol volt,ge. Mfere energLti." the relay, the rel&y ef~t should ~ withdrawn frcm its ase. Md tl visual ch~k be made to injure tbat the fIIW.ble control volt.ge s.htctlen Hnk h** btcfl pl.ced on the correet teminal for the .yst_ control vchage.
| |
| The location of this J IIdt is shown ift Figure SO'
| |
| : a. SftnNGS
| |
| 'iemp the pickup taps .ta identified by the .actual v.l ... of voltage whlcn wtll guse the output contac.ts to transfer.
| |
| DROPOUT Dropout taps .re identified as ,percentage of the pickup volt.ge.. Taps are pro\ffded for 10t. lOt. ,.,:t and " , of pickUP. Gl 30%, 'tOl. SO%, 60.% of pfdwp.
| |
| TIM£ 011\L
| |
| !he tiM dIal tips are hfenti Hed ,. 1,1,3.4.5. and 6.. .f.r to the ti.-vohage ~r
| |
| .c:terheie curves h\ the APPt.lCAnON s.ttion of tbis IIMa.l. Ti.. '111.' selection is not pro-vidt!d *1Jtt rei..,.. with the hlgn speed eh.racteristfc.
| |
| S'ECIAL HOTE PiClusp and dropout voltagfl mil' be adjusted to v.l.-sother tiwi thote provided by tbe ~
| |
| fheed t~o". Iw muns of Internal c.librath:ltl l'.lOtentlOJl'!lltten. Se. sec;tlcn on TESTING for oro-c.eCure,.
| |
| On i,;tlf U with .. tl_ dial. ttle opar.th'l9. ti_ _, .he be UJusted to any speciftc. v_hu:
| |
| be<<ween thole provided by the fh.* ~ U$'t'S"
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET_ 12 OF IS'" 7 .4. I . 7-1 PAGE :.
| |
| APPUCAnON OATA I-T"'E S.incglePh.!ie Vol e.. ge prOlfll:2C .;a kiid* of proteet I Vi! 'ufu::tlon, .. ,neludillg proce<::t ion of motot'S .ult~tic bus rr"'*...c'r.... Inherent ly t;rMsierH: tv allow the uSce of ttlne rel~V$ in "..",..."..... ''\iI UUions or t~e performance of e!.ctr~chani,al relay$ would The uniql.le of the output circuit ~s ~otrequi,.. lui-itt COfttKU "Howittt dm~d i*
| |
| .1.
| |
| fh:atlon of types.
| |
| sen..-s. Operation il'MllQtors .ar. J;u''Ovhhuf as Uand.ard f ** tur.., on The Itt-27M and fTt""S'N lire des i 9fte# fortbcs **PPI h:.tions repe.t.bil it.,. ,nd lotlg tem nabH ttl' are (",uf red.
| |
| * . e ucepdon,,1 .<<unev.
| |
| Mlfl!lIcrdc dhtottioo 1ft the At w.lYefom caa "aYe - noch:'bi. enect on the r....y operUfng pointo'lAd on __.u(ing Inurument'S us.e. to sett. rel.*y. See disension ift the TESnNG section of chis bOok. M internaJ harmonic: fitter "1lIf,ub". wilf t.. a..anabl. at ,. Ine,.. Qte fot' these appr'C4cfons where waveForm distortion it
| |
| * factor.
| |
| Flgute I Ie'ay OutUne Of" " ionsar*
| |
| **CH
| |
| .",,*1'11f.
| |
| 0"" HQU:$
| |
| sr_ ..
| |
| (IAA .
| |
| c.ta't!9
| |
| ~r Tm IT£.... UH 60 - I to V
| |
| ~ .. no V
| |
| £0 .. BO v
| |
| ~=:~'R:*t _-- ....
| |
| 6O-HOV lOt-6(Q 61)- no v 101 -
| |
| * f .... O sec \8/125 V~c 2IU"'75 100 - ISO v 10l ... ' " 0.1-1 SK
| |
| '00 ... ISO v 70l .. !'l WUS V4c 2JIU611S too - I SO Y Tot": Iftn >\t/US Vde 2tlUO.1S
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC_QIP81-900 27 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 13 OF 1.~ *. ]*7
| |
| 'ACE 5 inp ut Cir cui t:
| |
| Rat ing I TE" nN ISO Vac f'taJl: i _C on t.1 !"lua ITt-59H J6C ' " IUxiMUm CeO us Atinuou'
| |
| £ach co ntl ct at 125 V4e lOA trip 'pin 9 dut y SA con tin uou s IA bre ak. , ** Ist lv.
| |
| O. JA bth k. hw:l~tfv.
| |
| bte d ItSIUS Y4c at 0.0 (mvs t op e"a te 1ft.. 60 5 ... .,. .
| |
| Yd efo r 4Iv na t' tllUn: op en t. i~lftl V*' for t2SV _i ft. l)
| |
| MSi rante ""20*( to SltC Kw.t op era te *30*e to""'S+1 0*'
| |
| Tolcr..ne ., PIc kup ~ddrop (Vl thO ut M~ .C out '.lt ln g. .. len
| |
| _ri lin g, (fa cto ry cal res pec t
| |
| , It t.r mO<hJ hI. ibr ati on ) .. +1" It.. to prt nte d dra'
| |
| * fte r to Pic kup and dt'~ut Mu
| |
| .nt r"'u p. aCur. ~d co nlt an t con lng s. r., .at ;1b OJ tya t toA stM t t ... ..
| |
| tro l vo lta ,. * +1 -
| |
| O .2 t.{ SM N oU
| |
| )
| |
| 'Ic! cup ~d dro pou t Ht t'I" If$ . ,.. -tl bH pe wf rln'* of lOO"'lft ity O Vo lts csa-S1l) .. +/. Of tr de COfttfOl
| |
| . 0.% '. (Se . ~t.)
| |
| ,te ku pa M dro pou t **
| |
| tU ~$ . np gu bU ran te: Ity ov er t . . . .rat ur.
| |
| -20 Ot o ...,*c
| |
| £0+55-' +1" 0.4 '
| |
| +' *0 ..2 '
| |
| 11 -. Cal.,.
| |
| Inn ,JntPeo~s ~I De fin ite TIM ~l $ J ey elu o,. ".t. Un 9 t;,. .. ..
| |
| tle t ot t10 ..0 Uqc.bf tl" ro pr l.t e cun >a) .
| |
| ~... "le he ve t' is gr Qt e,.
| |
| Le u t ....n 1 it.Yt:J.s.
| |
| Ute-27M "e" I:$ whe ft tnp~t vol tag e goe s .bt inp ut \IO ttl, e toe s belwe p'e iwp ,et tin g.)
| |
| un "S 9H res en ~
| |
| ow dtOflOUt len in, .}
| |
| %000 VK M'S,
| |
| * Mh tut e, all dr eu iu to gA:)Uftd.
| |
| MOTE: The ttl,.. . tol .uB e.'
| |
| Te ler ue es auUll!e p~t sholoft _u ld be c.c ndd ere d hl ~d eA
| |
| '. sf _ _ v. inp uts '9 nal
| |
| * t ad Ny be ~ I
| |
| .. tlv**
| |
| Haf'lI'Onie Fil ter (Pt eH ."n ary Oa t.. ) OfTHJ.....l the na. ... ic:: fU cer l'lIIOdut. ,tU Pd Ce s t.he rel a, cb. . op4 .U M~ hi l of tt.-
| |
| tt;J tu ba lle "U y on SO/60Hz inl Nt . 'fIM sig n.l .. $e . fl, -f. tbe ('.M hll* *lnt a' ~ !refore, Qn ,,*g e , for t of tbe inp ltt typ iul rU te, . ,... po nh vo lU te
| |
| : C#1""'ft.
| |
| bt i n9s ..re tM $' -
| |
| as s~ .bOYe ue
| |
| **t:
| |
| 'Ic.k~ .d d ~ t sa td" fl_ ,e" lta bU lty
| |
| "'10 to +5S"C ove r t. .-..atu re r'ft ge:
| |
| I) to ."O*c +1" 1.5 '
| |
| +1"" O.q t Tf N 0-1 ..,
| |
| h'll iun t;tn ecu s moch! I
| |
| '< It tV ' 1C~ ~nt ing t i_
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-Q1P81-90027 REV._ _2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 14 OF 22 GENERAL ELECTRIC'S NEW TYPE 4725 FREQUENCY TRANSDUC<ERS
| |
| * New Compact SJu..
| |
| * :to..!% Accuracy
| |
| * +/-O.02% Voltage Rejection
| |
| * 1 ma output (0...1OK ohms Load Range)
| |
| * +/-O.02% linearity
| |
| * +/-O.02% Load Res'stance effect
| |
| * Readily Interchanged EJec-trfcally a MechanIcally wIth Typ.4701 FUNcnON Type 4125 ~ convwt ~ Of$), 60. an<I400 Hz at 120 ~ ~ de tniIlMloa (0.5 1M to +0.5 mat. Thit IO*i may be
| |
| (). t OK ChnIa.
| |
| DESCRIPnON "T'M "ft, ~ ryp. 4125 ~~enev T ~ ~ the 6IIteIt blchlObg)o to ~ * ~ cum.nt output lntO
| |
| * vtrlIb.
| |
| lola ~a. OUIlStlnllnO ~ ~b. suc::h ......
| |
| 1Nn %0.2'" ~~. on accut'lC:¥ ~ -2O-C to
| |
| +ere ~ ~ flI\Q'J...... froM b IOlicJ.s*
| |
| * aigtI. TM ..,.~ and ~ cirCuita . . moulMlfd on
| |
| ~ ~CiI'tUtt.bWds.. ThtMdrmiceireuitaMd.~
| |
| compo"ents Of . . . . urita . . ~ on an ~ ,teet c:radIe. TYPICAl. PUFmtMAHC£ CUR'VU wlleh ~ houNd In. ~ UMi~. ~ it. no POt* UIlbJlf1Y finO. ttmOVll of t¥110 ~ ~ eMy IOCeM to tnb . .
| |
| ~.
| |
| GENERAL APPUCATJON
| |
| * ~ 1 . .~ . control ~
| |
| * tftImtIf8IwlO
| |
| ~.~""'1Oi
| |
| ~~fMPp.. nucw
| |
| .... ~ J a r. . . . miItslfe ct'iIWOttystlml. (XNt<< ~ .
| |
| !l.JI'blM eonI"Ol TheTYPIt 4125 ~ T~" CIPIlM of driYlnQ t!IIty in- to 64 dieatinO ~ C# dfMC.t.aetng Md ~t'IC~.0.- Hlll'lJl'Ur
| |
| ~. .1nC.*t C'C:lft'4no1Wy""" aN T)'PM os* to. t 8t 30. and .to. .~
| |
| bow'd inall'UfMnt:l; TYPit t80 ~ ~ Tvoe 1D$ or Type 19$ ~
| |
| *' retIY*: 8iG L.OOK* . . tfOAIZOH LINE* PMelmetel'l: and CH lCF(~. ~~ . . UMd by OEM'sulll_
| |
| co- ...eiOra.Ind....... ~
| |
| OPERATION
| |
| ~ to*dc ttlnMb .. ~ It!ItM.lgh !tie tIM
| |
| ~ . ~ ~ ~ t y ¢om~ lllUd1 Of. u(J-np;~tw*:I1tng tntnd~ ~capect~
| |
| ten. . tJMd(Q ~~.
| |
| A ~ dc~~*~ *.PfOdtftt __ fev4H tQ 1M o .. lC.20
| |
| * q>ut ~ z.o c:n:uno of h inpUt ~ CIILMIM
| |
| .J(I+~.~.60.10 Al\IlllllOO~~_'C die input ~ to chMQt . . . ana ~
| |
| * chq.
| |
| 11rouQtt.~
| |
| .... In .,. 10
| |
| ~totn~. . .
| |
| n.oe ...... ~
| |
| n.
| |
| to. ccn.tInt cument de CUtptJfstQnalJn . . ~ ~ ~ ~_ _* StJrot
| |
| ~ Md ....,,0ItdC ........ ~ to ~ lnCut and ou1PUt turQe ~ SWlIlty, tltgf'l~aon and bf'Q*S n.ld
| |
| ~ . . ~ ttI'ouQn the UM of 2C).ttI'n ~ po.
| |
| ten~ for zero lind..,.
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-O 1P81-9 0027 REV._ _2 ATTA CHME NT I SHEET 15 OF GENERAL SPECJFICATlONS T"(P£ 41Z5 FREQt.llNCY nLAttSCUCEAS INPUTIOUTPUT &WfRING DATA Potential Input
| |
| : a. Hominal, 85,135 vofts
| |
| : c. Overload wttturtand. co*ntinuous, 150 volts
| |
| : c. OverlOad withstafld, r minute. 200 \torts
| |
| : d. Butdena t 120 volts, <2 va, !ncluding ampHfi.r p¢lwer Frequen¢J Sp.n: H' rabM! I: for other spans COfisult factory (Jperatin . T~pei"atUreRan..: -20*C to +65" C
| |
| "'ex. Tempei"atul'e Effett on Aecurac:y:
| |
| <::!:().2% of center frequeney -,
| |
| 'ull-sea . Output: 1 ma Output Load Rln~ ().lOK ohms Unearity : =0.02% ofcetlter frequetrey Un. VOlta.. Rejection: :':0.02% of c..,nt~r fl"$qUlln(;y DJMENS'ONS Adiustm~
| |
| : a. tIro. :::10% of cente' frlQuency. minimum adju$tmetrt
| |
| : b. full SCI Ie values 111 labl' I.
| |
| cAe C4mpotl Mt On Output SlaM': <: 1%
| |
| ~n$' Time: 400 rrdJllseconds Oie~c T..t: 1500 Ii RMS W_191n , ~2 bI TABLE '. fREQUENCY TRANSDUCERS Typical Slandard Model ea.lbration Ffequ~ Spn I'll lrm e-ttt Hi~
| |
| INstRUMENT PROOUCTSOEPAATMENT 4OFEOERALSTAEET.LYNN~MASS.019tO GEN ERAl e ElECTAl1'!
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-QIP 81-900 27 REV. ~2 ATTA CHME NT 1 SHEET 16 OF 22 INSTRUCTIONS GEl-19OO8£ FREQUENCY RELAYS IJF51A, IJF51B, and IJF52A GENERAL ELECTRIC
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 17 OF 22 GEI~ 19008 Frequency Relays Type !JF' Fig. 1 Type IJF R<<l.y AMoved Fro. Case (treat View)
| |
| )
| |
| )
| |
| fig. 2 Type tJF Relay Removed Ff'OI'I case (har View)
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-QIP 81-900 27 REV._ _ 2 ATTA CHME NT 1 SHEET 18 OF FREQUENCY RELAYS TYPE IJF INTRODUCTION the induction disk type btlck of the case" The eases and cradles are $0 of appara tus against the constru cted that the relay cannot be inserte d in the oVE~rllre(JlUE;llCY or tmdertr equenc y..
| |
| case upside down. Tbe connecting pluS besides t
| |
| maldng the electric al connections between the re-The Type IJF is an induction disk type relay spectiv e bloc.u ol the cradle and case*. also lock mounte d in a sj.ngle unit drawou t case. It has two the latch in J,')lace. Tbecov er, which is fastene d to shaded -pole V... magnet type drill' elemen ts acting the ease by thumbs crews. holds the connect on opposite sides 01 the. disk. . ofthes.e , .t:be In place.
| |
| ing plug operatt."1g elemen t, is design.ed to drive the disk. in the direction to close the left contact s d the To draw out the relay mdt the cover Is first other, the restrain in.g element to drive disk trt removed, ud the plug drawn out. Shorting tars the contact*opening direetiol'lon relays having single- provide d are throw contact s and to dose the right eOntacts on circuits in the ease to short the curren t tnulsfo rmer relays having doub!.e-tItr'aw contacts.. Thedi sk . The latehe sare then release d, and the shalt is restrai ned by a spiral spring, the princip al relay \mit can be easl1y drawn out. To replace the telay unit, the re?erse order is fOUcnved.
| |
| nl1*'r"ni"UI G of which is to hold the contact s open when ck!*energized.. The motion of the disk A separat e test1ng plug by perman ent to stve the inserte d in place correc t time deJay for closing of the connecting plug to test relay in place. on contact s. the panel either from ita own source of curren t and There is a seal... in urdt mounted to the left of can YOltap , or from other source s. Or, the relay unit the sha.ft on the Type trF51A and IJF51S relays.. be draWD out and replace d by another which bas The Type fJF52A relay. has a seal..in unit mOUIlted been tested in the J.a.boratory..
| |
| on both sides of the shaft. This elemen t bas its con 1ft series and iUi contacts 10 paralle l with the APPLICATION mamco ntacts such that when the main eml'ta,lc-ts close" the seal.. in elemen t picks up and The Type LlF frequency relays are reeom.
| |
| * When. the seal...in elemen t piCks up it
| |
| : m. mended tor protect ion of synchron01Ua appara tus
| |
| : a. ap.1n8t overspe ed. or UDderspeed conditions caused target into view wbien latches up and expose d until release d by pressin g a button bet1lealtb by. loss of load In. the cue of genera tors, 01' loss of supply power fa tbe case o! motor and condensers" the lawer left corner of the cover. The relays can be used to operate protect tve de-Vices, The ease is suitable lor eIther surlace or at the or to sotlDd an aJarm whenev er the frequen cy semifiu sh panel mounting and an assortm ent of above c1reu1t 'Varies by a predete rmined amount hardwa re is. provide d tor ~dtber mounting. The or below norl'.l:J.a1.
| |
| cover attache s to the ease and alsoea rries the reset mechan ism wben one is require d. Ea.ch RATINGS cover serew bas prOVision for a. sealing wire..
| |
| These.. rela
| |
| . . *.* "s are available. 1a frequency ratlnp The ease has ~s or screw connec tions at from 25 to 60 cycles and voltage ntinp of 115 and both ends or at the bottom only for the externa l 230 volts.
| |
| connec tions" The electric al conne:ctions benvee n the relay .its and the ease. Ituds ue made 30 ampere The C1.1.r'rftt closing ra:tlng of the contact s Is through sp backed contact fingers . mounted in The curren t...carryin s for volta.ges not exeHdi ng 250 VQlts..
| |
| station ary 1110 inner and outer blocks between g ratings are aUeete dby tbe whlch nests a removable connecting. plug which selectio n 01 the tap on the seal-in coil uU1d1e ated comple tes the circuits .. The outer blocb, attache d b1 Table L to the cue, bave the studs for the external con-nection s, and the JAnel' blocks have the termin3.ls TABLE I fOr the interna l connecUons.
| |
| Amper es, AC or DC The relay mechanism is. mou.nted. ill a steel framew ork c.a.ned the cradle and is a. comple teunlt with all leads ~ingtermina.ted at the imler bloek. Trippin g Duty This cradle is held firmly in the ease with a latch 30 5 at the top and the bottom* and by a guide pm at the Cut;' Continu ously 3 0.3
| |
| 't'btIf** iR.-trac tions d~ not purport . tQ' covera ll det4JJ..
| |
| or Wltiac.1c nB in lIlqltJpml :mtrw.r' to prOJi'i.d. tor etn.:tY po$;fiblt t cmt.tllfitftCY to btt met in ~mtct;ion.,jtb ilWtalJ.it UOOil operatio n or _.tnt& l'f~.8 bt:>wd lurtJ'Jer tntonMtJ.on indtl1ii.rl /lifl or sboultl ".r.tiCU1 .ttr pmbu. . .,lEi**
| |
| thep~ u.r*$ purpol"
| |
| "'lch are ~ ~nHf lIu.tf1cJ. ent1w for
| |
| ." the lUtt.U* $ltou14 be. rtt.t'err*l!d to 'C:Jw attimu.*,U EJtillCtnC CO.IImJ .
| |
| l"d the lirtent reqUired ehe *'~....: - dttiScriJJ .d herein btl¢: no $uch "** W:4~
| |
| . .t appJJ.<:Able AN$X. DES and NltJlUt iSt!llJil.srd:s1 jg given J:esPf'Wt to lccal r::ode$ ,ud al'dJ.l t~ becaus. t~ vary grot1.V-
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO . JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTACHMENT 1 OF Typ eUF I "'.
| |
| l' I
| |
| f J1'1
| |
| *I* J.,I i'
| |
| I.
| |
| C t
| |
| * 1**
| |
| s...a -..-
| |
| .... ,.-8 r:r F.lg. 3 Typ. hlfS U R.la , *. Yt)lbt.-Frequ'~C eM rlet er ilti e. f fla .. Typ elJR U R.I.y, TI.. ..FtefJueftc ella tlet eri at i CI y i,
| |
| i
| |
| :** }
| |
| F1;. 5 Type fJfs tll. lay , Yolt1984'reqveftC f fIg" I Ty, . '.lPS1B hiIY . Tf." 'req laac y CJ1 araeter lit tel Characte,.I,Ucl
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-QIP 81-900 27 REV._ _ 2 ATTA CHME NT 1 OF Freque ncy Re.lays TypeU F GEI.. 19008 The 2*a.mpe re tap bas a d...c resist.a nce of 0*13 ohms and a 60 cycleim pectanc e of 0.53 ohmswhUe BURDENS the O. re tap has a '1 ohm d...c resistance and a 52oh* .. cycle impeda nce" The tap setting used Burden data tor the 55-60 cyele under frequency en the seal-in elemen t 1& determ ined by the eu:rren t relay and so-as cycles overirequlmcy relays are drawn by the trip coil. giVeD in Table Iat 115 volts 60 cycles" Burdens listed are total burden of. relay.
| |
| The O..2...amp eretap is tor use With. trip calls TABLE 11 that operate on eUl't'f:nts ranging trom 0.2 up to 2..0 ampere s at the .minimu m control voltage. If this Volt Power tap is . used with trip coUSre quiring more than Belay Watts Amps Faetor atttpere s, there is a. posaibi llty tbat the 7-ohm2 resista nce will reduce the eu.rrent to so law a value UP51A 8..7 ..99 8.6 that the breake r win not be tripped.. UF51B 5.8 ..98 5:1 Total burdens for the Type UF52A relay at The 2-ampe re tap sbould be used with trip coils 115 'VOlts are aa follows ;
| |
| tbat take 2 ampere s. or more at zmmmum. control voltage} provide d the tripping curren t ~. not TABL Em exceed SO ampt!rt !s at the m.a.xim umcont rol voltage .
| |
| If the tripping curren t. exceeds 30 ampe.res an Volt Power auxilia ry reJay should be used, the eotmeettoua Amps :Factor Watts bein.g such that the trippin g curren t does DOt pass through the contact s or the target.a nd sea!*1n coila 6.3 of the protect ive relay.. 10/1 RECEIVING, HANDLING AND STORAGE These relays, when not .1ne1ltded u a. part of a control panel, will be aldpped In cartons designe d to paeking the rem, Ul.orde r that none of the parts are protect them Injured or the adjustm ents disturbe cL t damage . Immed iately upon receipt of the .. an e3Qm:1natlon ahou1d be made fcrany damage sutain ed ~ing . If injury 11 the relaya are %lotto be inslalle d Immed iately.
| |
| or damage resultin g from roUgh . . is evident , they should be atored m their origina l cartons in a a claim. tdtould befUed atonee witbthe tr3.n$'p Ortatton place tba.t is tree from moistu re, dUst, ad metalli c co:mpany ati.d the neares t sales Office of the Genen.1 chips.. ForellD matter collect ed on the mrt.side of Electri c Compa ny notified prompt ly.. the. case may flnd ita way mside whea til. cover .18 Reasonable eare sboold be exercts ed br un- remove d aDd cause trouble in the operati on of the relay.. '
| |
| INSTALLATION LOCATION At1XILIA.lUEs The location should beclea. n and dry, free from When external capacitors, and in $OmeC Ues dust and exeessi ve Vibrati on, aadwe ll llghted to ~$isto rs, are furnish ed wUh relays they. are iden-facilita te inspect ion aDd te_ting,. tified by. means of serial nu.a.tbent.T.b.ese numbe rs are of tbefol"Da KX-I02 3 or OA...2155 . The purpos e MOUNTING Of these numbe rs is to insure thate' -'reayJ when tnstaUe d, WiU.. beprov tded wttb the ~e.s With whicn it was caUbra ted at the factory-.
| |
| Mi.~ Tbe. reason fo%' .this .preeaution la to eliminate
| |
| *wc variatlo a ia ea1lbra Uons of the relays wh.tch would otherwise remtf t'om the 1'Uia.tl on m elec-CONNECTIONS trical properUe.8 of the anUla ri &s.
| |
| Interna l connection dia s lor the VU'1oUB ADJUSTMENTS relay types are ~ ill ., to 9 inclusiv e.
| |
| T}'Pica1 wirlng dlagram s are given in Fig. 10and 11.. TARGET AND SEAL-IN ELEMENT One of the mmmtln g studs or screws should be For. trip coUs operati ng on current$ . rtIl'lging perman ently grounded by a conduc tor not less than from 0..2 up to 2..0 ampere .s at the minimUttl control No. 12 B&:S gage copper wire or its equ.tvalent. voltaget . set the target and seal-In tap plug in the O..2-amp el'etap .
| |
| | |
| CALCULATION NO. JC-QIP 81-900 27 REV._ _ 2 ATTACHMENT 1 SHEET 21 OF BURDENS IMPOSED ON POTE NnAL TRANSFORMERS (Data are for one .'emen ' and based on 120 vo'" at rated is assigne d, dota are for 60 cyere** ) frequen cy; where no specific frequen cy rating IATING EH_hoa le&lJtalliC. Watt, fOlla~
| |
| VOLTMETERS A** I 0.1 :l*13*'5*J6 *"
| |
| .,.15*16 ." bp........ keltt 150 130 I 40 60 3020 2.400
| |
| '960 1..52 .... 4.7 0.9 0.,.
| |
| I, A&.:,so 1170 ...0 4.0 Qj, 150 60 3190 ".67 3.76
| |
| .AD... *7.10 150 2$-60 2700 3120 1.. ".52 4.42 0.9" 0.91 2700
| |
| .AD'
| |
| ,... 11
| |
| '7' 2$-60 26&0 2610 0.50 0.:)5 5.3 5.3
| |
| .5.3 5.3 0.3 0.2 1.00 1.00 Not. I I
| |
| "'".12 150
| |
| ", I ,,-<>0 2S-o<l 2000 23.40 2000 2340 0
| |
| 0 7.2 6.1 7.2 6..1 0
| |
| 0 1.00 1.00 150 25-l>O '790 1790 Nt*12 I 0 1..0 ..0 0 I
| |
| 175 25-60 1870 1870 1.00
| |
| .0*21. -22** .sa** 72 ISO 25-o<l 15000 l.sooo 0
| |
| o..so 7.7 7.7 0 I 1.00 I
| |
| ...*9 150 Up to 12$ 1.0 1.0 0 1.00 2l:J00 21300 1.66 0.68 0.61 0 1.00 AI*2 175 150 Upt.12j 2.s--t>O l!90
| |
| '220 1590 2220 0 9.0 '.0 0 I 1.00 I
| |
| 0.61 6.5 6.S 0,7 A.*2 17S I
| |
| 2$-60 2600 2600 0.61 1.00 I
| |
| $.6 5.6 0 ...
| |
| C. c*.... C*'*1. C" 1.00 C'.... *5 90-130 Up to 125 i 152 tI J.S2 0 9.5.0 9$.0 co.3....7 .** CO"*3."
| |
| }
| |
| "0 Up '0 123 760.
| |
| I 760 0 19.0 ".0 I 0 0
| |
| 1.00 1.00 CO*13.14. CD.27.,.
| |
| C*20*21 CI. CIt*2. el' 90-130 150 I
| |
| 25-o<l 2$
| |
| 6.50 'I;
| |
| '4*.- I 650 540
| |
| °t 0..51 22.1 26...
| |
| 22.1 ,
| |
| I Of I: 1.00 I 26.0 4.2 CI. CI.'. CIP. cap*".j" 9()-130 60 j7.
| |
| * jM>
| |
| 0.9' CU9 U .* 2'.5 ! 7..- 0.95 I
| |
| CI. 16*17.11*1 9*20*2. , ..*2j*26.C .,.** ..s..1>
| |
| CI.16.17.1 ** 19.20*2! 24.:U*24.C .I'....j*4 H. H.2 Ii*$
| |
| 90-130 9()-130 17$
| |
| 17S 2$
| |
| 60 U_ t. 125 U.. to 12$
| |
| .569 #
| |
| 417#
| |
| 1170 360 sn 1170 0.66 0.$4 0
| |
| 2.1.3 23.2 7.7
| |
| .2....
| |
| 21.9 7.7 7.9 0
| |
| I 0.9' 0.9.
| |
| 1.00 1170 lITO 0 7.7 HW 170' UfII to 125 7.7 0 1.00 O.OS 17$ VII"o123 757 3730 757 3730 0 0 'P.l 3.' ".. 0 1.00 I' 1.50 60 1700 1100 ! 3.' 0 1.00
| |
| '*3 t*,
| |
| 7"-150 rso 150 1.1.. to Uta to 12$
| |
| Up '0 '25 us ,no 2030 S030 U20 2030 303O 6.06 0
| |
| 0.07 0
| |
| ' *.5 i..5 7**
| |
| 4.'
| |
| **S
| |
| ,..5 7.1
| |
| <I.'
| |
| 0.1 0
| |
| 0.1 a
| |
| , 1.00 1.00 1.00
| |
| '''.2 150 U,. t. 1.25
| |
| , ...9.",
| |
| 1.00 It. 1*2*.. *.*7 17$
| |
| 1200 1200 0.03 12.0 12.0 0.1 I 1.00
| |
| "'''0 I
| |
| Up'o 12.s 1540 VII" to 12.5 0 9** 0 I ,.00 I
| |
| 175 f . 3200 3200 0 *.5 a I
| |
| 1.00 WATTMETERS OR VARMETERS
| |
| ---- ---- --_. ---: ---......----- INI U.lo..". U A,.1$.16. I' Sl<o9le I'h..
| |
| ,,'.15.16.1 1 f ~~"::,,
| |
| fSUo.,** ,.......
| |
| e V._.. e.
| |
| : ~ : o 5 0 5 I i~::i~
| |
| 60 60 I ~= I ~!
| |
| II "7~O
| |
| .790 1.510 12.0 g H 3.0 H
| |
| 0.'-5
| |
| ~
| |
| ::gg 0.32 A'.30 rsu..l.. 1'1\0. .1 6790 0 2.1 2.1' AI.IS.ltl 120 60 "00 000 0 l.00 IPo'.".....1 0 1.6.4 120 60 n.O I.'. 0 LOO 41.30 r"of ~Mn.. '
| |
| =AO;: . :-6:.: .:.7;,. .:.:ISf;:*::.:.:.I.:..:.I'H~..
| |
| 120 60
| |
| ::::.:..I- --_---i- -1_-711;-:;5;-.I__~2::;;J,.....-67:0~-I--..;37:;
| |
| 9300 I 9300
| |
| ,.O;.:O:--,-_..
| |
| 73..0 ,
| |
| I 0
| |
| a
| |
| :l.0 1.$5 2.0 I..sJ 0
| |
| 0 1.00 1.00
| |
| :;3;;7..;00.;.._-:a.:.;.02~
| |
| - _-I._..:3:;.;..9;..--,I'--=3;..:;!J-...--;.O-
| |
| :gi4i~!~c:.,::::: I :;,: ~~:: :~ ~
| |
| -..--"..1.="00,,__
| |
| AH-12 IS-.l..... ... &. P,oIWl"-,.J J t.s 2.5-60 g~~ ::~ :~ g :::
| |
| 11.'.9 l~. rtwt**, 2200 2200 i 0 6..5 6..5 120 2$-1 U 1220 0 '.00
| |
| .u I~. "'"" Pol.,.......' no
| |
| '220 0.009 1.7$ *.7.5 0 1.00
| |
| ....2 f~. rtt Up to 12.5 I 2690 2690' t ) t.s ~ 2600 2600 0 S.3 J.3 0 '.00 CO.3*'- (Siot*** '1'14''') JU I I__~_-!--*~:...-+--:-;-;;_=_=:__,I-__:_=:---!__
| |
| 2$~ 1100" 1100 II 0.19 0 .5.6
| |
| --=--:-::---l~__,,..,,,...
| |
| 13.1 1.5.6 0 1-00
| |
| ,.-I-..,..,,...,...._-I-_,,,..,,..._-!-..,....,,..,,__-
| |
| '3.1 0.9 Cle.' 10 12,.2SIM i C,.".7. CP'ISiftvi- "'-'.)
| |
| 7 ...d IU 115 25 60 J 510 1090#
| |
| t;'I 2'6 120 9.17 2.v 9.1 U.3 I' 1...
| |
| I."
| |
| 9.0 1.00 0.16 C *****T. c,. ' 'Of"......' '10 60 loa # 1--*IOi:'.s;--I----:O:.:'O~6:--.--:1-=3~3.:;o:..--I.--::-130.:::-::-:0~-j--:2~7:.:.;.a=---1'--=0':':.,::-.-
| |
| 13.2 0.11 110 60 114 -#
| |
| ~t~:~~7.~~*d,~.I:~:,....'el 113 0.02 CO.27*2.
| |
| } .,0 Up,o 12.5 1100 II 1 I 10 0.12 174.0 13.1 126.0 13.1 0.5 1.00 1.00
| |
| '.r f **f.ro*
| |
| * Merkll, *** ,..** J.
| |
| 4
| |
| | |
| CALC ULAT ION NO. JC-OIP81-90027 REV._~2 ATTA CHME NT 1 22 OF I
| |
| Potent ial Transf ormer angle t "or is ftQrrn~Ur ,., small that it can be nq.leatd in .all!:n themosr f'naJurm cnu.
| |
| [1\ ,eneral tcm'l$. :& belo Correction Faaor (Ref) Ir~rerthm I-fet inSl:~ t .ooz-\\*m <:al: e the mc1:ers and instruments in thec iteW t to me !ow perealt: low for an R.eF of 1.0(2),
| |
| A ncr.;.ri,", (lifting) p~mg lemo t\.,'iU QUSt' a wl~er in the ~vycin:uit of a potcmial ttt:mtormc.r to fe:te <<(or the- nonml$intation 0( 0.6--1,0
| |
| ~it1l1mf: power ('Krocs).. This restdrs the (Itt tha* '. lanine pocmtW ~nJle error thc:rcues (M 0.4-1.()
| |
| powet~xr()f' Ingle ot the sec:cndary oYU war n..~*
| |
| ... "'0....~y it was in me primary ci~t. by d<<t=m, tbt ~le t~w ~".. ,O._ -~.
| |
| by which the ~ i~ the voitaBe a, shown in Fir.
| |
| : 9. S"aftC:C me wattr~nr mula hom the pn:xluct of ...... p~_
| |
| It
| |
| .-,.. tr My.
| |
| t,.wfi..
| |
| the vo.ltare. eurrenc.aad power (kWt (~
| |
| power..ti ctor Ingle). :a detreue d . .it' ,iva an appar~
| |
| or Th R..t,. Q,..,ttti." F~ (R.CF) hl. bem de5ntd u the (ICtcr by Uthicll rhemari:ed Ddo tmlft be em m,n.£r pow~r {lCtor which maka the \\'~<< mcJripUed inorm to obtain the trut: nuo.
| |
| mdhip .
| |
| The TTItfU!II'f'11fltCmmiM F<<fII, (Ten t¢pr~
| |
| Jette:$ a method of scm", dowa in one number. tbe STANDAID ACCURACY ClASSIFlanOH eombiMd effecto r tbe nrio etrOt' and tbe pMst"Ulglc U'SASI Scrtda~ (or lamumenr Tnm- error on wa'E'ttnftet or similar rne:tSuremena where the CJ7.1), hu mndardized Oft a method chaftscin power flaor fram primary to $~ty cir-of ~i tnmfon nersu to aeatDcy. coies etltet1 the theUUrement" TCF I, deliM'd as the AI the ~cy is 4epemicntoc the buoo .tmdard t
| |
| &etor by "'hich a "'1~ tddinr mUll' be rrltdtip!ied burdens Mve hem de$ipated. md these ate the bur* foCOtrt: et the combined elea of the tmtnmla 1f dau :it which the tCC'Unc:y is to be cfa;mtlcd. U'aJU!tl,tml:t ratio C'Ofleccion factOr ~ phae ;mgJe.
| |
| The $umbrd burdens Mtrc been cbolen to awer The limia .C>f TCF. IS indiated in me able above, the range DOrmany mcountuca iQ lcrvice md are hayc beets set up br CSASf for the tmp of load listed by tbe l<<tetJ W. X, y .. z.. _ ZZ." follows: power fatter let fann in the tiOle. It the powu {lapr of the primary ci~il' is ouaide tlU$ range.rhe TeF of the trmsfonner also m:ay be outlide the limits $~
| |
| ihd. evm thooJh the rf2.Mformcr is co~ly tined as one which \l*m mcu a cert2m ~raey cluJ-.
| |
| Vt>h** mper.. Bunt**
| |
| .t 111 voh. Since published dara Ofj pormria l.. rnnsforme:r Po"..- ' *.ctM ds:uut msda.u wetl t i the daueive fl on tt2ns(ottner w 11." 0.10 alibrati oactttif icata. ue usually liven in. *the form X %1.0 0.10 o£ ratio cotrtetiOft (moe and piw,...q le ttror. tt is Y 11.0 (US ftN"~it'II._ to have a ~1 of tmerprmnr theR daa Z uno 0.15 in tcnm the ~cy dauilia rion linn in the ZZ "KlOJl O.BS f?ble. Thil is doce u follows:
| |
| HQ11--U$ASI ~ . . . ,hi "'PI4.,. ~ .. ,.....~ Fe<<';ny known ratio c:ornai:cm factor of:t gi¥m
| |
| ......,. ..,.. . . . . . - - MlIliiI* .,......... .......
| |
| . . . . fof d~. .
| |
| POW""""" me potennairral1$(ormtf.. posirive ;nd negar:iyc liwrinJ values of rhe pbue--li'I(le tm)r bJ in mh:uuteS t'My It should be pointed OUt mat the burden of any specific be adequte ly "P~.std ;.$ follow! II meter or iflltfttmC fit ftd,y appmximact.. but sddotn is tbe$a.me l". my ooeof the $~rd bur~. The 1''' 2600 (TCf - Ref) f.
| |
| mDCb:. burden SCf't'el mctdy U :1 sta.ntbrdt%td refer,.
| |
| coce poi<< at wh.ich the 2(XUn.lC YO{ the tmuformcr t1'1k~~f.t-..,.-2aaa.&..CF}- ..*... . ; rh~pan
| |
| . * . '.'d;).JI"'Ifluol...Fi,.
| |
| may be smed. . 10 4trfi'q hortIit unall:~. Tk <:cnut lctmujl it:
| |
| ne aect:tacy elmi6acion u gitrm by USASI O::!I Ou,*+,) - H.l)~. dk ~.. i~.t~ fon'lteb t.
| |
| : i. as follows ~ ~~ ~ link m'<<ftlUi t~ *Wnal.ti(m .a.M: it dtinl\' .d~I;lAU
| |
| "'~t J~. '
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-QIP81-90027 Page 1 of5 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE Sheet 1 of 1 DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 0 IP-2 o IP-3 OJAF OPLP 0 PNPS 0 VY ~ GGNS ORBS OW3 ONP Document No. JC-Q 1P81-90027 f Re.vis~n No. f Page 1 of 4
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Loss of Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (T/S 3.3.8.1)
| |
| ~ Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DVMethod: ~ Design Review o Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, and date) 0 Electrical 0 Mechanical C8J Instrument and Control Robin Smith / See AS6 0 Civil/Structural 0 Nuclear 0
| |
| Originator:
| |
| Jim Schott / See AS6 Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-Q IP81-90027 Page 2 of5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 1 of 3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| 0 Civil/Structural Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Division III Loss of Bus Voltage Setpoint Validation (TIS 3.3 .8.1) o Electrical Doc. No.: JC-Q IP81-90027 Rev. 2 QA Cat. 1 I:RJ 1& C Robin Smith See AS6 0 Mechanical Verifier: Print Sign/Date o Nuclear 0 Other Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| Print Sign Date
| |
| ~ N/A METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Desig.'1 Review [8] Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. [ANSI N45.2.11 1974] [NP QAPD, Part II, Section 3][NP NQA-I-1994, Part I, BR 3, Supplement 3S-1].
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc. All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifYing inputs.)
| |
| Yes t8J NoD N/A D
| |
| : 2. Assumptions Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions ofdesign documents utilized?
| |
| Yes t8J No D N/A D
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes t8J No D N/A D
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-QIP81-90027 Page 3 of5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 2 of3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes [gJ No D N/A D
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes [gJ No D N/A D
| |
| : 6. Interfaces Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes [gJ NoD N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes [gJ NoD N/A D
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes [gJ NoD N/A D
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ II. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes [gJ No D N/A D
| |
| : 12. Accessibility tor Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for pertonnance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 13. Accessibility tor In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufticient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-QIP81-90027 Page 4 of5 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Sheet 3 of3
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes r2J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2J
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 NoO N/A r2J
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc.,
| |
| adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as npr'pc""",!'!
| |
| Yes [gJ No N/A U
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-I04 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes 0 NoO N/A r2J
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes [2]. No N/A 0
| |
| | |
| Attachment 2 to JC-QIP81-90027 Page 5 of5 ATTACHMENT 9.7 DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST Question Comments Resolution InitiallDate No comments
| |
| | |
| Attachment 3 to JC-Q 1P81-90027 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT 9.10 ENGINEERING CHANGE COMMENT FORM SHEET 1 OF 1 Department 1 Comment Comment Date Reviewer Discipline 1 Comment Resolution No. Date Resolved Protl;ram Owner's Review Comments to JC-OIP81-90027 (EC 18458)
| |
| General Issues 1 L. Hendrick DE-Elec No Comments 8/27/12 None Required N/A
| |
| | |
| 06-EL -1 P81-R-OOO1 VERIFICATION SIGN OFF The attached document under my control, has been verified as the current revision, and is the document. This document was retrieved from the electronic or from a Document Control hard copy.
| |
| This verification form MUST remain with the document.
| |
| NOTE While in use, this document MUST be verified as current (with the correct page count)at a minimum of 24 hours of use. The current user of the document MUST date each verification.
| |
| Times Date/Time Printed Name Signature Verified 1
| |
| 2 3
| |
| 4 5
| |
| 6 7
| |
| 8 9
| |
| 10 11 12 When all lines are filled, a new form must be attached.
| |
| This Verification Sign Off Form may be discarded by the user after use.
| |
| NOTE: A document CANNOT be used as controlled without an attached, signed Verification Sign Off Form or Verification Stamp.
| |
| | |
| Grand CJulfNuclear Station
| |
| *** ELECTRONIC VERSION ***
| |
| Please allow five working days from the issued date of the procedure/TeN for information to be updated in IDEAS. If you have any questions, please contact Document Control at extension 2125.
| |
| | |
| PLANT OPERATIONS MANUAL Volume 06 06-EL-IP81-R-000l
| |
| -Section 06 Revision: 102 Date: 4/18/00 SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE ESF DW 3 BUS UNDERVOLTAGE AND TIME DELAY RELAY CALIBRATION SAFETY RELATED pre~ared:d'~~~~
| |
| Revl.ewed: --",~=~:::.::;.:o:~-.;--..c=::=~==------- _
| |
| Technical Approved: ~~
| |
| Elec~cal Superintendent List of Effective Pages:
| |
| Pages 1-4 Attachment I List of TeNs Incorporated:
| |
| Revision o None 20 None 21 1 22 None 23 2,3,4 24 5,6 100 None 101 7 102 None
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : 06-EL-IP81-R-OOOl Revision: 102 S f, Undervoltage and Time! Evaluation Delay Relay Calibration
| |
| .( Facility: I GRAND GULF t SIGNATURES
| |
| .Preparer: I~ ttJf<.. t:R1J-L. ~ . James R. Rowland, Jr.
| |
| Signature Name (print) Date I Reviewer: ILt hi ;£ Signature Frank Hennington Name (print)
| |
| Date II. OVERVIEW Document Evaluated: (Include document number. revision, and title)
| |
| See above header Brief Description of the Proposed Change:
| |
| See current revision statement III. PRE-SCREENING Check the applicable boxes below. If any of the boxes are checked, neither a Screening nor a 50.59 Evaluation is necessary. Provide supporting documentation or references as appropriate.
| |
| r8I The change is editorial as defined in either Section 5.3.4 L or Section 5.4.1.1_ of this procedure.
| |
| (Insert item # from Section 5.3.4 or Section 5.4.1.1). Provide document change request to the appropriate department, if required.
| |
| o The change is a substitute part per Section 5.4.1.2.
| |
| o The change will be controlled in its entirety under 10CFR50.54 instead of 10CFR50.59 per Section 5.4.1.3 of this procedure.
| |
| o An approved, valid Screening or 50.59 Evaluation covering all aspects of the change already exists per Section 5.4.1.4. Reference 50.59 Evaluation # or attach documentation. Verify the previous Screening or 50.59 Evaluation remains valid.
| |
| o The proposed change, in its entirety, has been approved by the NRC per Section 5.4.1.5.
| |
| | |
| ==Reference:==
| |
| | |
| o The change is being made to conform to the SAR per Sections 5.4.1.6.
| |
| *_-J-:-\ADM_SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl. doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : 06-EL-1P81-R-OOOl Revision: 102 Page: i Undervoltage and Time Delay Relay Calibration Periodic Review Required: If Yes, list frequency: Year
| |
| () YES (X) NO If No, refer to Attachment XIX of 01-S-02-3 for a list of procedure review methods and fill in the appropriate letter(s} below; if "Other," specify method.
| |
| Method{s) of Review C, H 10CFRSO.S9 Review Required: (~Yes - If Yes, attach 50.59 Review.
| |
| ( ) No - Not required per section (enter section 6.3.2(b) or 6.3.2(c) of procedure 01-8-02-3)
| |
| Cross-discipline review required: Tech Reviewer's Initials ~
| |
| () YES eX) NO Reviewed by:
| |
| Does this directive contain Tech Spec Triggers? ( ) YES (Xl NO
| |
| - J~\ADM -SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl.doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : 06-EL-1P81-R-OOOl Revision: 102 Page: ii Unctervoltage and Time Delay Relay Calibration REQUIREMENTS CROSS-REFERENCE LIST Re irement rm lemented b Directive Name Para ra h Number Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.a
| |
| * Tech Spec SR 3.3.8.1.2
| |
| * Function 3.3.8.1-l.2.b
| |
| * Tech Spec SR 3.3.8.1.2
| |
| * Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.c
| |
| * Tech Spec SR 3.3.8.1.2
| |
| * Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.d
| |
| * Tech Spec SR 3.3.8.1. 2
| |
| * Function 3.3.8.l-1.2.e
| |
| * Tech Spec SR 3.3.8.1. 2
| |
| * GNRI-91/0033 Item 8.0, Pg. 16, Para. 7 1.4 and Att. I (LCTS 16266)
| |
| * Covered by directive as a whole or by various paragraphs of the directive.
| |
| NOTE The Component Data Base Change Request statement is applicable only to Volume 06 and 07 maintenance directives.
| |
| Component Data Base Change Request generated and the backup documentation available for setpoint and/or calibration data only [] Yes ~ N/A CDBCR #
| |
| Current Revision Statement Revision 102:
| |
| * Changes relay numbering to agree with Component Data Base.
| |
| * Changes procedure data package cover sheet to reflect current deficiency identifiers .
| |
| -~==_ .. ':!: \ABM.:...SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81R01.doc
| |
| | |
| =------
| |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : Revision: 102 Page: 1 Undervoltage and Time 06-EL-IPSI-R-OOOl Delay Relay Calibration 1.0 PURPOSE AND DISCUSSION 1.1 This procedure calibrates the Div 3 ESF 4.16 kV Bus Undervoltage and Time Delay Relays 1A70S-127-S1, 1A70S-127-S2, lA701-127-S3, lA701-127-S4, lA701-162-1, 1A70S-162-2, lA708-127-1A, lA708-127-1B, lA701-127-2A, and lA701-127-2B to ensure operability per GGNS Tech Spec.
| |
| 1.2 The procedure also calibrates non-Tech Spec Relays 152-1704-127N-1, 152-1704-127N-2, 152-l705-127N-l, 152-170S-127N-2, 152-l706-127N-l, and 152-1706-127N-2.
| |
| 1.3 A calibration is required every IS months in accordance with SR 3.3.8.1.2, Functions 3.3.8.l-1.2.a, 1.2.b, 1.2.c, 1.2.d and 1.2.e of the GGNS Technical Specifications.
| |
| 1.4 Tech Spec limits are listed on Data Sheet I as applicable. Allowable values listed on Data Sheet I and on individual Calibration Data Sheets are more conservative than the setpoints specified in Tech Spec. This is to ensure that relays do not drift outside the Tech Spec limits between calibrations. As Found values outside the Allowable values should be adjusted back as close as practical to the Desired value.
| |
| 1.5 Changes required for implementation of 1994 TSIP were incorporated in Revision 100. For historical reference this statement should not be deleted.
| |
| 2.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Steps marked with a pound sign (#) are initialed on Data Sheet I as each step is completed. If steps are repeated, they must be reinitialed on Data Sheet I. Place an N/A on Data sheet I for optional steps not performed.
| |
| 2.2 If ~As Found" values are not in tolerance, if procedural steps cannot be completed as stated, or if any other problem develops during this procedure, notify your immediate supervisor and Shift Supervisor.
| |
| 2.3 If HAs Found" values exceed Technical Specifications tolerance, notify Shift Supervisor/Superintendent.
| |
| 2.4 This test shall be performed on only one ESF Div 3 channel at a time. When one channel is being tested the remaining channels must be in the Normal (untripped) condition. This applies only when ESF equipment is required to be Operable.
| |
| 2.5 If any ESF Div 3 channel trip is actuated during this test, except for the channel under test, the test must be terminated and the channel under test returned to the Normal <untripped) condition.
| |
| 2.6 A channel may be placed in an Inoperable status for up to 6 hoursi after 6 hours refer to LCO 3.3.8.1. This statement only applies when ESF equipment is required to be Operable.
| |
| 2.7 Steps marked with a dollar sign ($) are required to be completed for Technical Specifications Acceptance Criteria.
| |
| 2.8 Personnel performing this procedure shall be familiar with General Maintenance Instruction 07-S-02-02, Special Guidance for the Performance of Electrical Activities.
| |
| ~~~AnM~SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81R01.doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESP Div 3 Bus No. ; Revision: 102 Page: 2 Undervoltage and Time 06-EL-IP81-R-000I Delay Relay Calibration 2.9 Bus 17AC may be energized through either breakers 152-1704, 152-1705, or 152-1706 without affecting system operability.
| |
| 2.10 Use only a flexible burnishing tool to remove burrs, mars, or particles from the relay contacts.
| |
| 2.11 Use only dry low pressure air or lint free rags to clean the relay.
| |
| 3.0 REQUIRED MATERIALS AND TEST EQUIPMENT 3.1 Section Instruction 07-S-12-133 with ten copies of Data Sheet I 3.2 Section Instruction 07-S-12-71 with two copies of Data Sheet I 3.3 Section Instruction 07-S-l2-83 with four copies of Data Sheet I 4.0 PREREQUISITES AND PLANT CONDITIONS 4.1 This procedure may be performed in any Plant Mode unless otherwise permitted by Operations.
| |
| 4.2 Bus 17AC lineup per SOl 04-1-01-R21-17 to breaker 152-1706.
| |
| 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS 5.1 Obtain permission from Shift Supervisor to calibrate one channel at a time and inform him procedure requires system modification. Shift Supervisor's signature is required on Data Package Cover Sheet.
| |
| 5.1.1 Complete Test Start Time on Data Package Cover Sheet.
| |
| CAUTION In order to prevent accidental tripping of Bus 17AC and starting of the HPCS diesel generator, remove and replace the relays in the order listed and be cautious when removing and replacing relay paddles and covers.
| |
| 5.2 Remove the following relays in the order listed from Bus 17AC and calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI) listed. Relays must be replaced within 6 hours when fiPeS System is required to be Operable.
| |
| $
| |
| * 5.2.1 lA708-127-S1 per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| $ i 5.2.2 lA701-127-S4 per 07-8-12-133.
| |
| 5.3 Replace 1A708-127-S1 and lA701-127-S4 relays using applicable GMI.
| |
| 5.4 Remove the following relays in order listed from Bus 17AC and calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI} listed. Relays must be replaced within 6 hours when HPCS System is required to be Operable.
| |
| $ i 5.4.1 1A708-127-S2 per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| $ =It 5.4.2 lA701-127-S3 per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| --- --v:\ADM_SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl. doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : Revision: 102 Page: 3 Undervoltage and Time 06-EL-lPSI-R-0001 Delay Relay Calibration 5.5 Replace lA708-127-S2 and lA701-127-S3 relays using applicable GMT.
| |
| 5.6 Remove the following relays in the order listed from Bus 17AC and calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMT) listed. Relays must be replaced within 6 hours when HPCS System is required to be Operable.
| |
| $ it 5.6.1 1A701-162-1 per 07-S-12-71.
| |
| $ # 5.6.2 lA708-127-1A per 07-S-12-83.
| |
| $ f: 5.6.3 lA701-127-2A per 07-5-12-83.
| |
| 5.7 Replace lA70S-127-1A and lA701-127-2A relays first, then 1A701-162-1 relay using applicable GMT.
| |
| 5.8 Remove the following relays in the order listed from Bus 17AC and calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI) listed. Relays must be replaced within 6 hours when HPCS System is required to be Operable.
| |
| $ # 5.8.1 lA708-162-2 per 07-5-12-71.
| |
| $ # 5.8.2 lA708-127-1B per 07-5-12-83.
| |
| $ it 5.8.3 lA701-127-2B per 07-S-12-83.
| |
| 5.9 Replace lA708-127-1B and lA701-127-2B relays first,then lA708-162-2 relay using applicable GMT.
| |
| 5.10 Ensure that bus is not being fed from 152-1705 and remove the following relays from breaker 152-1705. Calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI) listed.
| |
| # 5.10.1 152-1705-127N-l per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| if: 5.10.2 152-1705-127N-2 per 07-5-12-133.
| |
| 5.11 Replace 152-1705-127N-l and 152-1705-127N-2 relays using applicable GMT.
| |
| 5.12 Ensure that bus is not being fed from 152-1704 and remove the following relays from breaker 152-1704. Calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI) listed.
| |
| # 5.12.1 152-1704-127N-1 per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| # 5.12.2 152-1704-127N-2 per 07-3-12-133.
| |
| 5.13 Replace 152-1704-127N-l and 152-1704-127N-2 relays using applicable GMI.
| |
| i 5.14 Request Operations transfer Bus 17AC to feeder breaker 152-1705 or 152-1704 per SOl 04-1-01-R21-17.
| |
| 5.15 Remove the following relays from breaker 152-1706 and calibrate per General Maintenance Instruction (GMI) listed.
| |
| # 5.15.1 152-l706-127N-l per 07-3-12-133.
| |
| it 5.15.2 152-1706-127N-2 per 07-S-12-133.
| |
| -- -- J---= \APM_SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81R01. doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus No. : Revision: 102 Page: 4 Undervoltage and Time 06-EL-1P81-R-0001 Delay Relay Calibration 5.16 Replace 152-1706-127N-l and 152-1706-127N-2 relays using applicable GMI.
| |
| 5.17 Record all test equipment on applicable GMI data sheet.
| |
| I
| |
| # 5.18 Notify Operations that they may transfer Bus 17AC back to feeder breaker 152-1706 per SOl 04-1-01-R21-17. (Preferred Source) 5.19 Notify Shift Supervisor procedure has been completed. Shift Supervisor's signature is required on Data Package Cover Sheet.
| |
| : 6. 0 REFERENCES 6.1 HPCS Switchgear Manual, VPF No. 5212-5-3, General Electric Co., 460000163 6.2 One Line Meter and Relay Diagram, 4.16 kV ESF System Bus 17AC Unit I,
| |
| £-1009 6.3 Purchase Specification Data Sheet - Switchgear Electric, Metal Enclosed, 21A9300AJ, General Electric Co.
| |
| 6.4 Summary of Relay Setting (ESF) 4.16 kV Eus 17AC and Diesel Gen 13 Unit 1 6.5 Schematic Diagram, E-1188-16 6.6 Schematic Diagram, E-1188-17 6.7 Schematic Diagram, £-1188-18 6.8 Schematic Diagram, £-1188-21 6.9 Schematic Diagram, £-1188-22 6.10 Schematic Diagram, £-1188-24 6.11 DCP 85/3040 and PCOL-86/09 6.12 GGNS Technical Specifications Table 3.3.8.1-1 and TRM Table TR 3.3.8.1-1 6,13 sor 04-1-01-R21-17 6.14 Instruction 07-S-12-133 6.15 Instruction 07-8-12-71 6.16 Instruction 07-S-12-83 0:\ADM~SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl.doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE 06-EL-IP81-R-OOOl Revision: 102 Attachment I Page 1 of 3 Page RTYPE B6.61 XRef SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE DATA PACKAGE COVER SHEET SAFETY RELATED
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| ESF Div 3 Bus Undervoltage and Time Delay Relay Calibration Technical Specifications: SR 3.3.8.1.2, functions 3.3.8.1-2.a, 1.2.b, 1.2.c, 1.2.d, 1.2.e 1.0 IMPACT STATEMENT 1.1 The performance of this procedure results in the loss of one channel of the ESF Div 3 Bus Undervoltage relays at a time. Div 3 Bus 17AC should be fed from 152-1706 then transferred to 152-1705 or 152-1704.
| |
| 1.2 In Plant Mode I, 2 or 3, or when the associated diesel generator is required to be operable by LCO 3.8.2, entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions may be delayed for up to 6 hours when a channel is placed in an inoperable status solely for performance of required surveillances, provided the associated Function maintains DG initiation capability.
| |
| 2.0 PROCEDURE 2.1 Plant Mode is (circle one): 1 2 3 4 5 2.2 Permission to begin test and perform system modification Shift Supervisor I Date 2.3 Test Start Time: I /
| |
| Performerrs signature Date Time 3.0 TEST RESULTS 3.1 Test Completion: (Check one in each category.)
| |
| Entire procedure completed [ ] Partial procedure completed As Found Data Acceptable ( ] Unacceptable As Left Data Acceptable [ J Unacceptable Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria Acceptable [ ] Unacceptable All other steps/data Acceptable [ ] Unacceptable 3.2 TCNs in effect during performance (list):
| |
| | |
| ===3.3 Comments===
| |
| 3.4 Test performed by Date/Time I 4.0 DEFICIENCIES CR Issued #
| |
| LeO Entered # MAl Issued #
| |
| 5.0 APPROVAL Tech Spec Operability Requirements Acceptable [ ] Unacceptable []
| |
| Shift Supv/Supt Date Comments:
| |
| CONCURRENCE Electrical Superintendent Date
| |
| .~_~~. J_= \Af:)M_SRVS\T£CH PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl.doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NOCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE 06-EL-IP81-R-OOOl Revision: 102 Attachment I Page 2 of 3 Page ::--_
| |
| RTYPE 86.61 XRef DATA SHEET I ESF DIV 3 BUS UNDERVOLTAGE AND TIME DELAY RELAY CALIBRATION SAFETY RELATED 4.0 Prerequisites performed /
| |
| Initials/Date TECH AS AS TECH SPEC ALLOWABLE FOUND FOUND ALLOWABLE SPEC STEP DEVICE DESIRED MIN MIN SAT UNSAT MAX MAX
| |
| $ 5.2.1 lA708-127-Sl PICKUP (Vae) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7
| |
| $ 5.2.1 lA708-127-Sl TIME DELAY (Sec) 2.3 2.0 2.15 2.4 2.5
| |
| $ 5.2.2 lA701-127-S4 PICKUP (Vacl 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7
| |
| $ 5.2.2 lA701-127-S4 TIME DELAY (Sec) 2.3 2.0 2.15 2.4 2.5
| |
| $ 5.4.1 lA708-127-S2 PICKUP (Vael 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7
| |
| $ 5.4.1 1A708-127-S2 TIME DELAY (Sec) 2.3 2.0 2.15 2.4 2.5
| |
| $ 5.4.2 lA701-127-S3 PICKUP (Vac) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7
| |
| $ 5.4.2 lA701-127-S3 TIME DELAY (Sec) 2.3 2.0 2.15 2.4 2.5
| |
| $ 5.6.1 lA701-162-1 TIME DELAY (Sec) 300 270 285 315 330
| |
| $ 5.6.2 1A708-127-1A DROPOUT (Vac) 104.6 101.67 103.1 106.1 107.53
| |
| $ 5.6.2 lA708-127-1A TIME DELAY (Sec) 4.0 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.4
| |
| $ 5.6.3 lA701-127-2A DROPOUT (Vac) 104. 6 101. 67 103.1 106.1 107.53
| |
| $ 5.6.3 1A701-127-2A TIME DELAY (Sec) 4.0 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.4
| |
| $ 5.8.1 lA708-162-2 TIME DELAY (Sec) 300 270 285 315 330
| |
| $ 5.8.2 lA708-127-1B DROPOUT (Vac) 104.6 101. 67 103.1 106.1 107.53
| |
| $ 5.8.2 lA708-127-1B TIME DELAY (Sec) 4.0 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.4
| |
| $ 5.8.3 lA701-127-2B DROPOUT (Vac} 104.6 101.67 103.1 106.1 107.53
| |
| $ 5.8.3 lA701-127-2B TIME DELAY (Sec) 4.0 3.6 3.8 4.2 4.4 Acceptance Criteria for 127S relays from Tech Spec Table 3.3.8.1-1.2.a and 1.2.b Acceptance Criteria for 162 and 127 relays from Tech Spec Table 3.3.8.1-1.2.c, 1.2.d and 1.2. e
| |
| --. __ ~_J;\~DM;SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl.doc
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION SURVEILLANCE PROCEDURE 06-EL-1P81-R-OOOI Revision: 102 Attachment I Page 3 of 3 Page _ _-:-----:--_
| |
| RTYPE B6.61 XRef DATA SHEET I ESF DIY 3 BUS UNDERVOLTAGE AND TIME DELAY RELAY CALIBRATION SAFETY RELATED AS AS ALLOWABLE FOUND FOUND ALLOWABLE STEP DEVICE DESIRED MIN MIN SAT UNSAT MAX MAX
| |
| .5.10.1 152-1705-127N-l PICKUP (Vac) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 5.10.2 152-1705-127N-2 PICKUP (Vac) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 5.12.1 152-1704-127N-l PICKUP (Vac) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 5.12.2 152-1704-127N-2 PICKUP (Vac) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 5.15.1 152-1706-127N-l PICKUP (Vae) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 5.15.2 152-1706-127N-2 PICKUP (Vae) 87.0 85.3 86.25 87.75 88.7 Acceptance Criteria for 127N relays are not Tech Spee related STEP DESCRIPTION PERFORMER/DATE VERIFIER/DATE Buss 17AC feed transfered to 5.14 Breaker 152-1705 or 152-1704 Buss 17AC feed transfered 152-1706 or as plant conditions demand.
| |
| (Shift Supervisor to Sign if Feed 5.18 is not transfered to 152-1706)
| |
| _- .. ~ ~:\ADM SRVS\TECH PUB\REVISION\E\EP81ROl.doc
| |
| | |
| o1-8-06-12 (excerpt)
| |
| G~D GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.7.2 (Cont.)
| |
| (2) The test performer must perform the second test as soon as practical OR have the valve declared Inoperable and initiate a CR-as soon as it is obvious that the second test will not be performed.
| |
| : c. If a second test is performed, the Shift Supervisor initiates a Condition Report (CR) to analyze the valve's performance.
| |
| NOTE There is no required time limit per ASME Code (Reference 3.30) for completion of the analysis requested per step 6.7.2.c if the second test results are Acceptable, however, the analysis should be completed as soon as practical.
| |
| : d. If the results of the second test are acceptable per the surveillance requirements the cause of the initial test shall be analyzed via the CR initiated per Step 6.7.2.c. The valve may be considered operable pending completion of the analysis.
| |
| : e. If the results of the second test are classified as Evaluation Required per Step 6.7.2, the data shall be analyzed within 96 hours after the second test to determine that the new stroke time represents acceptable valve operation.
| |
| (1) The valve may be considered Operable pending completion of the analysis. The Shift Supervisor must initiate a tracking LCO for the 96 hour operability period.
| |
| (2) If the analysis will not be completed within 96 hours OR if the analysis indicates that the valve'S performance--
| |
| is unacceptable, declare the valve inoperable.
| |
| : f. If the results of the second test are classified as unacceptable per the surveillance requirements, declare the valve inoperable.
| |
| 6.8 Completion and Review of Surveillance Package 6.8.1 The test performer records date and time that test was completed on Data Package Cover Sheet.
| |
| 6.8.2 The test performer performs an initial review by completing Section 3.0 of the Data Package Cover Sheet.
| |
| : a. This initial review is not to determine if the system/equipment meets Tech Spec operability requirements.
| |
| : b. This review categorizes the procedure steps such that other reviewers can determine operability and actions required.
| |
| : c. If there is difficulty in evaluating the results, the responsible discipline supervisor should be contacted .
| |
| J: . OOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.2 (Cont. )
| |
| : d. The following conditions require generation of a Condition Report in accordance with Corporate Procedure EN-LI-102, Corrective Action Process.
| |
| * As Found Data Unacceptable
| |
| * As Left Data Unacceptable
| |
| * Tech Spec Data Unacceptable
| |
| * 1ST Acceptance Criteria Unacceptable, in the Alert Range or in the Required Action Range
| |
| * Valve Data Unacceptable or noted as Evaluation Required Other information, such as observations or any unexpected or unusual conditions may be documented in a Condition Report at the discretion of the department performing the Surveillance activity, based on the requirements and guidelines provided in EN-LI-102.
| |
| 6.8.3 The test performer should use the following guidelines in completing Section 3.0 of the Data Package Cover Sheet:
| |
| Each Surveillance Procedure Data Package Cover Sheet is modified during procedure preparation in order to match the specific procedure; thus, some items discussed here are not applicable to some procedure data packages.
| |
| a.
| |
| (1) If all steps associated with the data package were performed, check llentire procedure completed n .
| |
| (2) If ,fQ:t::_g!1L~:t:"'_e_ason, all steps are not completed, check npartial procedure completed". Reason may include:
| |
| (a) Computer out of service does not allow checking non-essential computer points.
| |
| (b) Surveillance procedure is used as a retest for one item and all steps do not need to be performed.
| |
| (c) Equipment is inoperable making completion of test impossible.
| |
| (d) Plant SCRAM occurs during test.
| |
| (e) Test performance is administratively stopped.
| |
| b.
| |
| (I) If any of the recorded nAs Found ll data does not fall within the allowable min/max limits as specified in the procedure, check J: 1S0612.DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.B.3 (cont'd) c.
| |
| (1) If any of the recorded "As II data does not fall within the allowable min/max limits as specified in the procedure, check d.
| |
| (1) Tech Spec Acceptance Criteria are identified in the procedure with a dollar sign ($) or clearly identified in the procedure/data package as a Tech Spec item.
| |
| (2) If any cannot be performed acceptably, check (3) If any As Found Tech Spec Data does not meet Tech Spec Limits, check (4) If any Final Tech Spec Data does not meet Tech Spec Limits, check e.
| |
| (1) IST Acceptance Criteria to satisfy ASME/(See Reference 3.30), Ref. 3.30 for Inservice Testing of pumps and Valves are identified in the procedure with an "I".
| |
| Reference CEP-IST-4, ENS standard on In-service Testing, for additional information.
| |
| (2) Pump data is generally classified into the following areas.
| |
| (a) Acceptable - for values found that are within the surveillance procedure acceptable range with no corrective action required, check (b) Unacceptable - if any III" steps cannot be performed acceptably OR if any IST data falls within the surveillance-procedure Alert or Required Action Range, check (c) Alert Range values found that re~~ire frequency of testing to be increased until the cause of the deviation has been determined and the conditions corrected.
| |
| (d) Required action range values found that require the pump to be declared Inoperable until the cause of the deviation has been determined and the condition corrected.
| |
| J: . DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.3 (cont'd)
| |
| (3) Valve data is generally classified into the following areas:
| |
| (a) - for values found that are within the procedure acceptable range with no corrective action , check IIAcceptable ll *
| |
| (b) - if any rtI steps cannot be performed fI OR if any IST data does not meet the surveillance procedure acceptable range or is not classified as Evaluation Required, check (c) Evaluation Reguired - if this classification is used per Step 6.7.2, check f.
| |
| (1) All other steps/data not already evaluated should be reviewed.
| |
| (2) If any step not previously evaluated was not performed successfully or any data is not acceptable, check II Unacceptable II
| |
| * g.
| |
| (1) When a pump or valve is to be inservice tested as a retest/baseline following maintenance, which was deliberately planned and intended to change one or more 1ST reference values used to calculate performance limits contained in a surveillance procedure, the preprinted acceptance limits in the surveillance data sheets no longer represent the current pump or valve performance and are obsolete and invalid. They may be ignored when evaluating the performance of the pump or valve.
| |
| (2) The Operations retest in-service test results that meet the acceptance requirements of the maintenance or engineering document under,which the work was performed may be accepted and the pump or valve may be declared Operable, without further review, provided the pump or valve performance meets any and all analytical limits identified for it by ($) in the surveillance procedure.
| |
| J:\ADM_SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\1\lS0612.DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.3. g (Cont . )
| |
| (3) will initiate a "WT" in PCRS and assign to Programs. Code Programs will determine the new acceptance limits for insertion into the surveillance procedure revision to the next scheduled of the surveillance.
| |
| (4) Code Programs will initiate a "WT" in PCRS and assign to Operations for the new acceptance limits into the Surveillance revision prior to the next scheduled Surveillance performance as determined by 6.8.3.g(3) :
| |
| 6.8.4 Any deficiency documents which are written as a result of the Surveillance test must be identified in Section 4.0 by the test performer or Shift Manager/Supervisor.
| |
| : a. These documents include Work Orders, Condition Reports, and LCO's.
| |
| : b. The documents should be listed whether or not they remain open at the conclusion of the test.
| |
| : c. The Shift Manager/Supervisor must identify any LCO entered due to the test results.
| |
| 6.8.5 The test performer notifies the responsible releasing organization supervisor who logs the surveillance out of the log and completes the portion of the Data Package Cover Sheet (Section 5.0).
| |
| 6.8.6 The Shift Supervisor/Manager reviews the results of the surveillance and determines whether the results are acceptable based on Tech Spec operability requirements. The following, as a minimum, must be reviewed:
| |
| : a. If uPartial procedure completed" is checked, steps not completed must be reviewed to determine if they affect surveillance requirements or operability.
| |
| (1) If computer points (not required for Tech Spec operability) are not tested in a calibration due to computer availability problems, the use of these points for daily channel checks should be restricted.
| |
| : b. If uTech Spec Acceptance Criteria," uIST Acceptance Criteria," or "All other steps/data" are marked Unacceptable, the specific steps/data should be reviewed to determine whether Tech Spec surveillance requirements are affected.
| |
| : c. Tech Spec Operability Requirements - Acceptable/Unacceptable must be marked based on whether the test as performed meets the Technical Specifications surveillance requirements for operability (including 1ST, Technical Specification 5.5.6) .
| |
| J: . DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.6 (Cont.)
| |
| : d. surveillances that are checked Tech Spec "unacceptable" can be rescheduled/updated in WMS provided all of the following are completed:
| |
| (1) A LCO is written on each system/component that failed.
| |
| This failure could be due to the system/component being prior to the start of the surveillance. In which case the previously LCO will Step 6.8.6d (1).
| |
| (2) It is indicated on the LCO(s) that the failed surveillance must be reperformed to clearing said LCO; and (3) It is indicated on the "unsat" surveillance the LCO# and that the Step(2) above has been performed.
| |
| 6.8.7 The Shift Supervisor/Manager must review the section of the Data Package Cover Sheet and ensure that all documents needed to correct the "Unacceptable" items have been initiated and listed.
| |
| : a. LCO entered due to the surveillance test performance must be in the section.
| |
| 6.8.8 The Discipline Supervision (or designee) is responsible for reviewing the test results for technical accuracy and adequacy and insuring that the Wo completion is posted in ~1S.
| |
| : a. Increased frequency testing associated with Tech Specs and ASME (See Reference be identified and scheduled.
| |
| (I) If increased frequency is warranted, notify the Surveillance Program Coordinator. .1 lL.\'J (2) Submit a Surveillance Procedure Form to increase I04~
| |
| the frequency of the surveillance or add a new surveillance task for the increased frequency.
| |
| : b. The Shift Supervisor must be notified immediately of any item found Unacceptable which had previously been called acceptable.
| |
| J:\ADM_SRVS\TECH_PUB\REVISION\I\IS0612.DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.9 If any deviation or abnormality is indicated, the Discipline Supervision (or ) should review the surveillance data packages for the
| |
| : a. To determine if an error in the surveillance procedure caused the failure or abnormality in the surveillance results, ensure that a TCN or revision is written to correct the error.
| |
| : b. To determine if a defective component caused the failure or abnormality in the surveillance results, ensure that a WO or Condition Report as is written to cover the specific defective component.
| |
| : c. To determine if defective materials caused the failure or abnormality in the surveillance results, ensure that a CR is written to cover the specific defective component.
| |
| : d. To determine if the or abnormality was caused by not , ensure that a CR is written to document
| |
| : e. If the surveillance marked " and complete credit is taken, ensure performance all steps required to meet the intent of the surveillance.
| |
| The "Unacceptable/Acceptable/Partial" determinations may not be changed except to correct errors. Additional documentation (e.g. retests) does not change the original unacceptability of data.
| |
| 6.8.10 After review and approval, the Discipline Supervision or forwards the original completed work order to the Surveillance Program Coordinator.
| |
| : a. The original completed Surveillance Work Order package should be forwarded to the Surveillance Coordinator within five working days of the completion date
| |
| : b. Deleted
| |
| : c. On rare occasion, it is not possible to forward a completed work order to the Surveillance Coordinator within the required limit of 5 working days. An example would be if data results were being sent off the site to be analyzed.
| |
| Discipline Supervision may extend this 5 day time limit by forwarding a GIN memo to the Scheduling Supervisor and Surveillance Coordinator. The memo shall explain why the Surveillance will exceed the time limit and the date the Surveillance Coordinator can expect to receive the Surveillance work order package. A copy of the Surveillance work order shall be attached to the GIN memo.
| |
| J: 1 1S0612.DOC
| |
| | |
| GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE 6.8.11 Supervisor, Code Programs or designated Program Engineer must review all surveillance that are affected by IST requirements.
| |
| : a. The Supervisor, Code Programs or designee must inform the Surveillance Program Coordinator of any increased frequency testing requirements associated with the IST program, Ref.
| |
| 3.25, not already identified.
| |
| The Discipline Supervision of the section which performed the test is responsible for any required corrections.
| |
| 6.8.12 The Surveillance Program Coordinator notifies the Program Engineer, ANII, or any other departments as deemed necessary of the surveillance test completion via the WMS (computerized system) for the final review, approval, and trending. This review will be accomplished by the "scanned" work orders in Record Management IDEAS Database and approving in the WMS.
| |
| 6.8.13 The Surveillance Program Coordinator forwards the completed Surveillance-WO packages to Records Management for retention.
| |
| and handling of surveillance records will be done in accordance with EN-AD-I03, Document Control and Records Management Activities.
| |
| 6.9 Post review "hardcopy" signatures on Surveillance Work Orders are not required for System Engineering and Program Engineering. All post review signature lines on hardcopy WOs will be N/A'd until such time each procedure is revised to remove these signature lines.
| |
| 6.9.1 Completed Surveillance work orders are reviewed as followed:
| |
| : a. To ensure that all IST surveillance requirements for in-service testing of ASME Code Class I, 2 and 3 pumps and valves are met the Surveillance work order is forwarded electronically to the Program Engineer who reviews and approves via the WMS. Any surveillance that satisfies Technical Specification 5.5.6 or TRM 7.6.3.3 should have a Surveillance work order review unless exempted per step 6.2.2a(7) .
| |
| J: . DOC
| |
| | |
| EN-OP-1 04 (excerpt)
| |
| NUCLEAR QUALITY RELATED EN-OP-104 REV. 6 MANAGEMENT MANUAL INFORMATIONAL USE PAGE 63 OF 95 Operabilit Determination Process 5.9 Cont.
| |
| [21] Missed or Deficient Surveillances [ANO DeNA119404]
| |
| (a) If a Plant's TSs provide different guidance than the guidance in this subsection related to missed or deficient surveillances, the Plant's TSs guidance applies instead.
| |
| (b) Technical Specification related equipment or systems are declared INOPERABLE upon discovery of a missed or deficient surveillance test, unless the TS states otherwise. At the time of discovery of the missed or deficient test, the action statement of the appropriate LCO/AOT is applicable; however, if actions are required to be performed within 24 hours or less, the 24-hour allowance provided by Technical Specification may be entered. If Reasonable Expectation of Operability does not exist, immediately declare the equipment or system INOPERABLE. If, during the testing, the surveillance results in inoperability, then the appropriate LCO/AOT action statement requirements must be applied.
| |
| (c) If it is discovered that a Surveillance was not performed within its specified Frequency, then compliance with the requirement to declare the LCO/AOT not met may be delayed from the time of discovery up to 24 hours, or up to the limit of the specified Frequency, whichever is greater. This delay period is permitted to allow performance of the Surveillance. A PRA evaluation shall be performed per site-specific procedures for any surveillance delayed greater than 24 hours and the risk impact shall be managed.
| |
| (d) If the Surveillance is not performed within the delay period, the LCO/AOT must immediately be declared not met, and the applicable LCO Condition(s) must be entered.
| |
| (e) When the Surveillance is performed within the delay period and the Surveillance is not met, the LCO/AOT must immediately be declared not met, and the applicable Condition(s) must be entered.
| |
| | |
| JC-Q 1111-09002 DANO-1 OANO-2 ~GGNS OIP-2 o IP-S OPLP DJAF OPNPS ORBS OVY OWS o NP-GGNS-S o NP-RBS-S CALCULATION (1) EC # 39554 (2)
| |
| Page 1 of ~
| |
| COVER PAGE (3) Design Basis Calc. I2S1 YES DNO (4)
| |
| I:8J CALCULATION DEC Markup (5) Calculation No: JC-Ql111-09002 (6) Revision: 000 (7)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F (6) Editorial Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) DYES ~NO (9)
| |
| System(s): E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) Safety Class: (12) Component/Equipment/Structure Type/Number:
| |
| [8J Safety I Quality Related 1A701-127-S3 1A708-127-S1 D Augmented Quality Program D Non-Safety Related 1A701-127-S4 1A708-127-S2 (13) Document Type: J05.02 (14) Keywords (DescriptionITopical Codes):
| |
| Drift REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date
| |
| ~,a.1~ ~/611' see AS for EOI acceptance and Supervisor approval R.A. Hunter / 2-'''1l R.J. Hannigan //I~
| |
| I signatures Responsible Engineer SupervisorlApproval I:8J Design Verifier D Reviewer
| |
| ~ Comments Attached D Comments Attached
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 2 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09002 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated None Input Output Impact Tracking II. Relationships: Sht Rev Doc Doc YIN No.
| |
| : 1. ECH-NE-08-00015 i 001 [R] D N
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1 P81-90027 0 001 D [R] Y EC39554 II
| |
| : 3. MAI00254979 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 4. MAI00280516 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 5. MAI00315292 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 6. WOOO087765 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 7. WOOO099920 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 8. WOO0134224 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 9. WOO0165833 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 10. WOO0193811 0 D N
| |
| : 11. WO-50335887 0 [R] D N i 12. WO-51 00601 0 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 13. WO-51 083447 0 [R] D N
| |
| : 14. WO-51680606 0 [R] D N III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. American National Standard N15.15-1974, Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)
| |
| : 2. ANSIIISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 3. DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, February 1981
| |
| : 4. EPRI TR-1 03335R1, Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs, October 1998
| |
| : 5. ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation, Second Printing, June 12, 1995
| |
| : 6. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle, April 2, 1991 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 3 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09002 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No.
| |
| VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 4 of 13 Re"isjpn Re..,ulclofRevish:>n Initial issue.
| |
| 000
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 5 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Purpose 6 2 Conclusions 7 3 Design Inputs 7 4 References 7 5 Assumptions 8 6 Method of Analysis 8 7 Analysis 9 8 Attachments 13 Attachment 1 - Drift Analysis Supporting Information (Excel Spreadsheet) - 10 pages Attachment 2 - DVR Forms with Comments - 7 pages
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 6 of 13 1 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this analysis is to establish more realistic drift values and characteristics to be used by instrument uncertainty calculations for determination of setpoints and allowable values for the subject instrumentation. The drift values are determined by historical As Found I As Left data analysis.
| |
| 1.2 Specifically, this analysis addresses Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) with tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 below. Also shown in the table are the calibration procedure numbers, device functions, and applicable Technical Specification (TS) sections. The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to any Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A 1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Undervoltage Function) used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| TABLE 1.2-1 COMPONENT LIST PROCEDURE NO.-Att. TAG NO. FUNCTION TS SECTION Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation 1A701-127-S3 SR 3.3.8.1.2 1A701-127-S4 Division 3 - 4.16 kV Emergency Bus 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.a 1A708-127-S1 Undervoltage 1A708-127-S2 Loss of Voltage 4.16 kV basis
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 7 of 13 2 Conclusions 2.1 The bounding Analyzed Drift (DA) for the Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) (See Table 1.2-1) has been determined to be +/- 1.289 VAC for 30 months (24 months + 25%), with 0.1974 VAC bias. The Analyzed Drift should be treated as a normally distributed, 2cr value for uncertainty analysis.
| |
| 2.2 The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to all of the Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays in Table 1.2-1 and to any Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station which meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 3 Design Inputs 3.1 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the historical As Left (AL) and As Found (AF) data, as obtained from Reference 4.2.1, with any data exclusions or modifications noted. All dates of calibration are also entered to provide time intervals between calibrations. (Note that the data is recorded in units of VAC, as measured for direct calibration of the relay; which is not the actual bus voltage.)
| |
| 4 References 4.1 METHODOLOGY 4.1.1 ANSIIISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation" 4.1.2 ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instru mentation" 4.1.3 ECH-NE-08-00015, "Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide," Rev. 001 4.1.4 EPRI TR-103335R1, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs," October 1998 4.1.5 DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, "Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference," February 1981 4.1.6 NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle," April 2, 1991 4.1.7 American National Standard N15.15-1974, "Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)"
| |
| 4.2 PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Historical Calibration Records from GGNS Surveillance Test Procedure Results for 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 8 of 13 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS REFERENCES 4.3.1 None 5 Assumptions 5.1 This drift report employs those assumptions customarily used for standard statistical analyses, as directed by Reference 4.1.3, such as the assumption that a distribution is normal and the use of statistical tests to confirm this hypothesis.
| |
| 5.2 This drift report is based on analysis of historical As Found and As Left data from calibration records for the Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) listed in Table 1.2-1. The results of this analysis can also apply to any Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Undervoltage Function) used at GGNS, but care must be taken when applying these results. Specifically, in order to apply the results of this analysis to other similar devices, the devices must meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 6 Method of Analysis 6.1 The methodology used for this analysis is Reference 4.1.3, which is written in accordance with Reference 4.1.4, using References 4.1.1,4.1.2 and 4.1.7 to supplement. An overview of the methodology is given herein, and any deviation from Reference 4.1.3 or any supplemental methods used herein are described.
| |
| 6.2 This analysis determines the drift values for the subject instrumentation by analysis of historical As Found I As Left data from calibration records. Drift for a given device for a calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous As Left setting from a more recent As Found setting. The time interval for that calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous date from the more recent date, in units of days. All retrievable As Left and As Found data is collected for each calibration performed on each device covered by this report, for the study period. From this information, the drift and calibration interval is generated for each possible instance. Per Section 3.4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, 'The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pool." The devices covered by this report are currently calibrated on an 18 Month basis, and the proposed extension is for a 24 Month nominal calibration interval. Therefore, a study period of 14 years represents more than nine of the present calibration cycles, and seven of the proposed calibration cycles, which is adequate to understand the component's performance over time. Also, a sufficient number of valid drift values are provided as a result of the selected study period to make a statistically valid pool. Therefore, As Found and As Left Data values are entered from calibrations occurring for approximately the last 14 years.
| |
| 6.3 Determination of the Analyzed Drift is generally accomplished through the following steps.
| |
| 6.3.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data: In addition to gathering the As Found and As Left data, and computing the drift values and time intervals, this step also involves an investigation into whether all of the devices should be analyzed together, or whether they should be separated into smaller analysis groups. Finally, this step
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 9 of 13 involves careful screening of the input data for errors or other situations that could disrupt the proper determination of drift.
| |
| 6.3.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary: In order to properly model the drift characteristics for a device, it could be proper to remove up to one more data value, which obviously does not conform to the vast majority of the data. A t-Test is performed on the data to detect any outliers, and remove up to one if appropriate, per the guidelines of Reference 4.1.3. Additionally, the basic statistical values which describe the group of drift data are derived in this step, inclUding such parameters as Mean, Standard Deviation, Count, Median, Minimum, Maximum, etc.
| |
| 6.3.3 Tests for Normality: Per Reference 4.1.3, a statistical test (W or D-Prime, depending on sample size) is performed on the drift data to support the hypothesis that the data conforms to a normal distribution. If this test is unable to support that hypothesis, then a Coverage Analysis is performed to ensure that the data can be conservatively modeled by a normal distribution and to provide an adjustment to the standard deviation of the drift model, if necessary to conservatively envelop the observed data population.
| |
| | |
| ====6.3.4 Time-Dependency====
| |
| Per Reference 4.1.3, Scatter Plots and a time-based Binning Analysis are developed for the data to establish the time-dependency of the drift. If enough drift data exists for significantly different time intervals, regression analysis is performed to aid in the determination of time-dependency. The drift data is determined to be strongly time dependent or moderately time dependent, for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 6.3.5 Analyzed Drift Derivation and Characterization: The drift values are determined for the current calibration interval. These values are conservatively extrapolated to the desired calibration interval, based on the methods prescribed in Reference 4.1.3, depending on the degree of time-dependency derived for the drift data.
| |
| 6.4 The mathematical computations of the statistical analysis are performed within an Excel spreadsheet. Supporting information from the spreadsheet is printed out in the form of Attachment 1 to this analysis. Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations will produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison.
| |
| 6.5 Acceptance Criteria: Since the purpose of the analysis is to generate a value and description of the characteristics of the drift of the evaluated make/model, there are no specific acceptance criteria.
| |
| 7 Analysis 7.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data 7.1.1 Specifically, this analysis addresses Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function), with the tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 of this analysis.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 10 of 13 7.1.2 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the initial As Found and As Left data from available historical plant calibration records for the subject undervoltage time delay relays. Note that the calibration dates are also recorded, and notes are provided to clarify the activities performed or to provide additional information about the data, as appropriate. This data was entered into an Excel spreadsheet for computation of the drift values, time intervals between calibrations and statistical analysis.
| |
| 7.1.3 A screening of the initial input data from pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 was performed. To help identify erroneous data, an informal critical T-test was performed, with the Critical T values reduced incrementally until approximately 10%
| |
| of the data population was identified as outliers. Those outliers were researched, and no additional data errors were revealed. As shown in Table 7.1.4-1, there was no excluded data The specific informal T-tests performed are not documented, as they are only used as tools to identify potentially erroneous data and do not contribute to the analysis of the valid data.
| |
| 7.1.4 Data not entered into the analysis is listed in the table below, showing the reasoning used in not entering the data.
| |
| Table 7.1.4-1 Data Not Entered in the Drift Analysis Procedure Tag Number Surveillance Comments/Disposition Number - Att. Date(s) none none none none 7.1.5 Per the methodology of Section 4.1.1.11 of Reference 4.1.3, drift is computed by subtracting the As Left data of one calibration from the As Found data of the next calibration, as documented in page 3 of Attachment 1. This page also documents the time interval between calibrations (in the number of days and months) by subtracting the As Left date of one calibration from the As Found date of the next calibration, per Section 4.1.1.10 of Reference 4.1.3. Page 3 of Attachment 1 derives the drift values and time intervals between calibrations from the data presented on pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1. As an example of the equations used, the first drift value and time interval are computed as follows. The rest of the values are computed identically.
| |
| Drift (Seq 1) = AF (05/01/09) - AL (09/21/07) [For Tag 1A701-127-S3J
| |
| = 87.41 (From Seq. 1)-87.11 (From Seq. 4)
| |
| =0.30 VAC Cal Interval (Seq 1) =05/01/09 - 09/21/07
| |
| = 588 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 11 of 13 Cal Interval (Mo.) = Cal Interval (Days) x 12 Months /365.25 Days
| |
| = 19.3 Months 7.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary 7.2.1 The outlier analysis is recorded on page 4 of Attachment 1 to this drift analysis.
| |
| This page displays the Sequence No., Tag ID, Drift, and Calibration Interval (in units of days). The critical T value used in the outlier analysis comes directly from Table 2 of Reference 4.1.3. As shown on page 4 of Attachment 1, no outliers were detected from the analysis per Section 3.6.3 of Reference 4.1.3. The Final Data Set (FDS) for this analysis is documented on page 4 of Attachment 1 and is identical to the Initial Data Set. A summary of the required statistical values for the Final Data Set, per Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, is developed on page 4 of Attachment 1.
| |
| Cell formulas for the determinations of statistical quantities are used directly from Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 7.3 Tests for Normality 7.3.1 Since the FDS contains less than 50 samples, the W Test is performed on the data to test for normality, as shown on page 5 of Attachment 1. Per the methodology of Section 3.7.2 of Reference 4.1.3, the details of the W Test methodology are shown in Reference 4.1.7. Equations used are listed on page 5 of Attachment 1. Since the calculated W statistic (0.9441) is greater than the critical value for W (0.935), this test does not reject the assumption of normality for this data set. Therefore, the data is established as normally distributed, and no coverage analysis is necessary.
| |
| 7.3.2 Since the W test did not reject the assumption of normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary, but a Histogram is developed for information only. The Histogram is developed and documented on pages 6 and 7 of Attachment 1, per Sections 3.7.5 and 4.4 of Reference 4.1.3. To generate the Histogram data, the drift values are categorized into 12 bins, in relation to the mean and standard deviation. These bins are generated in multiples of % Standard Deviation increments, and the bin maximum values are derived in accordance with the methods given in Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4. (See page 6 of Attachment 1 for specific formulas used for the maximums.)
| |
| The expected populations within each bin are developed from normal distribution percentages, as shown on page 6 of Attachment 1. The Histogram is presented on page 7 of Attach ment 1.
| |
| 7.4 Time-Dependency 7.4.1 In order to determine time-dependency of the drift data, the data is first plotted as a scatter plot on page 8 of Attachment 1, in accordance with the methodology of Section 4.5.1 of Reference 4.1.3. The trend line within this scatter plot starts at a positive value and increases slightly throughout the analysis period. The trend line and associated equation are noted on the scatter plot on page 8 of Attachment 1.
| |
| 7.4.2 The binning analysis is performed on page 9 of Attachment 1. The drift and time interval data are divided into bins, based on the intervals between calibrations as
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 12 of 13 defined in Section 3.8.3.1 of Reference 4.1.3. Statistical summaries for each bin, including count, mean, standard deviation, mean time interval and maximum observed time interval are computed. Excel functions are used to determine the statistical summary values for each bin, and are used explicitly from Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.2.7 of Reference 4.1.3. This information is presented on page 9 of Attachment 1. Per Section 3.8.3.4 of Reference 4.1.3, after removing those bins with 5 or less data points and those with less than or equal to 10% of total population, only Bin 5 remains. Therefore, it is concluded that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. Therefore, no more time dependency analysis is performed for this data set. The data is treated as moderately time dependent for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 7.5 Analyzed Drift (DA) Derivation and Characterization 7.5.1 As shown on page 10 of Attachment 1, per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3, the drift bias error is evaluated for significance. The Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit) is computed and compared to the Absolute Value of Average of the Final Data Set.
| |
| The bias value for this drift data set is significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is greater than the Xcrit value. The Analyzed Drift Bias term (DAbias ) is 0.1974 VAC for up to 915 days.
| |
| 7.5.2 Per Section 4.6.6 of Reference 4.1.3, the random portion of the Analyzed Drift is determined from multiplying the standard deviation of the Final Data Set by the Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF), and extrapolating as required to a calibration interval of 30 months. Since the random portion of drift has been determined to be moderately time-dependent for the purpose of extrapolation, the standard deviation of the Final Data Set is used with the average observed time interval from Bin 5 on page 9 of Attachment 1 as the starting point. The TIF is obtained from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.3 as 2.490 for a 95/95 significance. The computation of this value is shown on page 10 of Attachment 1 to result in a DArandom (extrap) term of +/- 1.289 VAC.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111- 09002 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 13 of 13 8 Attachments Attachment 1 - Analysis Spreadsheet (1 0 pages)
| |
| Spreadsheet Co ntents Pages Input Data 1-2 AF-AL Data 3 Outliers & Summary 4 WTest 5 Histogram 6-7 Scatter Plot 8 Binning Analysis 9 Analyzed Drift (DA) 10 Attachment 2 - DVR Form (7 pages)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q 1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 1 of 10 Procedure -
| |
| SeqlD TaglD Date Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AFI AL Data Units Comments 1 1A701-127-S3 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.41 VAG 2 1A701-127-S3 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.41 VAG 3 1A701-127-S3 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.11 VAG 4 1A701-127-S3 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.11 VAG 5 1A701-127-S3 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87 VAG 6 1A701-127-S3 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87 VAG 7 1A701-127-S3 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 86.9 VAG 8 1A701-127-S3 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 86.9 VAG 9 1A701-127-S3 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.35 VAC 10 1A701-127-S3 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 87.35 VAC 11 1A701-127-S3 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.6 VAC 12 1A701-127-S3 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.6 VAC 13 1A701-127-S3 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.4 VAG 14 1A701-127-S3 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 86.4 VAC 15 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.5 VAC 16 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 86.5 VAC 17 1A701-127-S3 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.12 VAC 18 1A701-127-S3 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.12 VAG 19 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 85.9 VAG 20 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.2 VAC 21 1A701-127-S4 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.35 VAG 22 1A701-127-S4 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.35 VAC 23 1A701-127-S4 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.2 VAC 24 1A701-127-S4 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.2 VAC 25 1A701-127-S4 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AF 87 86.9 VAC 26 1A701-127-S4 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 86.9 VAC 27 1A701-127-S4 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.96 VAC 28 1A701-127-S4 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 87 86.96 VAC 29 1A701-127-S4 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.9 VAC 30 1A701-127-S4 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.3 VAC 31 1A701-127-S4 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.6 VAC 32 1A701-127-S4 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.6 VAC 33 1A701-127-S4 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.3 VAC 34 1A701-127-S4 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 87.3 VAG 35 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.3 VAC 36 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.3 VAG 37 1A701-127-S4 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.2 VAC 38 1A701-127-S4 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.2 VAG 39 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AF 87 86.5 VAC 40 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 86.5 VAC 41 1A708-127-S1 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.66 VAC
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Input Data Page 2 of 10 Procedure -
| |
| SeqlD TaglD Date Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AF/ AL Data Units Comments 42 1A708-127-S1 511/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.66 VAG 43 1A708-127-S1 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.71 VAG 44 1A708-127-S1 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.71 VAG 45 1A708-127-S1 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87 VAG 46 1A708-127-S1 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87 VAG 47 1A708-127-S1 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.98 VAG 48 1A708-127-S1 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 86.98 VAG 49 1A708-127-S1 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 88 VAG 50 1A708-127-S1 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 87.1 VAG 51 1A708-127-S1 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.5 VAG 52 1A708-127-S1 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.5 VAG 53 1A708-127-S1 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.3 VAG 54 1A708-127-S1 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.3 VAG 55 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.2 VAG 56 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.2 VAG 57 1A708-127-S1 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.9 VAG 58 1A708-127-S1 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.18 VAG 59 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.5 VAG 60 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 87.5 VAG 61 1A708-127-S2 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.62 VAG 62 1A708-127-S2 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.62 VAG 63 1A708-127-S2 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.14 VAG 64 1A708-127-S2 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.14 VAG 65 1A708-127-S2 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.8 VAG 66 1A708-127-S2 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 86.8 VAG 67 1A708-127-S2 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 86.99 VAG 68 1A708-127-S2 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 86.99 VAG 69 1A708-127-S2 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.25 VAG 70 1A708-127-S2 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.1 VAG 71 1A708-127-S2 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AF 87 88.2 VAG 72 1A708-127-S2 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 87.5 VAG 73 1A708-127-S2 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 87 87.2 VAG 74 1A708-127-S2 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AL 87 87.2 VAG 75 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.4 VAG 76 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F AL 87 87.4 VAG 77 1A708-127-S2 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F AF 87 87.36 VAG 78 1A708-127-S2 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6 F AL 87 87.36 VAG 79 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A 1N6F AF 87 86.25 VAG 80 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 87 86.25 VAG
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A 1N6F JC-Q 1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 3 of 10 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data* Prey Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL =(Current Date* Previous Date)
| |
| ID TaglD (VAC) Days Months 1 1A701-127-S3 0.3 588 19.3 3 1A701-127-S3 0.11 64G 21.2 5 1A701-127*S3 0.1 621 20.4 7 1A701-127-S3 -0.45 611 20.1 9 1A701-127-S3 -0.25 559 18.4 11 1A701-127-S3 1.2 587 19.3 13 1A701-127-S3 -0.1 518 17.0 15 1A701-127-S3 -0.62 54G 17.9 17 1A701-127-S3 -0.08 550 18.1 21 1A701-127-S4 0.15 588 19.3 23 1A701-127-S4 0.3 64G 21.2 25 1A701-127-S4 -0.06 621 20.4 27 1A701-127-S4 -0.34 611 20.1 29 1A701-127-S4 0.3 560 18.4 31 1A701-127-S4 0.3 58G 19.3 33 1A701-127-S4 0 518 17.0 35 1A701-127-S4 0.1 546 17.9 37 1A701-127-S4 0.7 550 18.1 41 1A708-127-S1 -0.05 588 19.3 43 1A708-127-S1 0.71 646 21.2 45 1A708-127-S1 0.02 621 20.4 47 1A708-127-S1 -0.12 611 20.1 49 1A708-127-S1 0.5 560 18.4 51 1A708-127-S1 0.2 58E; 19.3 53 1A708-127-S1 0.1 518 17.0 55 1A708-127-S1 0.02 546 17.9 57 1A708-127-S1 0.4 550 18.1 61 1A708-127-S2 0.48 588 19.3 63 1A708-127-S2 0.34 646 21.2 65 1A708-127-S2 -0.19 621 20.4 67 1A708-127-S2 -0.11 611 20.1 69 1A708-127-S2 -0.25 559 18.4 71 1A708-127-S2 1 587 19.3 73 1A708-127-S2 -0.2 518 17.0 75 1A708-127-S2 0.04 546 17.9 77 1A708-127-S2 1.11 550 18.1
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A 1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Outliers & Summary Page 4 of 10 Extreme Cal Interval Final Drift Data Cal Interval Seq. 10 Tag 10 Drift (VAC) Studentlzed (Days) Set (VAC) (Days)
| |
| Deviate (T) 1 1A701-127-S3 0.30 588 0.346 0.30 588 3 1A701-127-S3 0.11 646 0.115 Raw Drift Data Statistics Summary 0.11 646 5 1A701-127-S3 0.10 621 0.139 (Initial Data Set) 0.10 621 7 1A701-127-S3 -0.45 611 1.472 Mean (Average) 0.1572 -0.45 611 9 1A701-127-S3 -0.25 559 0.987 Variance 0.1701 -0.25 559 11 1A701-127-S3 1.20 587 2.529 Std. Dev. 0.4124 1.20 587 13 1A701-127-S3 -0.10 518 0.624 Sample Size (Count) 36 -0.10 518 15 1A701-127-S3 -0.62 546 1.885 Maximum 1.20 -0.62 546 17 1A701-127-S3 -0.08 550 0.575 Median 0.10 -0.08 550 Minimum -0.62 21 1A701-127-S4 0.15 588 0.018 Range 1.82 0.15 588 23 1A701-127-S4 0.30 646 0.346 Sum 5.660 0.30 646 25 1A701-127-S4 -0.06 621 0.527 Kurtosis 0.705 -0.06 621 27 1A701-127-S4 -0.34 611 1.206 Skewness 0.816 -0.34 611 29 1A701-127-S4 0.30 560 0.346 0.30 560 31 1A701-127-S4 0.30 586 0.346 Critical T-Value (Upper 5% Signif.) 2.87 0.30 586 33 1A701-127-S4 0.00 518 0.381 0.00 518 35 1A701-127-S4 0.10 546 0.139 Equation for Each Studenlized Deviate: T= IDrift-MeanI/Std. Dev. 0.10 546 37 1A701-127-S4 0.70 550 1.316 Crit T Value Lookup Value from Ref. 4.1.3 Table 2. per sample 0.70 550 size. See Sections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 41 1A708-127-S1 -0.05 588 0.503 Outliers will be Denoted as such in Final Drift Data Set column. -0.05 588 43 1A708-127-S1 0.71 646 1.340 No Outliers Detected 0.71 646 45 1A708-127-S1 0.02 621 0.333 0.02 621 47 1A708-127-S1 -0.12 611 0.672 Drift Data Statistics Summary -0.12 611 49 1A708-127-S 1 0.50 560 0.831 (Final Data Set) 0.50 560 51 1A708-127-S1 0.20 586 0.104 Mean (Average) 0.1572 0.20 586 53 1A708-127-S1 0.10 518 0.139 Variance 0.1701 0.10 518 55 1A708-127-S1 0.02 546 0.333 Std. Dev. 0.4124 0.02 546 57 1A708-127-S1 0.40 550 0.589 Sample Size (Count) 36 0.40 550 Maximum 1.20 61 1A708-127-S2 0.48 588 0.783 Median 0.10 0.48 588 63 1A708-127-S2 0.34 646 0.443 Minimum -0.62 0.34 646 65 1A708-127-S2 -0.19 621 0.842 Range 1.82 -0.19 621 67 1A708-127-S2 -0.11 611 0.648 Sum 5.660 -0.11 611 69 1A708-127-S2 -0.25 559 0.987 Kurtosis 0.705 -0.25 559 71 1A708-127-S2 1.00 587 2.044 Skewness 0.816 1.00 587 73 1A708-127-S2 -0.20 518 0.866 -0.20 518 75 1A708-127-S2 0.04 546 0.284 0.04 546 77 1A708-127-S2 1.11 550 2.310 1.11 550
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION WTest Page 5 of 10 Drift b l (Per Step Values "i" an-1+1 4) 0.7404 Specific W Normalitv Test Methodologv from Reference 4.1.7 and Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4 0.4388 0.3236 0.2036 1. into column 0.1789 2. Sort in ascending order.
| |
| 0.1175 3. Calculate S 2 taking the variance of the drift data adjusted by (Count-1) 0.1002 0.0692 S2 =(n-1)(Variance (Drift))
| |
| 0.0531 0.0414 where: n = Count 0.0342 0.0277 4. Calculate the Quantity b:
| |
| -0.05 0.0226 0.0105 b =Sum[(a 4+1)(x"'i+l - Xi)]
| |
| n 0.02 0.0053 0.02 0.0026 where: i 1 to k 0.04 0.0010 k = n!2 0.1 0.0000 0.1 an-i+l values are taken from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 2 0.1 Calculate b 0.11 2.3705 Compute the W Statistic and compare to the critical value at the 5% confidence 0.15 (Per Step 4) level. The table of critical values is given as Table 2 on page 9 of Referenca 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.2
| |
| * From Table 1 of Ref. 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.3 W= b 2!S2 0.3 W statistic, 0.9441, is greater than the 0.3 critical value for W, 0.935, this test does not 0.3 5.9519 reject the assumption of normality for this data set.
| |
| 0.34 b= 2.3705 0.4 5.6194 0.48 Count 36 0.5 W= 0.9441 0.7 WCritical 0.935 5% Significance From Table 2 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.71 1.11 1.2
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 6 of 10
| |
| ~
| |
| -0.62
| |
| -0,45
| |
| -0.34 Normal Cumulative Expected Bin Bin Descriptions No. StDev Bin Maximums = Observed Probability (CPj )
| |
| Distribution Frequency No. INS) Mean + (NS*StDev) Frequency Probability
| |
| -0.25 (Table 18-2 Ref 4.1.4)
| |
| =
| |
| (Pnorm CP j -CP j _1)
| |
| =
| |
| (Ei Pnorm*N)
| |
| -0.25 1 Up to - 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -0.8737 0 0.0062 0.0062 0.2232
| |
| -0.2 2 -2.5 to -2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.0 -0.6675 0 0.0228 0.0166 0.5958
| |
| -0.19 3 -2.0 to -1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.5 -0.4613 1 0.0668 0.0441 1.5858
| |
| -0.12 4 -1.5 to -1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -0.2552 2 0.1587 0.0919 3.3066
| |
| -0.11 5 -1.0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -0.0490 10 0.3086 0.1499 5.3964
| |
| -0.1 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 0.1572 9 0.5000 0.1915 6.8922
| |
| -0.08 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 0.3634 6 0.6915 0.1915 6.8922
| |
| -0.06 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 0.5696 3 0.8414 0.1499 5.3964
| |
| -0.05 9 +1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 0.7758 2 0.9332 0.0919 3.3066 10 +1.5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.0 0.9820 0 0.9773 0.0441 1.5858 0.02 11 +2.0 to +2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 1.1882 2 0.9938 0.0166 0.5958 0.02 12 More than Mean + 2.5 Standard Deviations More More 1 1.0000 0.0062 0.2232 0.04 --
| |
| 36 Totals 36 0.1 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +/- Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages 0.1 Distribution 0.1 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 35 97.22% Mean 0.1572 0.11 2 (Bins 3-10) 33 91.67% 95.45% Std. Dev. 0.4124 0.15 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 32 88.89% Sample Size 36 0.2 1 (Bins 5-8) 28 77.78% 68.27% Kurtosis 0.705 0.3 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 15 41.67%
| |
| 0.3 0.3 0.3 1. data ascending order.
| |
| 0.34 2. Obtain mean, standard deviation, sample size, and kurtosis.
| |
| 0,4 3. Establishing bins in 1/2 sigma increments from the mean to 2.5 sigma in both directions, derive the upper bin limits, in 0,48 units of drift, based on the values of the mean and standard deviation.
| |
| 0.5 4. Obtain expected frequency for a normal distribution in each bin.
| |
| 0.7 5. Manually compute the number of observed drift data points within each bin, and list under observed frequency.
| |
| 0.71 6. Plot the Expected Frequency and the Observed Frequency Data on the Histogram for comparison to each other.
| |
| 1 1.11
| |
| ~ I Results: Since the data passed the W Test for normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary. The Histogram is presented for information only.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 7 of 10
| |
| [ Driftbat<i]
| |
| Histogram of Drift - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Relay 12 I
| |
| r~Obse;~
| |
| 10 + ~
| |
| I..... Frequency I I 1il!****Normal
| |
| ' Distribution L
| |
| 8 s::::
| |
| 0
| |
| ~
| |
| ctS 6
| |
| ~
| |
| C-O Q.
| |
| 4 2
| |
| o +I-----+----r--'
| |
| -0.8737 -0.6675 -0.4613 -0.2552 -0.0490 0.1572 0.3634 0.5696 0.7758 0,9820 1,1882 More Drift (VAC)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Scatter Plot Page 8 of 10 Scatter Plot - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F Undervoltage Relay 1.5 I J *
| |
| * 1.0 y 7.398E-04x - 2.724E-01
| |
| * 6 0.5 j * *
| |
| ~ **
| |
| I
| |
| * i . _
| |
| i:l:
| |
| "t: o.Ot n~~~:I~ ~~1 I-~+ ~~ ~----r-.
| |
| I ..
| |
| * ~n o
| |
| I *
| |
| * II * * **
| |
| ~51 *
| |
| -1.0 L~~
| |
| 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 Time (Days)
| |
| Note: Equation on Scatter Plot is computer generated, based on the associated trend line
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analysis Page 9 of 10 Bin Statistics Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Count 36 Standard Dev. 0.4124 Mean 0.1572 Mean Interval 580.6667 Max Interval 646 Bin Definition and Selection Bin Hi Valid Limit I Bin Population Bins Bins I (Days) Count Percentagel Included 0.0%
| |
| 0.0%
| |
| 0.0%
| |
| 4 I 460 I 0 0.0%
| |
| 100.0% 5 0.0%
| |
| 0.0%
| |
| Total Count: 36 100%
| |
| See Section 3.8.3 of Reference 4.1.3 for Binning Analysis Methodology.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F JC-Q 1111-09002 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analyzed Drift (DA) Page10of10 Drift Bias Determination First, the bias term is evaluated for significance per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| Per Outlier Statistical Summary, Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 36 Drift Data Points Absolute Value of Average of FDS 0.1572 VAC Standard Deviation (SFDS) 0.4124 VAC Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 581 Days Maximum Required Cal Interval 915 Days t for Count = 36 Data Points 2.021 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 4)
| |
| Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit)
| |
| =
| |
| [xcrit t
| |
| * SFDS I (n)AO.5) xcrit = 0.1389 VAC The bias value for this drift data set is significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is greater than the Xerit value.
| |
| DA bias (current) = 0.1572 VAC
| |
| [Extrap Bias Drift ::: DA bias (current) * (Maximum Required Cal Interval I Average Bin 5 Observed Interval)''')
| |
| DAbias (extrap) = 0.1974 VAC for up to 915 Days Random Drift Determination Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 36 Drift Data Points Standard Deviation FDS (SFDS) 0.4124 VAC Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 581 Days Maximum Required Cal Interval 915 Days Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) 2.490 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 1)
| |
| [Current Interval Drift =SFDS
| |
| * TIF]
| |
| = +/- 1.027 VAC
| |
| [Extrap Drift = DArandom (current) * (Maximum Required Cal Interval I Average Bin 5 Observed Interval)112]
| |
| = +/- .289 VAC for up to 915 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Qllll-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 1 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 o IP-2 o IP-3 DJAF DPLP DPNPS DVY [8J GGNS ORBS DW3 DNP Document No. JC-Q1111-09002 Revision No.: 000 Page 1 of_7_
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| [8J Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: l:81 Design Review D Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing I VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, siQn, and date)
| |
| D Electrical D Mechanical
| |
| [gJ Instrument and Control Richard J Hannigan L/e.
| |
| D CiviVStructural D Nuclear D
| |
| D Originator: A.A. Hunter I ~ .. et.l~ I 1-'-1/
| |
| Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALVSIS JC..Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 2 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 1 oF3 IDENTI FICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F o Civil/Structural Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) o Electrical Doc. No.: JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 QA Cat. 1 1:811 & C DMechanical Verifier: Richard J. Hannigan /~/~ 7 3(6/11 DNuclear Print Sign Date DOther Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| 1:81 N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERiFiCATION:
| |
| Design Review 1:81 Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc.
| |
| AD information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 3 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 2 OF 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes [gI No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes [gI No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes [gI No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes [gI No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [gI
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 4 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 3 OF 3
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A t:8J
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A t:8J
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes t:8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A t:8J
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A t:8J
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 5 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date NONE
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 6 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION During the independent review of calculation JC-Q1111-09002, alternate application Lotus 1-2-3 was used to validate the results generated by MS Excel in the calculation. The reviewer independently generated the JC-Q1111-09002 results. In the table below the results of the validation for the JC-Q1111-09002 values and the values produced by Lotus 1-2-3 are illustrated.
| |
| The Final Data Set is identical to the Initial Data Set since there were not any outliers. The results from Lotus 1-2-3 validated the calculation JC-Q1111-09002 results generated by MS Excel. Minor differences in the values between the MS Excel generated results and the Lotus 1-2-3 generated results were reviewed and can be attributed to rounding and conversion between applications.
| |
| Below is a partial listing of some of the values from JC-Q1111-09002 that were validated:
| |
| JC-Q1111-09002 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Mean 0.1572 0.1572 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Variance 0.1701 0.1701 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard 0.4124 0.4124 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Count 36 36 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Max 1.20 1.20 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Median 0.10 0.10 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Min -0.62 -0.62 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Range 1.82 1.82 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sum 5.660 5.660 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Kurtosis 0.705 0.705 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Skewness 0.816 0.816 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Outliers None None Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Visual inspection Drift scatter plot shows agreement NA Lotus 1-2-3 Yes with trend line between the scatter plots and trend lines Drift scatter plot Y = 7.398E-04x Y = 7.40E-04x trend line Lotus 1-2-3 Yes
| |
| -2.724E-01 -2.72E-01 equation 0.9441 (does not reject 0.9441 (does not reject WTest Value assumption of assumption of Lotus 1-2-3 Yes normality) normality)
| |
| Visual inspection shows agreement Histogram N/A Lotus 1-2-3 Yes between the histograms
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09002 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 7 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION JC-Q1111-09002 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Data within 2.5 Standard 35 35 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 2.0 Standard 33 33 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 1.5 Standard 32 32 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 1.0 Standard 28 28 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 0.5 Standard 15 15 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Bin 5 count 36 36 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 drift Standard 0.4124 0.4124 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 5 drift mean 0.1572 0.1572 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 interval 580.6667 580.6667 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 5 interval 646 646 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Other values, including those based on the above parameters, were checked using hand calculations.
| |
| | |
| JC-Q 1111-09003 DANO-1 o ANO-2 C8J GGNS OIP-2 o IP-3 OPLP DJAF OPNPS ORBS OVY OW3 o NP-GGNS-3 o NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) EC# 39554 (2)
| |
| Page 1 of COVER PAGE ..2L (3) Design Basis Calc. [gl YES DNO (4) [gl CALCULATION DEC Markup (5) Calculation No: JC-Q1111-09003 (6) Revision: 000 (7) (6) Editorial
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F DYES [gl NO Undervoltage TIme Delay Relays (TIme Delay Function)
| |
| (9)
| |
| System(s): E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) Safety Class: (12) ComponentlEquipmentiStructure TypelNumber:
| |
| [gI Safety I Quality Related 1A701-127..S3 1A708-127..S1 o Augmented Quality Program o Non-Safety Related 1A701-127-S4 1A708-127-S2 (13) Document Type: J05.02 (14) Keywords (DescriptionITopical Codes):
| |
| Drift REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date L-UB/lfjl/
| |
| Aaron Castor / R.J. Hannigan /.lff~
| |
| ?fltt/ It see AS for EOI acceptance and Supervisor approval signatures
| |
| )
| |
| Responsible Engineer SupervisorlApproval
| |
| [gl Design Verifier o Reviewer
| |
| [gl Comments Attached o Comments Attached
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 2 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09003 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated None Input Output Impact Tracking II. Relationships: Sht Rev Doc Doc YIN No.
| |
| : 1. ECH-NE-08-00015 001 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1 P81-90027 0 001 0 [8] Y EC39554
| |
| : 3. MAI00254979 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 4. MAI00280516 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 5. MAI00315392 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 6. WOOO087765 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 7. WOOO099920 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 8. WOO0134224 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 9. WOO0165833 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 10. WOO0193811 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 11. WO-50335887 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 12. WO-51 00601 0 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 13. WO-51 083447 0 [8] 0 N
| |
| : 14. WO-51680606 0 [8] 0 N III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. American National Standard N15.15-1974, Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)
| |
| : 2. ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 3. DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, February 1981
| |
| : 4. EPRI TR-103335R1, Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs, October 1998
| |
| : 5. ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation, Second Printing, June 12, 1995
| |
| : 6. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle, April 2, 1991 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 3 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09003 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No.
| |
| VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 4 of 13
| |
| ~",,~..,.dofRe\lisiorl
| |
| _0' *
| |
| *.,'"'y...... IUII 000 Initial issue.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 5 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Purpose 6 2 Conclusions 7 3 Design Inputs 7 4 References 7 5 Assumptions 8 6 Method of Analysis 8 7 Analysis 9 8 Attachments 13 Attachment; - Drift Anaiysis Supporting information (Excei Spreadsheet) - ;; pages Attachment 2 - DVR Forms with Comments - 7 pages
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 6 of 13 1 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this analysis is to establish more realistic drift values and characteristics to be used by instrument uncertainty calculations for determination of setpoints and allowable values for the subject instrumentation. The drift values are determined by historical As Found / As Left data analysis.
| |
| 1.2 Specifically, this analysis addresses Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) with tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 below. Also shown in the table are the calibration procedure numbers, device functions, and applicable Technical Specification (TS) sections. The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to any Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Time Delay Function) used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| TABLE 1.2-1 COMPONENT LIST PROCEDURE NO.-ATT. TAG NO. FUNCTION TS SECTION Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation 1A701-127-S3 1A701-127-S4 Division 3 - 4.16 kV Emergency Bus SR 3.3.8.1.2 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 1A708-127-S1 Undervoltage Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.b 1A708-127-S2 Loss of Voltage - Time Delay
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 7 of 13 2 Conclusions 2.1 The bounding Analyzed Drift (DA) for the Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) (See Table 1.2-1) has been determined to be +/- 0.045 sec for 30 months (24 months + 25%), with no significant bias. The Analyzed Drift should be treated as a normally distributed, 2a value for uncertainty analysis.
| |
| 2.2 The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to all of the Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Time Delay Function) in Table 1.2-1 and to any Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Time Delay Function) used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Instruments Into a Single Group", of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 3 Design Inputs
| |
| '< 1
| |
| '-'. I Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the historical As Left (AL) and As Found (AF) data, as obtained from Reference 4.2.1, with any data exclusions or modifications noted. All dates of calibration are also entered to provide time intervals between calibrations.
| |
| 4 References 4.1 METHODOLOGY 4.1.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation" 4.1.2 ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation" 4.1.3 ECH-NE-08-00015, "Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide," Rev. 001 4.1.4 EPRI TR-103335R1, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs," October 1998 4.1.5 DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, "Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference," February 1981 4.1.6 NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle," April 2, 1991 4.1.7 American National Standard N15.15-1974, "Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)"
| |
| 4.2 PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Historical Calibration Records from GGNS Surveillance Test Procedure Results for 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 8 of 13 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS REFERENCES 4.3.1 None 5 Assumptions 5.1 This drift report employs those assumptions customarily used for standard statistical analyses, as directed by Reference 4.1.3, such as the assumption that a distribution is normal and the use of statistical tests to confirm this hypothesis.
| |
| 5.2 This drift report is based on analysis of historical As Found and As Left data from calibration records for the Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E..E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) listed in Table 1.2-1. The results of this analysis can also apply to any Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Time Delay Function) used at GGNS, but care must be taken when applying these results. Specifically, in order to apply the results of this analysis to other similar devices, the devices must meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 6 Method of Analysis 6.1 The methodology used for this analysis is Reference 4.1.3, which is written in accordance with Reference 4.1.4, using References 4.1.1,4.1.2 and 4.1.7 to supplement. An overview of the methodology is given herein, and any deviation from Reference 4.1.3 or any supplemental methods used herein are described.
| |
| 6.2 This analysis determines the drift values for the subject instrumentation by analysis of historical As Found I As Left data from calibration records. Drift for a given device for a calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous As Left setting from a more recent As Found setting. The time interval for that calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous date from the more recent date, in units of days. All retrievable As Left and As Found data is collected for each calibration performed on each device covered by this report, for the study period. From this information, the drift and calibration interval is generated for each possible instance. Per Section 3.4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, 'The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pool." The devices covered by this report are currently calibrated on an 18 Month basis, and the proposed extension is for a 24 Month nominal calibration interval. Therefore, a study period of 14 years represents more than nine of the present calibration cycles, and seven of the proposed calibration cycles, which is adequate to understand the component's performance over time. Also, a sufficient number of valid drift values are provided as a result of the selected study period to make a statistically valid pool. Therefore, As Found and As Left Data values are entered from calibrations occurring for approximately the last 14 years.
| |
| 6.3 Determination of the Analyzed Drift is generally accomplished through the following steps.
| |
| 6.3.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data: In addition to gathering the As Found and As Left data, and computing the drift values and time intervals, this step also involves an investigation into whether all of the devices should be analyzed together, or whether they should be separated into smaller analysis groups. Finally, this step
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111- 09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 9 of 13 involves careful screening of the input data for errors or other situations that could disrupt the proper determination of drift.
| |
| 6.3.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary: In order to properly model the drift characteristics for a device, it could be proper to remove up to one more data value, which obviously does not conform to the vast majority of the data. A t-Test is performed on the data to detect any outliers, and remove up to one if appropriate, per the guidelines of Reference 4.1.3. Additionally, the basic statistical values which describe the group of drift data are derived in this step, including such parameters as Mean, Standard Deviation, Count, Median, Minimum, Maximum, etc.
| |
| 6.3.3 Tests for Normality: Per Reference 4.1.3, a statistical test (W or D-Prime, depending on sample size) is performed on the drift data to support the hypothesis that the data conforms to a normal distribution. If this test is unable to support that hypothesis, then a Coverage Analysis is performed to ensure that the data can be conservatively modeled by a normal distribution and to provide an adjustment to the standard deviation of the drift model, if necessary to conservatively envelop the observed data population.
| |
| | |
| ====6.3.4 Time-Dependency====
| |
| Per Reference 4.1.3, Scatter Plots and a time-based Binning Analysis are developed for the data to establish the time-dependency of the drift. If enough drift data exists for significantly different time intervals, regression analysis is performed to aid in the determination of time-dependency. The drift data is determined to be strongly time dependent or moderately time dependent, for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 6.3.5 Analyzed Drift Derivation and Characterization: The drift values are determined for the current calibration interval. These values are conservatively extrapolated to the desired calibration interval, based on the methods prescribed in Reference 4.1.3, depending on the degree of time-dependency derived for the drift data.
| |
| 6.4 The mathematical computations of the statistical analysis are performed within an Excel spreadsheet. Supporting information from the spreadsheet is printed out in the form of Attachment 1 to this analysis. Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations will produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison.
| |
| 6.5 Acceptance Criteria: Since the purpose of the analysis is to generate a value and description of the characteristics of the drift of the evaluated make/model, there are no specific acceptance criteria.
| |
| 7 Analysis 7.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data 7.1.1 Specifically, this analysis addresses Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function), with the tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 of this analysis. These relays have identical manufacturer and
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 10 of 13 model numbers, identical settings, and are used in identical applications. Therefore, all data is properly pooled for analysis, and no specific pooling tests are required.
| |
| 7.1.2 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the initial As Found and As Left data from available historical plant calibration records for the subject undervoltage relay timers. Note that the calibration dates are also recorded, and notes are provided to clarify the activities performed or to provide additional information about the data, as appropriate. This data was entered into an Excel spreadsheet for computation of the drift values, time intervals between calibrations and statistical analysis.
| |
| 7.1.3 A screening of the initial input data from pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 was performed. To help identify erroneous data, an informal critical T-test was performed, with the Critical T values reduced incrementally until approximately 10%
| |
| of the data population was identified as outliers. Those outliers were researched, and no additional data errors were revealed. The specific informal T-tests performed are not documented, as they are only used as tools to identify potentially erroneous data and do not contribute to the analysis of the valid data.
| |
| 7.1.4 Data not entered into the analysis is listed in the table below, showing the reasoning used in not entering the data.
| |
| Table 7.1.4-1 Data Not Entered in the Drift Analysis Procedure Number-Att. Tag Number Surveillance Comments/Disposition Date(s None None None None 7.1.5 Per the methodology of Section 4.1.1.11 of Reference 4.1.3, drift is computed by subtracting the As Left data of one calibration from the As Found data of the next calibration, as documented in pages 3 and 4 of Attachment 1. These pages also document the time interval between calibrations (in the number of days and months) by subtracting the As Left date of one calibration from the As Found date of the next calibration, per Section 4.1.1.10 of Reference 4.1.3. Pages 3 and 4 of Attachment 1 derive the drift values and time intervals between calibrations from the data presented on pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1. As an example of the equations used, the first drift value and time interval are computed as follows. The rest of the values are computed identically.
| |
| Drift (Seq 1) = AF (05/01/09) - AL (09/21/07) [For Tag 1A701-127-S3]
| |
| = 2.31 (From Seq. 1) - 2.33 (From Seq. 4)
| |
| =-0.02 sec Cal Interval (Seq 1) = 05/01/09 - 09/21/07
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 11 of 13
| |
| = 588 Days Cal Interval (Mo.) = Cal Interval (Days) x 12 Months / 365.25 Days
| |
| = 19.3 Months 7.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary 7.2.1 The outlier analysis is recorded on page 5 of Attachment 1 to this drift analysis.
| |
| These pages display the Sequence No., Tag 10, Drift, and Calibration Interval (in units of days). The critical T value used in the outlier analysis comes directly from Table 2 of Reference 4.1.3. As shown on page 5 of Attachment 1, one outlier is detected and removed from the analysis per Section 3.6.3 of Reference 4.1.3. The Final Data Set (FDS) for this analysis is documented on page 5 of Attachment 1 and is identical to the Initial Data Set, except for the single outlier that was removed.
| |
| 7.2.2 A summary of the required statistical values for the Final Data Set, per Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, is developed on page 5 of Attachment 1. Cell formulas for the determinations of statistical quantities are used directly from Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 7.3 Tests for Normality 7.3.1 Since the FDS contains less than 50 samples, the W Test is performed on the data to test for normality, as shown on page 6 of Attachment 1. Per the methodology of Section 3.7.2 of Reference 4.1.3, the details of the W Test methodology are shown in Reference 4.1.7. Equations used are listed on page 6 of Attachment 1. Since the calculated W statistic (0.9553) is greater than the critical value for W (0.934), this test does not reject the assumption of normality for this data set. Therefore, the data is established as normally distributed, and no coverage analysis is necessary.
| |
| 7.3.2 Since the W Test did not reject the assumption of normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary, but a Histogram is developed for information only. The Histogram is developed and documented on pages 7 and 8 of Attachment 1, per Sections 3.7.5 and 4.4 of Reference 4.1.3. To generate the Histogram data, the drift values are categorized into 12 bins, in relation to the mean and standard deviation. These bins are generated in multiples of % Standard Deviation increments, and the bin maximum values are derived in accordance with the methods given in Section 19 of Reference 4.1.3. (See page 7 of Attachment 1 for specific formulas used for the maximums.)
| |
| The expected populations within each bin are developed from normal distribution percentages, as shown on page 7 of Attachment 1. The Histogram is presented on page 8 of Attachment 1.
| |
| 7.4 Time-Dependency 7.4.1 In order to determine time-dependency of the drift data, the data is first plotted as a scatter plot on page 9 of Attachment 1, in accordance with the methodology of Section 4.5.1 of Reference 4.1.3. The trend line within this scatter plot starts at a positive value and crosses zero within the analysis period, which invalidates any time-dependency conclusions generated from the scatter plot. The trend line and associated equation are noted on the scatter plot on page 9 of Attachment 1.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 12 of 13 7.4.2 The binning analysis is performed on page 10 of Attachment 1. The drift and time interval data are divided into bins, based on the intervals between calibrations as defined in Section 3.8.3.1 of Reference 4.1.3. Statistical summaries for each bin, including count, mean, standard deviation, mean time interval and maximum observed time interval are computed. Excel functions are used to determine the statistical summary values for each bin, and are used explicitly from Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.2.7 of Reference 4.1.3. This information is presented on page 10 of Attachment 1. Per Section 3.8.3.4 of Reference 4.1.3, after removing those bins with 5 or less data points and those with less than or equal to 10% of total population, only Bin 5 remains. Therefore, it is concluded that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. Therefore, no more time dependency analysis is performed for this data set. The data is treated as moderately time dependent for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 7.5 Analyzed Drift (DA) Derivation and Characterization 7.5.1 As shown on page 11 of Attachment 1, per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3, the drift bias error is evaluated for significance. The Significant Bias Critical Value (Xerit) is computed and compared to the Absolute Value of Average of the Final Data Set.
| |
| The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value. Therefore, the Analyzed Drift Bias term (DAbias ) is negligible.
| |
| 7.5.2 Per Section 4.6.6 of Reference 4.1.3, the random portion of the Analyzed Drift is determined from multiplying the standard deviation of the Final Data Set by the Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF), and extrapolating as required to a calibration interval of 30 months. Since the random portion of drift has been determined to be moderately time-dependent for the purpose of extrapolation, the standard deviation of the FDS is used with the average observed time interval from Bin 5 on page 10 of Attachment 1 as the starting point. The TIF is obtained from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.3 as 2. 490 for a 95/95 significance. The computation of this value is shown on page 11 of Attachment 1 to result in a DArandom(extrap) term of +/- 0.045 sec.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 13 of 13 8 Attachments Attachment 1 - Analysis Spreadsheet (11 pages)
| |
| Spreadsheet Contents Pages Input Data 1-2 AF-AL Data 3-4 Outliers & Summary 5 WTest 6 Histogram 7-8 Scatter Plot 9 Binning Analysis 10 Analyzed Drift (DA) 11 Attachment 2 - DVR Form (7 pages)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A 1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 1 of 11 Input Data SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure No.-Att. Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AF/ AL Data Units Comments 1 1A701-127-S3 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 2 1A701-127-S3 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 3 1A701-127-S3 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.33 sec 4 1A701-127-S3 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.33 sec 5 1A701-127-S3 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 6 1A701-127-S3 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 7 1A701-127-S3 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 8 1A701-127-S3 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 9 1A701-127-S3 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 10 1A701-127-S3 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 11 1A701-127-S3 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 12 1A701-127-S3 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 13 1A701-127-S3 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 14 1A701-127-S3 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 15 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 16 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 17 1A701-127-S3 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 18 1A701-127-S3 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 19 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 20 1A701-127-S3 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 21 1A701-127-S4 5/1/2009 06-El-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 22 1A701-127-S4 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 23 1A701-127-S4 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.33 sec 24 1A701-127-S4 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.33 sec 25 1A701-127-S4 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 26 1A701-127-S4 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 27 1A701-127-S4 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 28 1A701-127-S4 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 29 1A701-127-S4 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.33 sec 30 1A701-127-S4 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.33 sec 31 1A701-127-S4 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 32 1A701-127-S4 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 33 1A701-127-S4 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 34 1A701-127-S4 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 35 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 36 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 37 1A701-127-S4 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.33 sec 38 1A701-127-S4 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.33 sec 39 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 40 1A701-127-S4 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 41 1A708-127-S1 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.30 sec 42 1A708-127-S1 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.30 sec 43 1A708-127-S1 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A 1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 2 of 11 Data SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure No.-Att. Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AF/ AL Data Units Comments 44 1A708-127-S1 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 45 1A708-127-S1 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 46 1A708-127-S1 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 47 1A708-127-S1 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 48 1A708-127-S1 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 49 1A708-127-S1 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 50 1A708-127-S1 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 51 1A708-127-S1 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 52 1A708-127-S1 1/17/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 53 1A708-127-S1 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 54 1A708-127-S1 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 55 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 56 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 57 1A708-127-S1 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.32 sec 58 1A708-127-S1 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.32 sec 59 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.29 sec 60 1A708-127-S1 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.29 sec 61 1A708-127-S2 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.30 sec 62 1A708-127-S2 5/1/2009 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.30 sec 63 1A708-127-S2 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 64 1A708-127-S2 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 65 1A708-127-S2 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.25 sec 66 1A708-127-S2 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.25 sec 67 1A708-127-S2 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.29 sec 68 1A708-127-S2 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.29 sec 69 1A708-127-S2 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.31 sec 70 1A708-127-S2 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.31 sec 71 1A708-127-S2 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 72 1A708-127-S2 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 73 1A708-127-S2 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 74 1A708-127-S2 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 75 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.29 sec 76 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.29 sec 77 1A708-127-S2 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 78 1A708-127-S2 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec 79 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AF 2.30 2.3 sec 80 1A708-127-S2 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F AL 2.30 2.3 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 3 of 11 AF-AL Data Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data - Prev Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL =(Current Date - Previous Date) 10 Tag 10 (sec) Days Months 1 1A701-127-S3 -0.02 588 19.3 3 1A701-127-S3 0.02 646 21.2 5 1A701-127-S3 0 621 20.4 7 1A701-127-S3 -0.01 611 20.1 9 1A701-127-S3 0.01 559 18.4 11 1A701-127-S3 0 587 19.3 13 1A701-127-S3 0 518 17.0 15 1A701-127-S3 -0.01 546 17.9 17 1A701-127-S3 0.01 550 18.1 21 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 588 19.3 23 1A701-127-S4 0.01 646 21.2 25 1A701-127-S4 0 621 20.4 27 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 611 20.1 29 1A701-127-S4 0.01 560 18.4 31 1A701-127-S4 0 586 19.3 33 1A701-127-S4 0 518 17.0 35 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 546 17.9 37 1A701-127-S4 0.01 550 18.1 41 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 588 19.3 43 1A708-127-S1 0.02 646 21.2 45 1A708-127-S1 0 621 20.4 47 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 611 20.1 49 1A708-127-S1 0.02 560 18.4 51 1A708-127-S1 0 586 19.3 53 1A708-127-S1 0 518 17.0 55 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 546 17.9 57 1A708-127-S1 0.03 550 18.1 61 1A708-127-S2 -0.01 588 19.3 63 1A708-127-S2 0.06 646 21.2 65 1A708-127-S2 -0.04 621 20.4 67 1A708-127-S2 -0.02 611 20.1 69 1A708-127-S2 0.01 559 18.4 71 1A708-127-S2 0 587 19.3
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 4 of 11 AF-AL Data Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data* Prev Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL =(Current Date* Previous Date) 10 Tag 10 (sec) Days Months 73 1A708-127-S2 0.01 518 17.0 75 1A708-127-S2 -0.01 546 17.9 77 1A708-127-S2 0 550 18.1
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1 N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 5 of 11 Outliers & Summary Extreme Cal Interval Final Drift Data Cal Interval Seq.ID TaglD Drift (sec) Studentized (Days) Set (sec) (Days)
| |
| Deviate (T) 1 1A701-127-S3 -0.02 588 1.160 -0.02 588 3 1A701-127-S3 0.02 646 1.128 Raw Drift Data Statistics Summary 0.02 646 5 1A701-127-S3 0.00 621 0.016 (Initial Data Set) 0.00 621 7 1A701-127-S3 -0.01 611 0.588 Mean (Average) 0.0003 -0.01 611 9 1A701-127-S3 0.01 559 0.556 Variance 0.0003 0.01 559 11 1A701-127-S3 0.00 587 0.016 Std. Dev. 0.0175 0.00 587 13 1A701-127-S3 0.00 518 0.016 Sample Size (Count) 36 0.00 518 15 1A701-127-S3 -0.01 546 0.588 Maximum 0.06 -0.01 546 17 1A701-127-S3 0.01 550 0.556 Median 0.00 0.01 550 Minimum -0.04 21 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 588 0.588 Range 0.10 -0.01 588 23 1A701-127-S4 0.01 646 0.556 Sum 0.010 0.01 646 25 1A701-127-S4 0.00 621 0.016 Kurtosis 3.106 0.00 621 27 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 611 0.588 Skewness 0.872 -0.01 611 29 1A701-127-S4 0.01 560 0.556 0.01 560 31 1A701-127-S4 0.00 586 0.016 Critical T-Value (Upper 5% Signif.) 2.87 0.00 586 33 1A701-127-S4 0.00 518 0.016 0.00 518 35 1A701-127-S4 -0.01 546 0.588 Equation for Each Studentized Deviate: T= IDrift-MeanI/Std. Dev. -0.01 546 37 1A701-127-S4 0.01 550 0.556 Crit T Value Lookup Value from Ref. 4.1.3 Table 2, per sample 0.01 550 size. See Sections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 41 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 588 1.160 Outlier(s) Denoted as such in Final Drift Data Set column. -0.02 588 43 1A708-127-S1 0.02 646 1.128 One Outlier (Seg 63) was detected and removed. 0.02 646 45 1A708-127-S1 0.00 621 0.016 0.00 621 47 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 611 1.160 Drift Data Statistics Summary -0.02 611 49 1A708-127-S1 0.02 560 1.128 (Final Data Set) 0.02 560 51 1A708-127-S1 0.00 586 0.016 Mean (Average) -0.0014 0.00 586 53 1A708-127-S1 0.00 518 0.016 Variance 0.0002 0.00 518 55 1A708-127-S1 -0.02 546 1.160 Std. Dev. 0.0144 -0.02 546 57 1A708-127-S1 0.03 550 1.700 Sample Size (Count) 35 0.03 550 Maximum 0.03 61 1A708-127-S2 -0.01 588 0.588 Median 0.00 -0.01 588 63 1A708-127-S2 0.06 646 3.416 Minimum -0.04 OUTLIER OUTLIER 65 1A708-127-S2 -0.04 621 2.304 Range 0.07 -0.04 621 67 1A708-127-S2 -0.02 611 1.160 Sum -0.050 -0.02 611 69 1A708-127-S2 0.01 559 0.556 Kurtosis 0.472 0.01 559 71 1A708-127-S2 0.00 587 0.016 Skewness -0.239 0.00 587 73 1A708-127-S2 0.01 518 0.556 0.01 518 75 1A708-127-S2 -0.01 546 0.588 -0.01 546 77 1A708-127-S2 0.00 550 0.016 0.00 550
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 6 of 11 WTest Drift Values "i" a n-l+1 b i (Per Step 4)
| |
| -0.04000 1 0.4096 0.0287 Specific W Normality Test Methodologv from Reference 4. 1. 7 and Section 19 of Reference 4. 1.4
| |
| -0.02000 2 0.2834 0.0113
| |
| -0.02000 3 0.2427 0.0097 Steps to Perform:
| |
| -0.02000 4 0.2127 0.0085 1. Paste all final drift data into column 1.
| |
| -0.02000 5 0.1883 0.0056 2. Sort in ascending order.
| |
| -0.02000 6 0.1673 0.0050 3. Calculate S2 taking the variance of the drift data adjusted by (Count-1)
| |
| -0.01000 7 0.1487 0.0030
| |
| -0.01000 8 0.1317 0.0026 S2 (n-1)(Variance (Drift))
| |
| -0.01000 9 0.1160 0.0023
| |
| -0.01000 10 0.1013 0.0020 where: n = Count
| |
| -0.01000 11 0.0873 0.0017
| |
| -0.01000 12 0.0739 0.0007 4. Calculate the Quantity b:
| |
| -0.01000 13 0.0610 0.0006 0.00000 14 0.0484 0.0000 b = Sum[(a n_i+1)(X n_i+1 - Xi)]
| |
| 0.00000 15 0.0361 0.0000 0.00000 16 0.0239 0.0000 where: i = 1 to k 0.00000 17 0.0119 0.0000 k=(n-1)/2 0.00000 0.00000 a n-i+1 values are taken from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.00000 b= 0.0819 Calculate b2.
| |
| 0.00000 (Per Step 4) Compute the W Statistic and compare to the critical value at the 5% confidence 0.00000
| |
| * From Table 1 of Ref. 4.1.7. level. The table of critical values is given as Table 2 on page 9 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.00000 2
| |
| 0.00000 W::: b2 /S Results:
| |
| 0.01000 Since the W statistic, 0.9553, is greater than the 0.01000 Computed Values critical value for W, 0.934, this test does not 0.01000 S2= 0.0070 reject the assumption of normality for this data set.
| |
| 0.01000 b::: 0.0819 2
| |
| 0.01000 b ::: 0.0067 0.01000 Count 35 0.01000 W::: 0.9553 0.02000 WCritical = 0.934 5% Significance From Table 2 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.02 0.02 0.03
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay I>-lln,..t!l'"\n Page 7 of 11 Histogram Normal Cumulative Expected Bin Bin Descriptions No. StDev Bin Maximums = Observed Probability (CP i )
| |
| Distribution Frequency No. (NS) Mean + (NS*StDev) Frequency Probability (Table 18-2 Ref 4.1.4)
| |
| =
| |
| (Pnorm CP*-CP*.1 )
| |
| =
| |
| (Ei Pnorm*N) 1 Up to - 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -0.0374 1 0.0062 0.0062 0.2170 2 -2.5 to -2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.0 -0.0302 0 0.0228 0.0166 0.5793 3 -2.0 to -1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.5 -0.0230 0 0.0668 0.0441 1.5418 4 -1.5 to -1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -0.0158 5 0.1587 0.0919 3.2148 5 -1.0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -0.0086 7 0.3086 0.1499 5.2465 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 -0.0014 0 0.5000 0.1915 6.7008 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 0.0058 11 0.6915 0.1915 6.7008 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 0.0129 7 0.8414 0.1499 5.2465 9 +1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 0.0201 3 0.9332 0.0919 3.2148 10 +1.5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.0 0.0273 0 0.9773 0.0441 1.5418 11 +2.0 to +2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 0.0345 1 0.9938 0.0166 0.5793 12 More than Mean + 2.5 Standard Deviations More More 0 1.0000 0.0062 0.2170 Totals --
| |
| 35 --
| |
| 35 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +/- Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages Distribution 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 34 97.14% Mean -0.0014 2 (Bins 3-10) 33 94.29% 95.45% Std. Dev. 0.0144 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 33 94.29% Sample Size 35 1 (Bins 5-8) 25 71.43% 68.27% Kurtosis 0.472 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 11 31.43%
| |
| 1.
| |
| : 2. Obtain mean, standard deviation, and sample size.
| |
| : 3. Establishing bins in 1/2 sigma increments from the mean to 2.5 sigma in both directions, derive the upper bin limits, in units of drift, based on the values of the mean and standard deviation.
| |
| : 4. Obtain expected frequency for a normal distribution in each bin.
| |
| : 5. Manually compute the number of observed drift data points within each bin, and list under observed frequency.
| |
| : 6. Plot the Expected Frequency and the Observed Frequency Data on the Histogram for comparison to each other.
| |
| Results: Since the data passed the W Test for normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary. The Histogram is presented for information only.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE 1-27-A3E-E 1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 8 of 11 Histogram Histogram of Drift - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F
| |
| .- Undervoltage
| |
| - __ __ - Relay_ (Time
| |
| _.-.-..- - Delay Function)
| |
| ----- - ..-- --.- . *__**.._*..*__**..**..*.._*..*****..*.._ ..**..- *1 12 ~'-"."""'._.'-.'-""--- ..-.._.'.
| |
| ,erved 10 quency mal tribution 8
| |
| c:
| |
| 0
| |
| ~ 6 C-O a.
| |
| 4 2
| |
| o
| |
| -0.0374 -0.0302 -0.0230 ..0.0158 *0.0086 ..0.0014 0.0058 0.0129 0.0201 0.0273 0.0345 More Drift (sec)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 9 of 11 Scatter Plot Scatter Plot - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1 J-A1N6F Undervoltage Relay (Time Delay Function) 0.04 y = -4.422E-05x + 2.417E-02 0.03 0.02
| |
| - 0.01 [ * * *
| |
| - ~:~ ****.c
| |
| ()
| |
| Q) t/)
| |
| \I::
| |
| 'I:
| |
| C t .* .: *
| |
| -~ .~-~---- --~~r~~~-~-
| |
| -0.02
| |
| -0.03
| |
| -0.04
| |
| -0.05 ~L __ ~~~~~_~_~~~ __ ~_~_~_
| |
| 500 520 540 560 580 600 620 640 660 Time (Days)
| |
| Note: Equation on Scatter Plot is computer generated, based on the associated trend line.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 10 of 11 Binning Analysis Bin Statistics Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Count 35 Standard Dev. 0.0144 Mean -0.0014 Mean Interval 578.8000 Max Interval 646 Bin Definition and Selection Bin Hi Valid Limit Bin Population Bins Bins (Days) Count Percentage Included 1 45 0 0.0%
| |
| 2 135 0 0.0%
| |
| 3 230 0 0.0%
| |
| 4 460 0 0.0%
| |
| 5 690 35 100.0% 5 6 915 0 0.0%
| |
| 7 Over 0 0.0%
| |
| Total Count: 35 100%
| |
| See Section 3.8.3 of Reference 4.1.3 for Binning Analysis Methodology.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Basler Electric JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) Page 11 of 11 Analyzed Drift (DA)
| |
| Drift Bias Determination First, the bias term is evaluated for significance per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| Per Outlier Statistical Summary, Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 35 Drift Data Points Absolute Value of Average of FDS 0.0014 sec Standard Deviation (SFDS) 0.0144 sec t (for Count = 35 Data Points) 2.021 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 4)
| |
| Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit)
| |
| [Xcrit = t
| |
| * SFDS I (n)AO.5]
| |
| Xcrit = 0.0049 sec The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xerit value.
| |
| DA bias (current) = Negligible Random Drift Determination Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 35 Drift Data Points Standard Deviation FDS (SFDS) 0.0144 sec Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 579 Days Maximum Required Cal Interval 915 Days Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) 2.490 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 1)
| |
| [Current Interval Drift = SFDS
| |
| * TIF]
| |
| DArandom (current) =+/- 0.036 sec
| |
| [Extrap Drift = DArandom (current) * (Maximum Required Cal Interval I Average Bin 5 Observed Interval) 1/2]
| |
| DArandom (extrap) = +/- 0.045 sec for up to 915 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 1 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 o IP-2 o IP-3 DJAF OPLP DPNPS OVY [gI GGNS ORBS DW3 ONP Document No. JC-Q1111"()9003 Revision No.: 000 Page 1 of_7_
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BE1-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function)
| |
| [gI Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: t'81 Design Review o Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, siQn, and date) 0 Electrical 0 Mechanical i/Q/3CU
| |
| ~ Instrument and Control Richard J. Hannigan /.-tf~1-7?-
| |
| 0 CiviVStructural 0 Nuclear 0
| |
| 0 Originator: Aaron Castor IL~ I 1/'1111 Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 2 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKUST SHEET 1 OF3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| DCivil/Structural Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Basler Electric BEl-27-A3E-E1J-A1N6F Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) DElectrical Doc. No.: JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 QA Cat. 1 I8JI & C DMechanical Verifier: Richard J. Hannigan ~7.t--- ,1'1:/11 DNuclear DOther Print SiQn Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| 181 N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Design Review I8J Alternate Calculations D Qualification Test D The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "CommentS/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regUlatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc.
| |
| All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| AU inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes ~ NoD N/A 0
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes~ NoD N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes ~ No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 3 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 2 OF 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes [g1 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes [g1 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes [g1 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes [g1 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 9. Parts, EqUipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [g1
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 4 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 3 OF 3
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes [gJ No D N/A D
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A [gJ
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 5 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 Comments I Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date NONE
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 6 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION During the independent review of calculation JC-Q1111-09003, alternate application Lotus 1-2-3 was used to validate the results generated by MS Excel in the calculation. The reviewer independently generated the JC-Q1111-09003 results. In the table below the results of the validation for the JC-Q1111-09003 values and the values produced by Lotus 1-2-3 are illustrated.
| |
| The Final Data Set is derived from the Initial Data Set after removing the single outlier. The results from Lotus 1-2-3 validated the calculation JC-Q1111-09003 results generated by MS Excel. Minor differences in the values between the MS Excel generated results and the Lotus 1-2-3 generated results were reviewed and can be attributed to rounding and conversion between applications.
| |
| Below is a partial listing of some of the values from JC-Q1111-09003 that were validated:
| |
| JC-Q1111-09003 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Mean -0.0014 -0.0014 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Variance 0.0002 0.0002 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard 0.0144 0.0144 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Count 35 35 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Max 0.03 0.03 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Median 0.00 0.00 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Min -0.04 -0.04 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Range 0.07 0.07 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sum -0.050 -0.050 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Kurtosis 0.472 0.472 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Skewness -0.239 -0.239 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sequ 10 63 identified Sequ 1063 identified Outliers Lotus 1-2-3 Yes as outlier and removed. as outlier and removed.
| |
| Visual inspection Drift scatter plot shows agreement NA Lotus 1-2-3 Yes with trend line between the scatter plots and trend lines Drift scatter plot trend line Y =-4.422E-05x Y =-4.42E-05x Lotus 1-2-3 Yes
| |
| +2.417E-02 +2.42E-02 equation 0.9553 (does not reject 0.9553 (does not reject WTest Value assumption of assumption of Lotus 1-2-3 Yes normality) normality)
| |
| Visual inspection shows agreement Histogram N/A Lotus 1-2-3 Yes between the histograms
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09003 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 7 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION JC-Q1111-09003 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Data within 2.5 Standard 34 34 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 2.0 Standard 33 33 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 1.5 Standard 33 33 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 1.0 Standard 25 25 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 0.5 Standard 11 11 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Bin 5 count 35 35 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 drift Standard 0.0144 0.0144 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 5 drift mean -0.0014 -0.0014 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 interval 578.8000 578.8000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 5 interval 646 646 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Other values, including those based on the above parameters, were checked using hand calculations.
| |
| | |
| JC-Q 1111-09004 o ANO-1 OANO-2 1251 GGNS o IP-2 OIP-3 DPLP DJAF OPNPS ORBS OVY OW3 o NP-GGNS-3 o NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION EC # (2)
| |
| Page 1 of COVER PAGE (1) 39554 --!L (3) Design Basis Calc. ~ YES DNO (4) r8J CALCULATION DEC Markup (5) Calculation No: JC-Q1111-09004 (6) Revision: 000 (1) (8) Editorial
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay DYES ~NO Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| (9)
| |
| System(s): E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) Safety Class: (12) ComponentlEquipmentlStructure TypeINumber:
| |
| [8J Safety I Quality Related 1A701-127-2A 1A70S-127-1A o Augmented Quality Program o Non-Safety Related 1A701-127-2B 1A70a-127-1B (13) Document Type: J05.02 (14) Keywords (DescriptionITopical Codes):
| |
| Drift REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date see AS for EOI acceptance Aa/~ c:q)"/ll and Supervisor approval R.A. Hunter / 8--S-" R.J. Hannigan /~t~ signatures Responsible Engineer I SupervisorlApproval
| |
| ~ Design Verifier D Reviewer
| |
| [8J Comments Attached o Comments Attached
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 2 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09004 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 I. Ee Markups Incorporated None Input Output Impact Tracking II. Relationships: Sht Rev Doc Doc YIN No.
| |
| : 1. ECH-NE-08-00015 001 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1P81-90024 0 002 0 I:R1 Y EC39554
| |
| : 3. MAI00254979 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 4. MAI00280516 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 5. MAI00315292 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 6. WOOO087765 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 7. WOOO099920 0 I:R1 0 N WOO0134224 0 I:R1 0 N WOO0165833 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 10. WOO0193811 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 11. WO-50335887 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 12. WO-51006010 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 13. WO-51 083447 0 I:R1 0 N
| |
| : 14. WO-51680606 0 I:R1 0 N III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. American National Standard N15.15-1974, Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)
| |
| : 2. ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 3. DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, February 1981
| |
| : 4. EPRI TR-103335R1, Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension I Reduction Programs, October 1998
| |
| : 5. ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation, Second Printing, June 12, 1995
| |
| : 6. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle, April 2, 1991 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 3 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09004 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No.
| |
| VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 4 of 13
| |
| ** " ...........""11 *.Rtl'l,;uIO*.of.Revisiofl 000 Initial issue.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 5 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Purpose 6 2 Conclusions 7 3 Design Inputs 7 4 References 7 5 Assumptions 8 6 Method of Analysis 8 7 Analysis 9 8 Attachments 13 Attachment 1 - Drift Analysis Supporting Information (Excel Spreadsheet) - 12 pages Attachment 2 - DVR Forms with Comments - 7 pages
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 6 of 13 1 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this analysis is to establish more realistic drift values and characteristics to be used by instrument uncertainty calculations for determination of setpoints and allowable values for the subject instrumentation. The drift values are determined by historical As Found / As Left data analysis.
| |
| 1.2 Specifically, this analysis addresses ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) with tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 below. Also shown in the table are the calibration procedure numbers, device functions, and applicable Technical Specification (TS) sections. The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Undervoltage Function) used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| TABLE 1.2-1 COMPONENT LIST PROCEDURE NO.-ATT TAG NO. FUNCTION TS SECTION Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation 1A701-127-2A SR 3.3.8.1.2 1A701-127-2B Division 3 - 4.16 kV Emergency Bus 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.c 1A708-127-1A Undervoltage 1A708-127-1B Degraded Voltage - 4.16 kV basis
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 7 of 13 2 Conclusions 2.1 The bounding Analyzed Drift (DA) for the ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) (See Table 1.2-1) has been determined to be +/- 1.460 VAC for 30 months (24 months + 25%), with no significant bias. The Analyzed Drift should be treated as a normally distributed, 20- value for uncertainty analysis.
| |
| 2.2 The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to all of the ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays in Table 1.2-1 and to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 3 Design Inputs 3.1 Pages 1 through 3 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the historical As Left (AL) and As Found (AF) data, as obtained from Reference 4.2.1, with any data exclusions or modifications noted. All dates of calibration are also entered to provide time intervals between calibrations. (Note that the data is recorded in units of VAC, as measured for direct calibration of the relay; which is not the actual bus voltage.)
| |
| 4 References 4.1 METHODOLOGY 4.1.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation" 4.1.2 ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation 4.1.3 ECH-NE-08-00015, "Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide," Rev. 001 4.1.4 EPRI TR-1 03335R1, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension I Reduction Programs," October 1998 4.1.5 DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, "Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference," February 1981 4.1.6 NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle," April 2, 1991 4.1.7 American National Standard N15.15-1974, "Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)"
| |
| 4.2 PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Historical Calibration Records from GGNS Surveillance Test Procedure Results for 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 8 of 13 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS REFERENCES 4.3.1 None 5 Assumptions 5.1 This drift report employs those assumptions customarily used for standard statistical analyses, as directed by Reference 4.1.3, such as the assumption that a distribution is normal and the use of statistical tests to confirm this hypothesis.
| |
| 5.2 This drift report is based on analysis of historical As Found and As Left data from calibration records for the ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Ti me Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) listed in Table 1.2-1. The results of this analysis can also apply to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay used at GGNS, but care must be taken when applying these results. Specifically, in order to apply the results of this analysis to other similar devices, the devices must meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 6 Method of Analysis 6.1 The methodology used for this analysis is Reference 4.1.3, which is written in accordance with Reference 4.1.4, using References 4.1.1,4.1.2 and 4.1.7 to supplement. An overview of the methodology is given herein, and any deviation from Reference 4.1.3 or any supplemental methods used herein are described.
| |
| 6.2 This analysis determines the drift values for the subject instrumentation by analysis of historical As Found I As Left data from calibration records. Drift for a given device for a calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous As Left setting from a more recent As Found setting. The time interval for that calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous date from the more recent date, in units of days. All retrievable As Left and As Found data is collected for each calibration performed on each device covered by this report, for the study period. From this information, the drift and calibration interval is generated for each possible instance. Per Section 3.4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, 'The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pooL" The devices covered by this report are currently calibrated on an 18 Month basis, and the proposed extension is for a 24 Month nominal calibration interval. Therefore, a study period of 16 years represents more than ten of the present calibration cycles, and eight of the proposed calibration cycles, which is adequate to understand the component's performance over time. Also, a sufficient number of valid drift values are provided as a result of the selected study period to make a statistically valid pool. Therefore, As Found and As Left Data values are entered from calibrations occurring for approximately the last 16 years.
| |
| 6.3 Determination of the Analyzed Drift is generally accomplished through the following steps.
| |
| 6.3.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data: In addition to gathering the As Found and As Left data, and computing the drift values and time intervals, this step also involves an investigation into whether all of the devices should be analyzed together, or whether they should be separated into smaller analysis groups. Finally, this step
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 9 of 13 involves careful screening of the input data for errors or other situations that could disrupt the proper determination of drift.
| |
| 6.3.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary: In order to properly model the drift characteristics for a device, it could be proper to remove up to one more data value, which obviously does not conform to the vast majority of the data. A t-Test is performed on the data to detect any outliers, and remove up to one if appropriate, per the guidelines of Reference 4.1.3. Additionally, the basic statistical values which describe the group of drift data are derived in this step, including such parameters as Mean, Standard Deviation, Count, Median, Minimum, Maximum, etc.
| |
| 6.3.3 Tests for Normality: Per Reference 4.1.3, a statistical test (W or D-Prime, depending on sample size) is performed on the drift data to support the hypothesis that the data conforms to a normal distribution. If this test is unable to support that hypothesis, then a Coverage Analysis is performed to ensure that the data can be conservatively modeled by a normal distribution and to provide an adjustment to the standard deviation of the drift model, if necessary to conservatively envelop the observed data population.
| |
| | |
| ====6.3.4 Time-Dependency====
| |
| Per Reference 4.1.3, Scatter Plots and a time-based Binning Analysis are developed for the data to establish the time-dependency of the drift. If enough drift data exists for significantly different time intervals, regression analysis is performed to aid in the determination of time-dependency. The drift data is determined to be strongly time dependent or moderately time dependent, for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 6.3.5 Analyzed Drift Derivation and Characterization: The drift values are determined for the current calibration interval. These values are conservatively extrapolated to the desired calibration interval, based on the methods prescribed in Reference 4.1.3, depending on the degree of time-dependency derived for the drift data.
| |
| 6.4 The mathematical computations of the statistical analysis are performed within an Excel spreadsheet. Supporting information from the spreadsheet is printed out in the form of Attachment 1 to this analysis. Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations will produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison.
| |
| 6.5 Acceptance Criteria: Since the purpose of the analysis is to generate a value and description of the characteristics of the drift of the evaluated make/model, there are no specific acceptance criteria.
| |
| 7 Analysis
| |
| : 7. 1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data 7.1.1 Specifically, this analysis addresses ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function), with the tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 of this analysis.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 10 of 13 7.1.2 Pages 1 through 3 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the initial As Found and As Left data from available historical plant calibration records for the subject undervoltage time delay relays. Note that the calibration dates are also recorded, and notes are provided to clarify the activities performed or to provide additional information about the data, as appropriate. This data was entered into an Excel spreadsheet for computation of the drift values, time intervals between calibrations and statistical analysis.
| |
| 7.1.3 A screening of the initial input data from pages 1 through 3 of Attachment 1 was performed. To help identify erroneous data, an informal critical T-test was performed, with the Critical T values reduced incrementally until approximately 10%
| |
| of the data population was identified as outliers. Those outliers were researched, and no additional data errors were revealed. As shown in Table 7.1.4-1, there was no excluded data The specific informal T-tests performed are not documented, as they are only used as tools to identify potentially erroneous data and do not contribute to the analysis of the valid data.
| |
| 7.1.4 Data not entered into the analysis is listed in the table below, showing the reasoning used in not entering the data.
| |
| Table 7.1.4-1 Data Not Entered in the Drift Analysis Procedure- Tag Number Surveillance Comments/Disposition Attachment Date(s) none none none none 7.1.5 Per the methodology of Section 4.1.1.11 of Reference 4.1.3, drift is computed by subtracting the As Left data of one calibration from the As Found data of the next calibration, as documented in pages 4 and 5 of Attachment 1. These pages also document the time interval between calibrations (in the number of days and months) by subtracting the As Left date of one calibration from the As Found date of the next calibration, per Section 4.1.1.10 of Reference 4.1.3. Pages 4 and 5 of Attachment 1 import the Sequence ID, the Tag No., the AF / AL flags, the dates of calibration and the As Found and As Left data from pages 1 through 3 of Attachment 1 and compute the interval between calibrations. Pages 4 and 5 derive the drift values and time intervals between calibrations from the data presented on pages 1 through 3 of Attachment 1. As an example of the equations used, the first drift value and time interval are computed as follows. The rest of the values are computed identically.
| |
| Drift (Seq 1) =AF (05/01/09) - AL (09/21/07) [For Tag 1A701-127-2A]
| |
| =104.7 (From Seq. 1) -104.9 (From Seq. 4)
| |
| = -0.2 VAC
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 11 of 13 Cal Interval (Seq 1) =05/01/09 - 09/21/07
| |
| =588 Days Cal Interval (Mo.) =Cal Interval (Days) x 12 Months / 365.25 Days
| |
| = 19.3 Months 7.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary 7.2.1 The outlier analysis is recorded on page 6 of Attachment 1 to this drift analysis.
| |
| These pages display the Sequence No., Tag ID, Drift, and Calibration Interval (in units of days). The critical T value used in the outlier analysis comes directly from Table 2 of Reference 4.1.3. As shown on page 6 of Attachment 1, no outliers were detected from the analysis per Section 3.6.3 of Reference 4.1.3. The Final Data Set (FDS) for this analysis is documented on page 6 of Attachment 1 and is identical to the Initial Data Set. A summary of the required statistical values for the Final Data Set, per Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, is developed on page 6 of Attachment 1.
| |
| Cell formulas for the determinations of statistical quantities are used directly from Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| : 7. 3 Tests for Normality 7.3.1 Since the FDS contains less than 50 samples, the W Test is performed on the data to test for normality, as shown on page 7 of Attachment 1. Per the methodology of Section 3.7.2 of Reference 4.1.3, the details of the W Test methodology are shown in Reference 4.1.7. Equations used are listed on page 7 of Attachment 1. Since the calculated W statistic (0.9734) is greater than the critical value for W (0.944), this test does not reject the assumption of normality for this data set. Therefore, the data is established as normally distributed, and no coverage analysis is necessary.
| |
| 7.3.2 Since the W test did not reject the assumption of normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary, but a Histogram is developed for information only. The Histogram is developed and documented on pages 8 and 9 of Attachment 1, per Sections 3.7.5 and 4.4 of Reference 4.1.3. To generate the Histogram data, the drift values are categorized into 12 bins, in relation to the mean and standard deviation. These bins are generated in multiples of % Standard Deviation increments, and the bin maximum values are derived in accordance with the methods given in Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4. (See page 8 of Attachment 1 for specific formulas used for the maximums.)
| |
| The expected populations within each bin are developed from normal distribution percentages, as shown on page 8 of Attachment 1. The Histogram is presented on page 9 of Attach ment 1.
| |
| 7.4 Time-Dependency 7.4.1 In order to determine time-dependency of the drift data, the data is first plotted as a scatter plot on page 10 of Attachment 1, in accordance with the methodology of Section 4.5.1 of Reference 4.1.3. The trend line within this scatter plot starts at a positive value and crosses zero within the analysis period. The trend line and associated equation are noted on the scatter plot on page 10 of Attachment 1.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 12 of 13 7.4.2 The binning analysis is performed on page 11 of Attachment 1. The drift and time interval data are divided into bins, based on the intervals between calibrations as defined in Section 3.8.3.1 of Reference 4.1.3. Statistical summaries for each bin, including count, mean, standard deviation, mean time interval and maximum observed time interval are computed. Excel functions are used to determine the statistical summary values for each bin, and are used explicitly from Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3 and 4.2.7 of Reference 4.1.3. This information is presented on page 11 of Attachment 1. Per Section 3.8.3.4 of Reference 4.1.3, after removing those bins with 5 or less data points and those with less than or equal to 10% of total popUlation, only Bin 5 remains. Therefore, it is concluded that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. Therefore, no more time dependency analysis is performed for this data set. The data is treated as moderately time dependent for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 7.5 Analyzed Drift (DA) Derivation and Characterization 7.5.1 As shown on page 12 of Attachment 1, per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3, the drift bias error is evaluated for significance. The Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit) is computed and compared to the Absolute Value of Average of the Final Data Set.
| |
| The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value. Therefore, the Analyzed Drift Bias term (DAbias ) is negligible.
| |
| 7.5.2 Per Section 4.6.6 of Reference 4.1.3, the random portion of the Analyzed Drift is determined from multiplying the standard deviation of the Final Data Set by the Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF), and extrapolating as required to a calibration interval of 30 months. Since the random portion of drift has been determined to be moderately time-dependent for the purpose of extrapolation, the standard deviation of the Final Data Set is used with the average observed time interval from Bin 5 on page 11 of Attachment 1 as the starting point. The TIF is obtained from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.3 as 2.445 for a 95/95 significance. The computation of this value is shown on page 12 of Attachment 1 to result in a DArandom(extrap) term of +/- 1.460 VAC.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 13 of 13 8 Attachments Attachment 1 - Analysis Spreadsheet (12 pages)
| |
| Spreadsheet Contents Pages Input Data 1-3 AF-AL Data 4-5 Outliers & Summary 6 WTest 7 Histogram 8-9 Scatter Plot 10 Binning Analysis 11 Analyzed Drift (DA) 12 Attachment 2 - DVR Form (7 pages)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 1 of 12 Seq AF/ AL 10 Tag 10 Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 1 1A701-127-2A 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAC 2 1A701-127-2A 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAC 3 1A701-127-2A 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.9 VAC 4 1A701-127-2A 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.9 VAC 5 1A701-127-2A 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.6 VAC 6 1A701-127-2A 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.6 VAC 7 1A701-127-2A 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.6 VAC 8 1A701-127-2A 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.6 VAC 9 1A701-127-2A 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 105.1 VAC 10 1A701-127-2A 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 105.1 VAC 11 1A701-127-2A 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104 VAC 12 1A701-127-2A 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104 VAC 13 1A701-127-2A 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAC 14 1A701-127-2A 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAC 15 1A701-127-2A 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.1 VAC 16 1A701-127-2A 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.1 VAC 17 1A701-127-2A 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211 T4175 AF 104.6 104.6 VAC 18 1A701-127-2A 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.6 VAC 19 1A701-127-2A 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.5 VAC 20 1A701-127-2A 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.5 VAC 21 1A701-127-2A 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.2 VAC 22 1A701-127-2A 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.2 VAC 23 1A701-127-2A 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIF 104.6 104.6 VAC 24 1A701-127-2A 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.6 VAC 25 1A701-127-2B 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIF 104.6 104.6 VAC 26 1A701-127-2B 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.6 VAC 27 1A701-127-2B 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIF 104.6 104.7 VAC 28 1A701-127-2B 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAC 29 1A701-127-2B 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.4 VAC 30 1A701-127-2B 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.4 VAC 31 1A701-127-2B 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.5 VAC 32 1A701-127-2B 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.5 VAC 33 1A701-127-2B 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.73 VAC 34 1A701-127-2B 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.73 VAC 35 1A701-127-2B 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104 VAC 36 1A701-127-2B 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104 VAC 37 1A701-127-2B 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAC 38 1A701-127-2B 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAC 39 1A701-127-2B 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 Ai=' 104.6 104.24 VAC 40 1A701-127-2B 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.24 VAC 41 1A701-127-2B 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAC
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC~Q1111~09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Input Data Page 2 of 12 Seq AF/ AL ID Tag ID Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 42 1A701~127~2B 07/12/96 06~EL~1 P81~R~0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAC 43 1A701~127~2B 01/09/95 06~EL~1 P81~R~0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAG 44 1A701~127-2B 01/09/95 06~EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAG 45 1A701-127-2B 07/12/93 06~EL~ 1P81 ~R~0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.7 VAG 46 1A701-127-2B 07/12/93 06~EL~ 1 P81-R~0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.7 VAG 47 1A701~127~2B 01/11/93 06~EL-1 P81~R-0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.9 VAG 48 1A701-127~2B 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81~R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.9 VAG 49 1A708~127~1A 05/01/09 06-~EL-1 P81 ~R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.3 VAG 50 1A708~127~1A 05/01/09 06~~EL~1 P81 ~R~0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.3 VAG 51 1A708~127~1A 09/21/07 06~EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.5 VAG 52 1A708-127-1A 09/21/07 06-EL~1 P81-R~0001 ~01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.5 VAG 53 1A708-127-1A 12/14/05 06~EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104 VAG 54 1A708~127~1A 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 ~01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104 VAG 55 1A708~127-1A 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.5 VAG 56 1A708~127~1A 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.5 VAG 57 1A708-127-1A 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81~R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.65 VAG 58 1A708-127-1A 07/31/02 06~EL~1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.65 VAG 59 1A708-127-1A 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103 VAG 60 1A708-127-1A 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81 ~R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104 VAG 61 1A708-127-1A 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.9 VAG 62 1A708~127-1A 06/11/99 06-EL~ 1P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.9 VAG 63 1A708-127~1A 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R~0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.27 VAG 64 1A708-127~1A 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.27 VAG 65 1A708-127-1A 07/12/96 06~EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.3 VAG 66 1A708-127-1A 07/12/96 06~EL-1 P81 ~R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.3 VAG 67 1A708-127~1A 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.4 VAG 68 1A708-127-1A 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL.. 104.6 103.4 VAG 69 1A708-127~1A 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.56 VAG 70 1A708-127-1A 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R~0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.56 VAG 71 1A708-127-1A 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.4 VAG 72 1A708-127-1A 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211 T4175 AL 104.6 103.4 VAG 73 1A708-127-1 B 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81~R~0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.3 VAG 74 1A708-127-1 B 05/01/09 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.3 VAG 75 1A708-127-1 B 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R~0001~01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.4 VAG 76 1A708-127-1 B 09/21/07 06-EL~ 1P81 ~R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.4 VAG 77 1A708~127~1 B 12/14/05 06~EL-1 P81 ~R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.9 VAG 78 1A708~127~1 B 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81 ~R~0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.9 VAG 79 1A708~127~1 B 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81 ~R~0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.3 VAG 80 1A708-127~1B 04/02/04 06~EL~1 P81 ~R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 104.3 VAG 81 1A708~127-1 B 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81 ~R~0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 104.49 VAG 82 1A708-127~1 B 07/31/02 06~EL~1 P81 ~R-0001 ~O1 ITE 211T4175 AI. 104.6 104.49 VAG
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JG-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 3 of 12 Seq AFt AL 10 Tag 10 Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 83 1A708-127-1 B 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 102.9 VAG 84 1A708-127-1B 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-000 1-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.9 VAG 85 1A708-127-1B 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.8 VAG 86 1A708-127-1 B 06/11/99 06-EIL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIL 104.6 103.8 VAG 87 1A708-127-1 B 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.2 VAG 88 1A708-127-1 B 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 104.6 103.2 VAG 89 1A708-127-1 B 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.4 VAG 90 1A708-127-1 B 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIL 104.6 103.4 VAG 91 1A708-127-1B 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.2 VAG 92 1A708-127-1 B 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIL 104.6 103.2 VAG 93 1A708-127-1 B 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.5 VAG 94 1A708-127-1 B 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIL 104.6 103.5 VAG 95 1A708-127-1 B 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 104.6 103.2 VAG 96 1A708-127-1 B 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AIL 104.6 103.2 VAG
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 4 of 12 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data* Prev Cal Al Data) CAL. INTERVAL =(Current Date* Previous Date) 10 Tag 10 (VAC) Days Months 1 lA701-127-2A -0.2 588 19.3 3 lA701-127-2A 0.3 646 21.2 5 lA701-127-2A 0 621 20.4 7 lA701-127-2A -0.5 611 20.1 9 lA701-127-2A 1.1 559 18.4 11 lA701-127-2A -0.7 587 19.3 13 lA701-127-2A 0.6 518 17.0 15 lA701-127-2A -0.5 546 17.9 17 lA701-127-2A 0.1 550 18.1 19 lA701-127-2A 0.3 546 17.9 21 lA701-127-2A -0.4 182 6.0 25 lA701-127-2B -0.1 588 19.3 27 lA701-127-2B 0.3 646 21.2 29 lA701-127-2B -0.1 621 20.4 31 lA701-127-2B -0.23 611 20.1 33 lA701-127-2B 0.73 558 18.3 35 lA701-127-2B -0.7 588 19.3 37 lA701-127-2B 0.46 518 17.0 39 lA701-127-2B -0.46 546 17.9 41 lA701-127-2B 0 550 18.1 43 lA701-127-2B 0 546 17.9 45 lA701-127-2B 0.8 182 6.0 49 lA708-127-1A -0.2 588 19.3 51 lA708-127-1A 0.5 646 21.2 53 lA708-127-1A -0.5 621 20.4 55 lA708-127-1A -0.15 611 20.1 57 lA708-127-1A 0.65 559 18.4 59 lA708-127-1A -0.9 587 19.3 61 lA708-127-1A 0.63 518 17.0 63 lA708-127-1A -0.03 546 17.9 65 lA708-127-1A -0.1 550 18.1 67 lA708-127-1A -0.16 546 17.9 69 lA708-127-1A 0.16 182 6.0 73 lA708-127-1B -0.1 588 19.3 75 lA708-127-1 B 0.5 646 21.2 77 lA708-127-1B -0.4 621 20.4 79 lA708-127-1 B -0.19 611 20.1 81 lA708-127-1B 0.59 558 18.3 83 lA708-127-1B -0.9 588 19.3
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 5 of 12 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data - Prev Cal AL Data) CAL. INTERVAL =(Current Date - Previous Date) 10 Tag 10 (VAC) Days Months 85 1A708-127-18 0.6 518 17.0 87 1A708-127-18 -0.2 546 17.9 89 1A708-127-18 0.2 550 18.1 91 1A708-127-18 -0.3 546 17.9 93 1A708-127-18 0.3 182 6.0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Outliers & Summary Page 6 of 12 Extreme Final Drift Cal Interval Cal Interval Seq.ID TaglD Drift (VAC) Studentized Data Set (Days) (Days)
| |
| Deviate (T) (VAC) 1 1A701-127-2A .Q.2 588 0.460 -0.2 588 3 1A701-127-2A 0.3 646 0.594 Raw Drift Data Statistics Summary 0.3 646 5 1A701-127-2A 0 621 0.038 (Initial Data Set) 0 621 7 1A701-127-2A -0.5 611 1.093 Mean (Average) 0.0182 -0.5 611 9 1A701-127-2A 1.1 559 2.281 Variance 0.2249 1.1 559 11 1A701-127-2A -0.7 587 1.514 Std. Dev. 0.4743 -0.7 587 13 1A701-127-2A 0.6 518 1.227 Sample Size (Count) 44 0.6 518 15 1A701-127-2A **0.5 546 1.093 Maximum 1.10 -0.5 546 17 1A701-127-2A 0.1 550 0.173 Median -0.06 0.1 550 19 1A701-127-2A 0.3 546 0.594 Minimum -0.90 0.3 546 21 1A701-127-2A -0.4 182 0.882 Range 2.00 -0.4 182 Sum 0.800 25 1A701-127-2B -0.1 588 0.249 Kurtosis -0.517 -0.1 588 27 1A701-127-2B 0.3 646 0.594 Skewness 0.116 0.3 646 29 1A701-127-2B -0.1 621 0.249 -0.1 621 31 1A701-127-2B -0.23 611 0.523 Critical T-Value (Upper 5% Signif.) 2.92 -0.23 611 33 1A701-127-2B 0.73 558 1.501 0.73 558 35 1A701-127-2B -0.7 588 1.514 Equation for Each Studentized Deviate: T= IDrift-MeanI/Std. Dev. -0.7 588 37 1A701-127-2B 0.46 518 0.932 Crit T Value Lookup Value from Ref. 4.1.3 Table 2, per sample 0.46 518 39 1A701-127-2B -0.46 546 1.008 size. See Sections 3.6.1 and 3.6.:2 of Reference 4.1.3. -0.46 546 41 1A701-127-2B 0 550 0.038 Outlier(s) Denoted as such in Final Drift Data Set column. 0 550 43 1A701-127-2B 0 546 0.038 There were no outliers. 0 546 45 1A701-127-2B 0.8 182 1.648 0.8 182 Drift Data Statistics Summary 49 1A708-127-1A -0.2 588 0.460 (Final Data Set) -0.2 588 51 1A708-127-1A 0.5 646 1.016 Mean (Average) 0.0182 0.5 646 53 1A708-127-1A -0.5 621 1.093 Variance 0.2249 -0.5 621 55 1A708-127-1A -0.15 611 0.355 Std. Dev. 0.4743 -0.15 611 57 1A708-127-1A 0.65 559 1.332 Sample Size (Count) 44 0.65 559 59 1A708-127-1A -0.9 587 1.936 Maximum 1.10 -0.9 587 61 1A708-127-1A 0.63 518 1.290 Median -0.06 0.63 518 63 1A708-127-1A -0.03 546 0.102 Minimum -0.90 -0.03 546 65 1A708-127-1A -0.1 550 0.249 Range 2.00 -0.1 550 67 1A708-127-1A -0.16 546 0.376 Sum 0.800 -0.16 546 69 1A708-127-1A 0.16 182 0.299 Kurtosis -0.517 0.16 182 Skewness 0.116 73 1A708-127-1B -0.1 588 0.249 -0.1 588 75 1A708-127-1B 0.5 646 1.016 0.5 646 77 1A708-127-1 B -0.4 621 0.882 -0.4 621 79 1A708-127-1B -0.19 611 0.439 -0.19 611 81 1A708-127-1 B 0.59 558 1.206 0.59 558 83 1A708-127-1B -0.9 588 1.936 -0.9 588 85 1A708-127-1B 0.6 518 1.227 0.6 518 87 1A708-127-1B -0.2 546 0.460 -0.2 546 89 1A708-127-1B 0.2 550 0.383 0.2 550 91 1A708-127-1B **0.3 546 0.671 -0.3 546 93 1A708-127-1B 0.3 182 0.594 0.3 182
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION WTest Page 7 of 12 Drift b l (Per Step Values "I" an~+l 4)
| |
| -0.9 1 0.3872 0.7744 Specific W Normality Test Methodology from Reference 4.1.7 amf Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4
| |
| -0.9 2 0.2667 0.4534
| |
| -0.7 3 0.2323 0.3322 Steps to Perform:
| |
| -0.7 4 0.2072 0.2797 Paste all final drift data into column 1.
| |
| -0.5 5 0.1868 0.2111 Sort in ascending order.
| |
| -0.5 6 0.1695 0.1865 Calculate S2 taking the variance of the drift data adjusted by (Count-1)
| |
| -0.5 7 0.1542 0.1696
| |
| -0.46 8 0.1405 0.1475 S2 = (n-1)(Variance (Drift))
| |
| -0.4 9 0.1278 0.1150
| |
| -0.4 10 0.1160 0.1044 where: n = Count
| |
| -0.3 11 0.1049 0.0797
| |
| -0.23 12 0.0943 0.0500 Calculate the Quantity b:
| |
| -0.2 13 0.0842 0.0421
| |
| -0.2 14 0.0745 0.0373 b = Sum[(an~+1)(Xn~+1 x,)]
| |
| -0.2 15 0.0651 0.0326
| |
| -0.19 16 0.0560 0.0218 where: i = 1 to k
| |
| -0.16 17 0.0471 0.0151 =
| |
| k n/2
| |
| -0.15 18 0.0383 0.0096
| |
| -0.1 19 0.0296 0.0030 an~+1 values are taken from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| -0.1 20 0.0211 0.0021 Calculate b2
| |
| -0.1 21 0.0126 0.0013 Compute the W Statistic and to the critical value at the 5% confidence
| |
| -0.1 22 0.0042 0.0003 level. The table of critical values given as Table 2 on page 9 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| -0.03 2
| |
| 0 W= b2/S 0 b= 3.0685 Since the W statistic, 0.9734, is greater than the 0 (Per Step 4) Computed Values critical value for W, 0.944, this test does not 0.1
| |
| * From Table 1 of Ref. 4.1. 7. S2= 9.6727 reject the assumption of normality for this data set.
| |
| 0.16 b= 3.0685 0.2 b 2
| |
| = 9.4158 0.3 Count (n): 44 0.3 W= b2/S 2 :::: 0.9734 0.3 WCritical 0.944 5% Significance From Table 2 of I~eference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.3 0.46 0.5 0.5 0.59 0.6 0.6 0.63 0.65 0.73 0.8 1.1
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 8 of 12 Normal Cumulative Expected Bin Bin Descriptions No. StDev Bin Maximums = Observed Probability (CP j )
| |
| Distribution Frequency No. (NS) Mean + (NS*StDev) Frequency Probability (Table 18-2 Ref 4.1.4)
| |
| =
| |
| (Pnorm CP,-CP i _1)
| |
| =
| |
| (Ei Pnorm*N) 1 Up to - 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -1,1675 0 0.0062 0.0062 0.2728 2 -2.5 to -2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.0 -0.9304 0 0.0228 0.0166 0.7282 3 -2.0 to -1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.5 -0.6932 4 0.0668 0.0441 1.9382 4 -1.5 to -1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -0.4561 4 0.1587 0.0919 4.0414 5 -1.0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -0.2190 4 0.3086 0.1499 6.5956 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 0.0182 14 0.5000 0.1915 8.4238 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 0.2553 3 0.6915 0.1915 8.4238 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 0.4925 5 0.8414 0.1499 6.5956 9 + 1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 0.7296 7 0.9332 0.0919 4.0414 10 +1.5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.0 0.9668 2 0.9773 0.0441 1.9382 11 +2.0 to +2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 1.2039 1 0.9938 0.0166 0.7282 12 More than Mean + 2.5 Standard Deviatiom More More 0 1.0000 0.0062 0.2728 Totals 44 44 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +/- Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages Distribution 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 44 100.00% Mean 0.0182 2 (Bins 3-10) 43 97.73% 95.45% Std. Dev. 0.4743 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 37 84.09% Sample Size 44 1 (Bins 5-8) 26 59.09% 68.27% Kurtosis -0.517 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 17 38.64%
| |
| 1.~~~=~~~~QtfQQ..ll.J~~3
| |
| : 2. Obtain mean, standard deviation, sample size, and kurtosis.
| |
| : 3. Establishing bins in 1/2 sigma increments from the mean to 2.5 sigma in both directions, derive the upper bin limits, in units of drift, based on the values of the mean and standard deviation.
| |
| : 4. Obtain expected frequency for a normal distribution in each bin.
| |
| : 5. Manually compute the number of observed drift data points within each bin, and list under observed frequency.
| |
| : 6. Plot the Expected Frequency and the Observed Frequency Data on the Histogram for comparison to each other.
| |
| Results: Since the data passed the W Test for normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary. The Histogram is presented for information only.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 9 of 12 Histogram of Drift - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Relay (Undervoltage Function) 16 -r-~'~-'~~~--~~-'-'~"'""-~-~-~~"~--"-~"~-~'~"""-"--' *._--"~~-----_ .*."_.._""-~_. __."_..-_..__ .~.~._-~-"--_.-~~~-~.--~,"-~-, .._--,
| |
| ~'-------,
| |
| i IllIilI!mlJ Observed II 14* ' Frequency
| |
| _w~k" Normal I 12 I Distribution I c: 10 o
| |
| :::J Q.
| |
| o 6 a..
| |
| 4 2
| |
| "-"ii!\
| |
| o I -
| |
| -1.1675 -0.9304 -0.6932 -0.4561 -0.2190 0.0182 0.2553 0,4925 0.7296 0.9668 1.2039 More Drift (VAC)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Scatter Plot Page 10 of 12 Scatter Plot - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| - Linear (Drift) 1.0 y =-7.61 OE-04x + 4.301 E-01
| |
| * 0' 0.5 ** 1
| |
| ~
| |
| .oil..-
| |
| - 0.0 .s:t-- ..... **1
| |
| =
| |
| i , : .
| |
| ' i:
| |
| C
| |
| -0.5 * * *
| |
| -1.0 *
| |
| -1.5 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Time (Days)
| |
| Note: Equation on Scatter Plot is computer generated, based on the associated trend line.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Binning Analysis Page 11 of 12 Bin Statistics Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Count 4 40 Standard Dev. 0.4935 0.4742 Mean 0.2150 -0.0015 Mean Interval 182.0000 577.2000 Max Interval 182 646 Bin Definition and Selection Bin Hi Valid Limit Bin Population Bins Bins (Days) Count Percentage Included 1 45 0 0.0%
| |
| 2 135 0 0.0%
| |
| 3 230 4 9.1%
| |
| 4 460 0 0.0%
| |
| 5 690 40 90.9% 5 6 915 0 0.0%
| |
| 7 Over 0 0.0%
| |
| Total Count: 44 100%
| |
| See Section 3.8.3 of Reference 4.1.3 for Binning Analysis Methodology.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09004 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Undervoltage Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analyzed Drift (DA) Page 12 of 12 Drift Bias Determination First, the bias term is evaluated for significance per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| Per Outlier Statistical Summary, Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 44 Drift Data Points Absolute Value of Average of FDS 0.0182 VAC Standard Deviation (SFDS) 0.4743 VAC t (for Count =44 Data Points) 2.000 (Ref. 4 . 1.3, Table 4)
| |
| Significant Bias Critical Value (XcriU
| |
| [Xcrit = t
| |
| * SFDS 1 (n)1\0.5]
| |
| xcrit = 0.1430 VAC The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value.
| |
| DA bias (current) = Negligible Random Drift Determination Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 44 Drift Data Points Standard Deviation (SFDS) 0.4743 VAC Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 577 Days Maximum Required Cal Interval 915 Days Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) 2.445 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 1)
| |
| [Current Interval Drift =SFDS
| |
| * DArandom (current) =+1- 1.160VAC
| |
| [Extrap Drift =DArandom (current) * (Maximum Required Cal Interval 1 Average Bin 5 Observed Interval) 1/2]
| |
| DArandom (extrap) = +/- 1.460 VAC for up to 915 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 1 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 o IP-2 o IP-3 OJAF DpLP DPNPS OVY I8J GGNS ORBS OW3 DNP Document No. JC-Q1111-09004 Revision No.: 000 Page 1 of_7_
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function)
| |
| I8J Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: l2$] Design Review o Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND I VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, siQn, and date) 0 Electrical i 0 Mechanical I rzJ Instrument and Control I
| |
| i Richard J. f~ctlli lI1..itUi Jfld~_
| |
| ~
| |
| I 0 Civil/Structu ral 0 Nuclear 0 I I
| |
| 0 I Originator: A.A. Hunter I Ra~ I E"'S-II Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| DRIfT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 2 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 1 OF3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| DCivil/Structurai Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Undervoltage Function) o Electrical Doc. No. JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 QA Cat. 1 r8J1 & C DMechanical k?q~
| |
| DNuclear Verifier: Richard J. Hannigan ~/!iil(
| |
| Print Date o Other Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| r8J N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Design Review r8J Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc.
| |
| All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable, All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 3 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 2 OF 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes 0 No D N/A D
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes rg] No D N/A D
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes rg] No D N/A D
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes rg] No D N/A D
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A 0
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A 0
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accom plished?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A rg]
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes D No D N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 4 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 3 OF 3
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A I2$l
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A I2$l
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes I2$l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN- IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-1 04 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A I2$l
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A I2$l
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 5 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 Comments I Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date NONE
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 6 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION During the independent review of calculation JC-Q1111-09004, alternate application Lotus 1-2-3 was used to validate the results generated by MS Excel in the calculation. The reviewer independently generated the JC-Q1111-09004 results. In the table below the results of the validation for the JC-Q1111-09004 values and the values produced by Lotus 1-2-3 are illustrated.
| |
| The Final Data Set is identical to the Initial Data Set since there were not any outliers. The results from Lotus 1-2-3 validated the calculation JC-Q1111-09004 results generated by MS Excel. Minor differences in the values between the MS Excel generated results and the Lotus 1-2-3 generated results were reviewed and can be attributed to rounding and conversion between applications.
| |
| Below is a partial listing of some of the values from JC-Q1111-09004 that were validated:
| |
| JC-Q1111-09004 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Mean 0.0182 0.0182 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Variance 0.2249 0.2249 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard 0.4743 0.4743 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Count 44 44 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Max 1.10 1.10 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Median -0.06 -0.06 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Min -0.90 -0.90 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Range 2.00 2.00 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sum 0.800 0.800 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Kurtosis -0.517 -0.517 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Skewness 0.116 0.116 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Outliers None None Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Visual inspection Drift scatter plot shows agreement NA Lotus 1-2-3 Yes with trend line between the scatter plots and trend lines Drift scatter plot trend line Y =-7.61 OE-04x Y =-7.61 E-04x Lotus 1-2-3 Yes
| |
| +4.301 E-01 +4.3E-01 equation 0.9734 (does not reject 0.9734 (does not reject WTestValue assumption of assumption of Lotus 1-2-3 Yes normality) normality)
| |
| Visual inspection shows agreement Histogram N/A Lotus 1-2-3 Yes between the histograms
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09004 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 7 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION JC-Q1111-09004 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Data within 2.5 Standard 44 44 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 2.0 Standard 43 43 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 1.5 Standard 37 37 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 1.0 Standard 26 26 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Data within 0.5 Standard 17 17 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Bin 3 count 4 4 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 drift Standard 0.4935 0.4935 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 3 drift mean 0.2150 0.2150 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 interval 182.0000 182.0000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 3 interval 182 182 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Bin 5 count 40 40 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 drift Standard 0.4742 0.4742 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 5 drift mean -0.0015 -0.0015 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 interval 577.2000 577.2000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 5 interval 646 646 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Other values, including those based on the above parameters, were checked using hand calculations.
| |
| | |
| JC-Q 1111-09005 DANo-1 OANO-2 rz1 GGNS o IP-2 o IP-3 DpLP DJAF OPNPS ORBS OVY OW3 o NP-GGNS-3 o NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) EC # 39554 (2)
| |
| Page 1 of ~
| |
| COVER PAGE (3) Design Basis Calc. ~ YES ONO (4) ~ CALCULATION DEC Markup (5) Calculation No: JC..Q1111-09005 (6) Revision: 000 (8) Editorial (7)
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay DYES l8J NO Relays (Time Delay Function)
| |
| (9) System(s): E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) Safety Class: (12) ComponentlEquipmentlStructure Type/Number:
| |
| ~ Safety I Quality Related lA701-127-2A 1A701-127-2B o Augmented Quality Program o Non-Safety Related 1A708-127-1A 1A708..127-1B (13) Document Type: J05.02 (14) Keywords (DescriptionITopical Codes):
| |
| Drift REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date
| |
| ~a ~,Itl see AS for EOI acceptance Aaron Castor / if!>/ II R.J. Hannigan /4~
| |
| and Supervisor approval signatures Responsible Engineer SupervisorlApproval
| |
| ~ Design Verifier o Reviewer
| |
| ~ Comments Attached o Comments Attached
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 2 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09005 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated None Input Output Impact Tracking II. Relationships: Sht Rev I Doc Doc YIN No.
| |
| : 1. ECH-NE-08-00015 001 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1 P81-90027 0 001 0 [R] Y EC39554
| |
| : 3. MAI00254979 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 4. MAI00280516 0 [R] 0 N 100315292
| |
| . WOOO087765 0
| |
| 0
| |
| [R]
| |
| [R]
| |
| 0 0
| |
| N N
| |
| 000099920 0 [R] 0 N 00134224 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 9. WOO0165833 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 10. WOO0193811 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 11. WO-50335887 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 12. WO-51006010 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 13. WO-51 083447 0 [R] 0 N
| |
| : 14. WO-51680606 0 [R] 0 N III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. American National Standard N15.15-1974, Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)
| |
| : 2. ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 3. DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, February 1981
| |
| : 4. EPRI TR-1 03335R 1, Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension I Reduction Programs, October 1998
| |
| : 5. ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation, Second Printing, June 12, 1995
| |
| : 6. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle, April 2, 1991 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 3 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09005 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| N/A Version/Release Disk/CD VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 4 of 13 Revision Rt:.... ul d of Revision 000 Initial issue.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 5 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Purpose 6 2 Conclusions 7 3 Design Inputs 7 4 References 7 5 Assumptions 8 6 Method of Analysis 8 7 Analysis 9 8 Attachments 13 Attachment 1 - Drift Analysis Supporting Information (Excel Spreadsheet) - 15 pages Attachment 2 - DVR Forms with Comments - 7 pages
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 6 of 13 1 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this analysis is to establish more realistic drift values and characteristics to be used by instrument uncertainty calculations for determination of setpoints and allowable values for the subject instrumentation. The drift values are determined by historical As Found / As Left data analysis.
| |
| 1.2 Specifically, this analysis addresses ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) with tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 below. Also shown in the table are the calibration procedure numbers, device functions, and applicable Technical Specification (TS) sections. The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay (Time Delay Function) used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| TABLE 1.2-1 COMPONENT LIST PROCEDURE-ATT. TAG NO. FUNCTION TS SECTION Loss of Power (LOP) Instrumentation 1A701-127-2A 1A701-127-2B Division 3 - 4.16 kV Emergency Bus SR 3.3.8.1.2 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 1A708-127-1A Undervoltage Function 3.3.8.1-1.2.e 1A708-127-1B Degraded Voltage - Time Delay, LOCA
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 7 of 13 2 Conclusions 2.1 The bounding Analyzed Drift (DA) for the ITE 211 T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) (See Table 1.2-1) has been determined to be +/- 0.327 sec for 30 months (24 months + 25%), with no significant bias. The Analyzed Drift should be treated as a normally distributed, 20- value for uncertainty analysis.
| |
| 2.2 The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to all of the ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays in Table 1.2-1 and to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group", of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 3 Design Inputs 3.1 Pages 1 through 4 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the historical As Left (AL) and As Found (AF) data, as obtained from Reference 4.2.1, with any data exclusions or modifications noted. All dates of calibration are also entered to provide time intervals between calibrations.
| |
| 4 References 4.1 METHODOLOGY 4.1.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation" 4.1.2 ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation" 4.1.3 ECH-NE-08-00015, "Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide,1I Rev. 001 4.1.4 EPRI TR-1 03335R 1, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs,1I October 1998 4.1.5 DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, "Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statisticallnference,1I February 1981 4.1.6 NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle,1I April 2, 1991 4.1.7 American National Standard N15.15-1974, IIAssessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)1I 4.2 PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Historical Calibration Records from GGNS Surveillance Test Procedure Results for 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS REFERENCES 4.3.1 None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 8 of 13 5 Assumptions 5.1 This drift report employs those assumptions customarily used for standard statistical analyses, as directed by Reference 4.1.3, such as the assumption that a distribution is normal and the use of statistical tests to confirm this hypothesis.
| |
| 5.2 This drift report is based on analysis of historical As Found and As Left data from calibration records for the ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) listed in Table 1.2-1. The results of this analysis can also apply to any ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relay used at GGNS, but care must be taken when applying these results. Specifically, in order to apply the results of this analysis to other similar devices, the devices must meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 6 Method of Analysis 6.1 The methodology used for this analysis is Reference 4.1.3, which is written in accordance with Reference 4.1 .4, using References 4.1 .1 , 4.1 .2 and 4.1 .7 to supplement. An overview of the methodology is given herein, and any deviation from Reference 4.1.3 or any supplemental methods used herein are described.
| |
| 6.2 This analysis determines the drift values for the subject instrumentation by analysis of historical As Found I As Left data from calibration records. Drift for a given device for a calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous As Left setting from a more recent As Found setting. The time interval for that calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous date from the more recent date, in units of days. All retrievable As Left and As Found data is collected for each calibration performed on each device covered by this report, for the study period. From this information, the drift and calibration interval is generated for each possible instance. Per Section 3.4.2.1 of Reference 4.1.3, 'The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pool.l! The devices covered by this report are currently calibrated on an 18 Month basis, and the proposed extension is for a 24 Month nominal calibration interval. Therefore, a study period of 16 years represents more than ten of the present calibration cycles, and eight of the proposed calibration cycles, which is adequate to understand the component's performance over time. Also, a sufficient number of valid drift values are provided as a result of the selected study period to make a statistically valid pool. Therefore, As Found and As Left Data values are entered from calibrations occurring for approximately the last 16 years.
| |
| 6.3 Determination of the Analyzed Drift is generally accomplished through the following steps.
| |
| 6.3.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data: In addition to gathering the As Found and As Left data, and computing the drift values and time intervals, this step also involves an investigation into whether all of the devices should be analyzed together, or whether they should be separated into smaller analysis groups. Finally, this step involves careful screening of the input data for errors or other situations that could disrupt the proper determination of drift.
| |
| 6.3.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary: In order to properly model the drift characteristics for a device, it could be proper to remove up to one more data value, which obviously does not conform to the vast majority of the data. A t-Test is
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 9 of 13 performed on the data to detect any outliers, and remove up to one if appropriate, per the guidelines of Reference 4.1.3. Additionally, the basic statistical values which describe the group of drift data are derived in this step, including such parameters as Mean, Standard Deviation, Count, Median, Minimum, Maximum, etc.
| |
| 6.3.3 Tests for Normality: Per Reference 4.1.3, a statistical test (W or D-Prime, depending on sample size) is performed on the drift data to support the hypothesis that the data conforms to a normal distribution. If this test is unable to support that hypothesis, then a Coverage Analysis is performed to ensure that the data can be conservatively modeled by a normal distribution and to provide an adjustment to the standard deviation of the drift model, if necessary to conservatively envelop the observed data population.
| |
| | |
| ====6.3.4 Time-Dependency====
| |
| Per Reference 4.1.3, Scatter Plots and a time-based Binning Analysis are developed for the data to establish the time-dependency of the drift. If enough drift data exists for significantly different time intervals, regression analysis is performed to aid in the determination of time-dependency. The drift data is determined to be strongly time dependent or moderately time dependent, for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 6.3.5 Analyzed Drift Derivation and Characterization: The drift values are determined for the current calibration interval. These values are conservatively extrapolated to the desired calibration interval, based on the methods prescribed in Reference 4.1.3, depending on the degree of time-dependency derived for the drift data.
| |
| 6.4 The mathematical computations of the statistical analysis are performed within an Excel spreadsheet. Supporting information from the spreadsheet is printed out in the form of Attachment 1 to this analysis. Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations will produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison.
| |
| 6.5 Acceptance Criteria: Since the purpose of the analysis is to generate a value and description of the characteristics of the drift of the evaluated make/model, there are no specific acceptance criteria.
| |
| 7 Analysis
| |
| : 7. 1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data 7.1.1 Specifically, this analysis addresses ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function), with the tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 of this analysis.
| |
| 7.1.2 Pages 1 through 4 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the initial As Found and As Left data from available historical plant calibration records for the subject undervoltage time delay relays. Note that the calibration dates are also recorded, and notes are provided to clarify the activities performed or to provide additional information about the data, as appropriate. This data was entered into an Excel
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 10 of 13 spreadsheet for computation of the drift values, time intervals between calibrations and statistical analysis.
| |
| 7.1.3 A screening of the initial input data from pages 1 through 4 of Attachment 1 was performed. To help identify erroneous data, an informal critical T-test was performed, with the Critical T values reduced incrementally until approximately 10%
| |
| of the data population was identified as outliers. Those outliers were researched, and no additional data errors were revealed. As shown in Table 7.1.4-1, there was no excluded data. The specific informal T-tests performed are not documented, as they are only used as tools to identify potentially erroneous data and do not contribute to the analysis of the valid data.
| |
| 7.1.4 Data not entered into the analysis is listed in the table below, showing the reasoning used in not entering the data.
| |
| Table 7.1.4-1 Data Not Entered in the Drift Analysis Procedure - Tag Number Surveillance Comments/Disposition Attachment Date(s) none none none none 7.1.5 Per the methodology of Section 4.1.1.11 of Reference 4.1.3, drift is computed by subtracting the As Left data of one calibration from the As Found data of the next calibration, as documented in pages 5 and 6 of Attachment 1. These pages also document the time interval between calibrations (in the number of days and months) by subtracting the As Left date of one calibration from the As Found date of the next calibration, per Section 4.1.1.10 of Reference 4.1.3. Pages 5 and 6 of Attachment 1 derive the drift values and time intervals between calibrations from the data presented on pages 1 through 4 of Attachment 1. As an example of the equations used, the first drift value and time interval are computed as follows. The rest of the values are computed identically.
| |
| Drift (Seq 1) = AF (05/01/09) - AL (09/21/07) [For Tag 1A701-127-2A]
| |
| = 4.0 (From Seq. 1) - 4.0 (From Seq. 4)
| |
| =0.0 sec Cal Interval (Seq 1) = 05/01/09 - 09/21/07
| |
| =588 Days Cal Interval (Mo.) =Cal Interval (Days) x 12 Months / 365.25 Days
| |
| = 19.3 Months
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 11 of 13 7.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary 7.2.1 The outlier analysis is recorded on page 7 of Attachment 1 to this drift analysis.
| |
| These pages display the Sequence No., Tag ID, Drift, and Calibration Interval (in units of days). The critical T value used in the outlier analysis comes directly from Table 2 of Reference 4.1.3. As shown on page 7 of Attachment 1, no outliers were from the analysis per Section 3.6.3 of Reference 4.1.3. The Final Data Set (FDS) for this analysis is documented on page 7 of Attachment 1 and is identical to the Initial Data Set. A summary of the required statistical values for the Final Data Set, per Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, is developed on page 7 of Attachment 1. Cell formulas for the determinations of statistical quantities are used directly from Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 7.3 Tests for Normality 7.3.1 Since the FDS contains less than 50 samples, the W Test is performed on the data to test for normality, as shown on page 8 of Attachment 1. Per the methodology of Section 3.7.2 of Reference 4.1.3, the details of the W Test methodology are shown in Reference 4.1.7. Equations used are listed on page 8 of Attachment 1. Since the calculated W statistic (0.9066) is less than the critical value for W (0.944), this test rejects the assumption of normality for this data set, and a coverage analysis is required.
| |
| 7.3.2 Since the data does not pass the W test for normality, a Coverage Analysis is necessary. For the Coverage Analysis, a Histogram is developed on pages 9 and 10 of Attachment 1, per Sections 3.7.5 and 4.4 of Reference 4.1.3. To generate the histogram data, the drift values are categorized into 12 bins, in relation to the mean and standard deviation. These bins are generated in multiples of % Standard Deviation increments, and the bin maximum values are derived in accordance with the methods given in Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4. (See column headings for specific formulas used for the Maximums.)
| |
| Expected numbers of data points within each bin are calculated, assuming that the data is a normal distribution and that the data set is exactly representative of a normal curve. The population percentages within each bin are derived from Table 18-2 of Reference 4.1.4, which describe the percentage populations within the identified bins. These percentages are then multiplied by the total data population to determine the expected number of values within each bin, for the size of the data set. The observed population within each bin is tabulated and plotted as a bar chart versus the ideal normal curve for comparison.
| |
| The Histogram on page 10 of Attachment 1 shows that the data is more peaked in the middle than a normal distribution, as confirmed by the positive Kurtosis value. It is observed that the actual percentage population of data within +/- 2 standard deviations is slightly lower than a normal distribution. Therefore, the standard deviation is adjusted upward by a Normality Adjustment Factor (NAF) per Section 3.7.5 of Reference 4.1.3. The NAF is determined iteratively, until the data within the +/- 2<J limits exceeds that of an ideal normal distribution.
| |
| The normality adjustment factor, new standard deviation, new bin limits, and new data populations are shown on page 11 of Attachment 1. The new Histogram, showing the new distribution in the model is shown on page 12 of Attachment 1.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 12 of 13 Therefore, the data is conservatively modeled as a normal distribution, with the Normality Adjustment Factor applied.
| |
| 7.4 Time-Dependency 7.4. 1 In order to determine time-dependency of the drift data, the data is first plotted as a scatter plot on page 13 of Attachment 1, in accordance with the methodology of Section 4.5.1 of Reference 4.1.3. The trend line within this scatter plot starts at a negative value and crosses zero within the analysis period. The trend line and associated equation are noted on the scatter plot on page 13 of Attachment 1.
| |
| 7.4.2 The binning analysis is performed on page 14 of Attachment 1. The drift and time interval data are divided into bins, based on the intervals between calibrations as defined in Section 3.8.3.1 of Reference 4.1.3. Statistical summaries for each bin, including count, mean, standard deviation, mean time interval and maximum observed time interval are computed. Excel functions are used to determine the statistical summary values for each bin, and are used explicitly from Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2,4.2.3 and 4.2.7 of Reference 4.1.3. This information is presented on page 14 of Attachment 1. Per Section 3.8.3.4 of Reference 4.1.3, after removing those bins with 5 or less data points and those with less than or equal to 10% of total population, only Bin 5 remains. Therefore, it is concluded that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. Therefore, no more time dependency analysis is performed for this data set. The data is treated as moderately time dependent for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 7.5 Analyzed Drift (DA) Derivation and Characterization 7.5.1 As shown on page 15 of Attachment 1, per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3, the drift bias error is evaluated for significance. The Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit) is computed and compared to the Absolute Value of Average of the Final Data Set.
| |
| The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value. Therefore, the Analyzed Drift Bias term (DAbias ) is negligible.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 13 of 13 7.5.2 Per Section 4.6.6 of Reference 4.1.3, the random portion of the Analyzed Drift is determined from multiplying the standard deviation of the Bin 5 by the Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) and Normality Adjustment Factor (NAF), and extrapolating as required to a calibration interval of 30 months. Since the random portion of drift has been determined to be moderately time-dependent for the purpose of extrapolation, the standard deviation of the Bin 5 is used with the average observed time interval from Bin 5 on page 14 of Attachment 1 as the starting point. The TIF is obtained from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.3 as 2.445 for a 95/95 significance. The computation of this value is shown on page 15 of Attachment 1 to result in a DArandom(extrap) term of
| |
| +/- 0.327 sec.
| |
| 8 Attachments Attachment 1 - Analysis Spreadsheet (15 pages)
| |
| Spreadsheet Contents Pages Input Data 1-4 AF-AL Data 5-6 Outliers & Summary 7 WTest 8 Coverage Analysis 9-12 Scatter Plot 13 Binning Analysis 14 Analyzed Drift (DA) 15 Attachment 2 - DVR Form (7 pages)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Input Data Page 1 of 15 SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 1 1A701-127-2A 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 Sec 2 1A701-127-2A 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 Sec 3 1A701-127-2A 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 4 1A701-127-2A 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 5 1A701-127-2A 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.01 sec 6 1A701-127-2A 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.01 sec 7 1A701-127-2A 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 8 1A701-127-2A 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 9 1A701-127-2A 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.02 sec 10 1A701-127-2A 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.02 sec 11 1A701-127-2A 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.03 sec 12 1A701-127-2A 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.03 sec 13 1A701-127-2A 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.82 sec 14 1A701-127-2A 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.82 sec 15 1A701-127-2A 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.02 sec 16 1A701-127-2A 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.02 sec 17 1A701-127-2A 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.02 sec 18 1A701-127-2A 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.02 sec 19 1A701-127-2A 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.83 sec 20 1A701-127-2A 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.83 sec 21 1A701-127-2A 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.03 sec 22 1A701-127-2A 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.03 sec 23 1A701-127-2A 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 24 1A701-127-2A 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 25 1A701-127-2B 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 Sec 26 1A701-127-2B 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 Sec 27 1A701-127-2B 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 28 1A701-127-2B 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 29 1A701-127-2B 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.96 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 2 of 15 SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 30 1A701-127-2B 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.96 sec 31 1A701-127-2B 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-0'1 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.97 sec 32 1A701-127-2B 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.97 sec 33 1A701-127-2B 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.97 sec 34 1A701-127-2B 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.97 sec 35 1A701-127-2B 1/19/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.98 sec 36 1A701-127-2B 1/19/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.98 sec 37 1A701-127-2B 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.9 sec 38 1A701-127-2B 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.9 sec 39 1A701-127-2B 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.97 sec 40 1A701-127-2B 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.97 sec 41 1A701-127-2B 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.96 sec 42 1A701-127-2B 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.96 sec 43 1A701-127-2B 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.92 sec 44 1A701-127-2B 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.92 sec 45 1A701-127-2B 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.99 sec 46 1A701-127-2B 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-000 1-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.99 sec 47 1A701-127-2B 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.98 sec 48 1A701-127-2B 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 3.98 sec 49 1A708-127-1A 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 Sec 50 1A708-127-1A 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 Sec 51 1A708-127-1A 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.97 sec 52 1A708-127-1A 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.97 sec 53 1A708-127-1A 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.99 sec 54 1A708-127-1A 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.99 sec 55 1A708-127-1A 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 56 1A708-127-1A 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 57 1A708-127-1A 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 58 1A708-127-1A 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 3 of 15 SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 59 1A708-127-1A 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 60 1A708-127-1A 1/18/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 61 1A708-127-1A 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.91 sec 62 1A708-127-1A 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.91 sec 63 1A708-127-1A 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AF 4.00 3.99 sec 64 1A708-127-1A 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.99 sec 65 1A708-127-1A 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 66 1A708-127-1A 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 67 1A708-127-1A 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.96 sec 68 1A708-127-1A 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.96 sec 69 1A708-127-1A 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.01 sec 70 1A708-127-1A 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 4.01 sec 71 1A708-127-1A 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 72 1A708-127-1A 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 73 1A708-127-1B 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 Sec 74 1A708-127-1B 5/1/2009 06--EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 4 Sec 75 1A708-127-1 B 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.29 sec 76 1A708-127-1B 9/21/2007 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 77 1A708-127-1 B 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.18 sec 78 1A708-127-1 B 12/14/2005 06-EL-1 P81-R-000 1-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 4.18 sec 79 1A708-127-1B 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4.19 sec 80 1A708-127-1B 4/2/2004 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4.19 sec 81 1A708-127-1B 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 82 1A708-127-1B 7/31/2002 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 83 1A708-127-1B 1/19/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.98 sec 84 1A708-127-1B 1/19/2001 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.98 sec 85 1A708-127-1B 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.9 sec 86 1A708-127-1 B 6/11/1999 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.9 sec 87 1A708-127-1B 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.98 sec 88 1A708-127-1B 1/9/1998 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.98 sec 89 1A708-127-1B 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Input Data Page 4 of 15 SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure-Attachment Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt Data Units Comments 90 1A708-127-1B 7/12/1996 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 91 1A708-127-1B 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.92 sec 92 1A708-127-1B 1/9/1995 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.92 sec 93 1A708-127-1B 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 4 sec 94 1A708-127-1B 7/12/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 4 sec 95 1A708-127-1B 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AF 4.00 3.98 sec 96 1A708-127-1 B 1/11/1993 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 ITE 211T4175 AL 4.00 3.98 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 5 of: 15 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data Prev Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL =(Current Date* Previous Date)
| |
| ID TaglD (sec) Days Months 1 1A701-127-2A 0 588 19.3 3 1A101-127-2A -0.01 646 21.2 5 1A701-127-2A 0.01 621 20.4 7 1A701-127-2A -0.02 611 20.1 9 1A701-127-2A -0.01 559 18.4 11 1A701-127-2A 0.21 587 19.3 13 1A701-127-2A -0.2 518 17.0 15 1A701-127-2A 0 546 17.9 17 1A701-127-2A 0.19 550 18.1 19 1A701-127-2A -0.2 546 17.9 21 1A701-127-2A 0.03 182 6.0 25 1A701-127-28 0 588 19.3 27 1A701-127-28 0.04 646 21.2 29 1A701-127-28 -0.01 621 20.4 31 1A701-127-2B 0 611 20.1 33 1A701-127-2B -0.01 558 18.3 35 1A701-127-2B 0.08 588 19.3 37 1A701-127-2B -0.07 518 17.0 39 1A701-127-2B 0.01 546 17.9 41 1A701-127-28 0.04 550 18.1 43 1A701-127-28 -0.07 546 17.9 45 1A701-127-2B 0.01 182 6.0 49 1A708-127-1A 0.03 588 19.3 51 1A708-127-1A -0.02 646 21.2 53 1A708-127-1A -0.01 621 20.4 55 1A708-127-1A 0 611 20.1 57 1A708-127-1A 0 559 18.4 59 1A708-127-1A 0.09 587 19.3 61 1A708-127-1A -0.08 518 17.0 63 1A708-127-1A -0.01 546 17.9 65 1A708-127-1A 0.04 550 18.1 67 1A708-127-1A -0.05 546 17.9 69 1A708-127-1A 0.01 182 6.0 73 1A708-127-1 B 0 588 19.3 75 1A708-127-1B 0.11 646 21.2 77 1A708-127-1 B -0.01 621 20.4 79 1A708-127-1 B 0.19 611 20.1 81 1A708-127-1 B 0.02 558 18.3 83 1A708-127-18 0.08 588 19.3
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 6 of 15 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data* Prev Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL =(Current Date* Previous Date)
| |
| ID Tag ID (sec) Days Months 85 1A708*127*18 *0.08 518 17.0 87 1A708*127*18 -0.02 546 17.9 89 1A708-127-18 0.08 550 18.1 91 1A708-127-18 *0.08 546 17.9 93 1A708-127-18 0.02 182 6.0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Outliers &Summary Page 7 of 15 Extreme Cal Interval Final Drift Data Cal Interval Seq. 10 Tag ID Drift (sec) Studentized (Days) Set (sec) (Days)
| |
| Deviate (T) 1 1A701-127-2A 0.00 588 0.094 0.00 588 3 1A701-127-2A -0.01 646 0.219 Raw Drift Data Statistics Summary -0.01 646 5 1A701-127-2A 0.01 621 0.031 (Initial Data Set) 0.01 621 7 1A701-127-2A -0.02 611 0.344 Mean (Average) 0.0075 -0.02 611 9 1A701-127-2A -0.01 559 0.219 Variance 0.0064 -0.01 559 11 1A701-127-2A 0.21 587 2.535 Std. Dev. 0.0799 0.21 587 13 1A701-127-2A -0.20 518 2.597 Sample Size (Count) 44 -0.20 518 15 1A701-127-2A 0.00 546 0.094 Maximum 0.21 0.00 546 17 1A701-127-2A 0.19 550 2.284 Median 0.00 0.19 550 19 1A701-127-2A -0.20 546 2.597 Minimum -0.20 -0.20 546 21 1A701-127-2A 0.03 182 0.282 Range 0.41 0.03 182 Sum 0.330 25 1A701-127-28 0.00 588 0.094 Kurtosis 2.105 0.00 588 27 1A701-127-28 0.04 646 OA07 Skewness 0.108 0.04 646 29 1A701-127-28 -0.01 621 0.219 -0.01 621 31 1A701-127-28 0.00 611 0.094 Critical T*Value (Upper 5% Signif.) 2.92 0.00 611 33 1A701-127-28 -0.01 558 0.219 -0.01 558 35 1A701-127-28 0.08 588 0.908 Equation for Each Studentized Deviate: T= IDrifl-MeanI/Std. Dev. 0.08 588 37 1A701-127-28 -0.07 518 0.970 erit T Value Lookup Value from Ref. 4.1.3 Table 2, per sample -0.07 518 39 1A701-127-28 0.01 546 0.031 size. See Sections 3.6.1 and 3.6.2 of Reference 4.1.3. 0.01 546 41 1A701-127-28 0.04 550 OA07 Outlier(s) will be Denoted as such in Final Drift Data Set column. 0.04 550 43 1A701-127-28 -0.07 546 0.970 There were no outliers. -0.07 546 45 1A701-127-28 0.01 182 0.031 0.01 182 Drift Data Statistics Summary 49 1A708-127-1A 0.03 588 0.282 (Final Data Set) 0.03 588 51 1A708-127-1A -0.02 646 0.344 Mean (Average) 0.0075 -0.02 646 53 1A708-127-1A -0.01 621 0.219 Variance 0.0064 -0.01 621 55 1A708-127-1A 0.00 611 0.094 Std. Dev. 0.0799 0.00 611 57 1A708-127-1A 0.00 559 0.094 Sample Size (Count) 44 0.00 559 59 1A708-127-1A 0.09 587 1.033 Maximum 0.21 0.09 587 61 1A708-127-1A -0.08 518 1.095 Median 0.00 -0.08 518 63 1A708-127-1A -0.01 546 0.219 Minimum -0.20 -0.01 546 65 1A708-127-1A 0.04 550 OA07 Range 0.41 0.04 550 67 1A708-127-1A -0.05 546 0.720 Sum 0.330 -0.05 546 69 1A708-127-1A 0.01 182 0.031 Kurtosis 2.105 0.01 182 Skewness 0.108 73 1A708-127-18 0.00 588 0.094 0.00 588 75 1A708-127-18 0.11 646 1.283 0.11 646 77 1A708-127-18 -0.01 621 0.219 -0.01 621 79 1A708-127-18 0.19 611 2.284 0.19 611 81 1A708-127-18 0.02 558 0.156 0.02 558 83 1A708-127-18 0.08 588 0.908 0.08 588 85 1A708-127-18 -0.08 518 1.095 -0.08 518 87 1A708-127-18 -0.02 546 0.344 -002 546 89 1A708-127-18 0.08 550 0.908 0.08 550 91 1A708-127-18 -0.08 546 1.095 -0.08 546 93 1A708-127-18 0.02 182 0.156 0.02 182
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Delay Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION WTest Page 8 of 15 Drift b l (Per Step Values "i" an-l+1 4)
| |
| -0.20000 1 0.3872 0.1588 Specific W Normality Test Methodology from Reference 4.1.7 and Section 19 of Reference 4. 1.4
| |
| -0.20000 2 0.2667 0.1040
| |
| -0.08000 3 0.2323 0.0627 Steps to Perform:
| |
| -0.08000 4 0.2072 0.0394 1. Paste all final drift data into column 1.
| |
| -0.08000 5 0.1868 0.0318 2. Sort in ascending order.
| |
| -0.07000 6 0.1695 0.0254 3. Calculate S2 taking the variance of the drift data adjusted by (Count-1)
| |
| -0.07000 7 0.1542 0.0231
| |
| -0.05000 8 0.1405 0.0183 S2 = (n-1)(Variance (Drift))
| |
| -0.02000 9 0.1278 0.0077
| |
| -0.02000 10 0.1160 0.0070 where: n = Count
| |
| -0.02000 11 0.1049 0.0063
| |
| -0.01000 12 0.0943 0.0038 4. Calculate the Quantity b:
| |
| -0.01000 13 0.0842 0.0034
| |
| ...Q.01000 14 0.0745 0.0022 b = Sum[(an-l+l)(x,,-l+l - Xj)J
| |
| -0.01000 15 0.0651 0.0020
| |
| -0.01000 16 0.0560 0.0011 where: i = 1 to k
| |
| -0.01000 17 0.0471 0.0009 k = n/2
| |
| -0.01000 18 0.0383 0.0008 0.00000 19 0.0296 0.0003 ao.l+l values are taken from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 2 0.00000 20 0.0211 0.0000 Calculate b .
| |
| 0.00000 21 0.0126 0.0000 lte the W Statistic and to the critical value at the 5,% confidence 0.00000 22 0.0042 0.0000 The table of critical values given as Table 2 on page 9 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.00000 2 2 0.00000 W= b /S Results:
| |
| 0.00000 b= 0.4988 Since the W statistic, 0.9066, is less than the 0.01000 (Per Step 4) Computed Values critical value for W; 0.944, this test 0.01000
| |
| * From Table 1 of Ref. 4.1.7 S2= 0.2744 rejects the assumption of normality for this data set.
| |
| 0.01000 b= 0.4988 2
| |
| 0.01000 b = 0.2488 0.02000 Count 44 0.02000 W 0.9066 0.03000 WCritical = 0.944 5% Significance From Table 2 of r~eference 4.1.7.
| |
| 0.03000 0.04000 0.04000 0.04000 0.08000 0.08000 0.08000 0.09000 0.11000 0.19000 0.19000 0.21000
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Coverage Analysis Page 9 of 15 Normal Cumulative Expected Bin Bin Descriptions No. StDev Bin Maximums = Observed Probability (CP i )
| |
| Distribution Frequency No. (NS) Mean + (NS*StDev) Frequency Probability (Table 18*2 Ref 4.1.4)
| |
| =
| |
| (Pnorm CP**CP i. 1)
| |
| =
| |
| (Ei Pnorm*N) 1 Up to
| |
| * 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -0.1922 2 0.0062 0.0062 0.2728 2 -2.5 to -2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.0 -0.1523 0 0.0228 0.0166 0.7282 3 -2.0 to -1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.5 -0.1123 0 0.0668 0.0441 1.9382 4 -1.5 to -1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -0.0724 3 0.1587 0.0919 4.0414 5 -1.0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -0.0324 3 0.3086 0.1499 6.5956 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 0.0075 17 0.5000 0.1915 8.4238 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 0.0474 11 0.6915 0.1915 8.4238 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 0.0874 3 0.8414 0.1499 6.5956 9 +1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 0.1273 2 0.9332 0.0919 4.0414 10 +1.5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.0 0.1673 0 0.9773 0.0441 1.9382 11 +2.0 to +2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 0.2072 2 0.9938 0.0166 0.7282 12 More than Mean + 2.5 Standard Deviatiom More More 1 1.0000 0.0062 0.2728
| |
| -Totals ..
| |
| 44 44 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +/. Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages Distribution 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 41 93.18% Mean 0.0075 2 (Bins 3-10) 39 88.64% 95.45% Std. Dev. 0.0799 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 39 88.64% Sample Size 44 1 (Bins 5-8) 34 77.27% 68.27% Kurtosis 2.105 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 28 63.64%
| |
| : 1. order.
| |
| : 2. Obtain mean, standard deviation, and sample size.
| |
| : 3. Establishing bins in 1/2 sigma increments from the mean to 2.5 sigma in both directions, derive the upper bin limits, in units of drift, based on the values of the mean and standard deviation.
| |
| : 4. Obtain expected frequency for a normal distribution in each bin.
| |
| : 5. Manually compute the number of observed drift data points within each bin, and list under observed frequency.
| |
| : 6. Plot the Expected Frequency and the Observed Frequency Data on the Histogram for comparison to each other.
| |
| : 7. Compare the population of data within the +/- 2 standard deviation limits to that of a normal distribution. If necessary, adjust the standard deviation upward to obtain greater than or equal to the percentage contained by a normal distribution.
| |
| Results: The data did not pass the W test, so a coverage analysis is necessary. The data is highly peaked in the middle, as is apparent from the Histogram and the positive kurtosis value. However, the observed percent of data within +/- 2 standard deviations is below that of a normal distribution. Therefore, the data may be conservatively modeled as a normal distribution with a Normality Adjustment Factor (NAF) applied. (The NAF is determined iteratively to obtain greater than or equal to 95.45% of the observed data within 2 adjusted standard deviations.)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Coverage Analysis Page 10 of 15 Histogram of Drift* Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ITE 211T4175 Time Delay Relays 18 16 ~Observed Frequency 14 "~Normal Distribution 12 c:
| |
| 0
| |
| ;; 10
| |
| .!i
| |
| :;j 0- 8 0
| |
| Q.
| |
| 6 4
| |
| 2 o
| |
| -0.1922 -0.1523 -0.1123 -0.0724 -0.0324 0.0075 0.0474 0.0874 0.1273 0.1673 0.2072 More Drift (sec)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage (Time Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Coverage Analysis Page 11 of 15 AFTER ADJUSTMENT Bin Bin Descriptions No. StDev =
| |
| Bin Maximums Mean + Observed Expected Frequency No. (NS) (NS"StDev) Freauencv 1 Up to - 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -0.2457 0 0.2728 2 -2.5 to -2,0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2,0 -0.1951 2 0.7282 3 -2,0 to -1,5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1,5 -0.1444 0 1.9382 4 -1,5 to -1,0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -0.0938 0 4.0414 5 -1,0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -0,0431 6 6.5956 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 0.0075 17 8.4238 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 0.0581 11 8.4238 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 0.1088 4 6.5956 9 +1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 0.1594 1 4.0414 10 +1,5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2,0 0.2101 3 1.9382 11 +2,0 to +2,5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 0,2607 0 0.7282 12 More than Mean + 2,5 Standard Deviations More More 0 0.2728 Totals 44 44 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +/- Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages Distribution 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 44 100,00%
| |
| 2 (Bins 3-10) 42 95.45% 95.45% Mean 0.0075 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 39 88.64% Std. Dev. 0.1013 1 (Bins 5-8) 38 86.36% 68.27% Sample Size 44 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 28 63.64% NAF 1.268
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Coverage Analysis Page 12 of 15 Adjusted Histogram of Drift - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ITE 211T4175 Time Delay Relays 18 - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -_ _,______ ----;
| |
| 16 i EE'l ~~served i i Frequency i i I 14 I --$i~' Norm.al .. I l_~~~
| |
| 12 l:
| |
| o
| |
| +:i 10
| |
| ::J Co 8 o
| |
| a.
| |
| 6 4
| |
| 2 o *1 ~~-"
| |
| -0.1922 -0.1523 -0.1123 -0.0724 -0.0324 0.0075 0.0474 0.0874 0.1273 0.1673 0.2072 More Drift (sec)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Scatter Plot Page 13 of 15 Scatter Plot* Grand Gulf Nuclear Station ITE 211 T4175 Time Delay Relays 0.25 0.20 0.15 Y = 5.005E-05x - 1.959E-02 * **
| |
| -(J 0.10 0.05 t.
| |
| * t ti* *.+:t-**~*
| |
| Q)
| |
| -tn 0.00 ... f*
| |
| ';: -0.05 c
| |
| -0.10
| |
| -0.15
| |
| -0.20
| |
| -0.25 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Time (Days)
| |
| Note: Equation on Scatter Plot is computer generated, based on the associated trend line.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Binning Analysis Page 14 of 15 Bin Statistics Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Count 4 40 Standard Dev. 0.0096 0.0838 Mean 0.0175 0.0065 Mean Interval 182.0000 577.2000 Max Interval 182 646 Bin Definition and Selection Bin Hi Valid Limit Bin Population Bins Bins (Days) Count Percentage Included 1 45 0 0.0%
| |
| 2 135 0 0.0%
| |
| 3 230 4 9.1%
| |
| 4 460 0 0.0%
| |
| 5 690 40 90.9% 5 6 915 0 0.0%
| |
| 7 Over 0 0.0%
| |
| Total Count: 44 100%
| |
| See Section 3.8.3 of Reference 4.1.3 for Binning Analysis Methodology.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS ITE 211T4175 JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Undervoltage Relays (Time Delay Function) Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analyzed Drift (DA) Page 15 of 15 Drift Bias Determination First, the bias term is evaluated for significance per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| Per Outlier Statistical Summary, Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 44 Drift Data Points Absolute Value of Average of FDS 0.0075 sec Standard Deviation (SFDS) 0.0799 sec t (for Count = 44 Data Points) 2.000 (Ref. 4 . 1.3, Table 4)
| |
| Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit)
| |
| [xcrit = t
| |
| * SFDS 1 (n)AO.5]
| |
| x crit = 0.0241 sec The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the AVE~rage is less than the Xcrit value.
| |
| DA bias (current) = Negligible Random Drift Determination Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 44 Drift Data Points Standard Deviation Bin 5 (S5) 0.0838 sec Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 577 Days Maximum Required Cal Interval 915 Days Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) 2.445 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 1)
| |
| NAF 1.268
| |
| [Current Interval Drift =S5
| |
| * TIF
| |
| * NAF]
| |
| DArandom (current) = +1- 0.260 sec
| |
| [Extrap Drift = DArandom (current) * (Maximum Required Cal Interval 1 Average Bin 5 Observed Interval)
| |
| DArandom (extrap) =+1- 0.327 sec for up to 915 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 1 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 o IP-2 OIP-3 OJAF OPLP DPNPS OVY 18I GGNS ORBS DW3 DNP Document No. JC-Q1111-09005 Revision No.: 000 Page 1 of
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) 18I Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: IZJ Design Review o Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, siQn, and date)
| |
| D Electrical D Mechanical
| |
| ~ Instrument and Control '1', !
| |
| Richard J. Hannigan //f~jl~-
| |
| I D Civil/Structural D Nuclear D
| |
| Originator: Aaron Castor I L ~ / filS/II PrintlSiQn/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111 ..09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 2 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 1 OF3 IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| DCivil/Structural Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for ITE 211T4175 Undervoltage Time Delay Relays (Time Delay Function) o Electrical Doc. No. JC-Q 1111-09005 Rev. 000 QA Cat. 1 1811 & C o Mechanical
| |
| ~/'r/ I{ o Nuclear Verifier: Richard J. Hannigan Print
| |
| ,~~ Sign Date DOther Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| 181 N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Design Review 181 Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheef at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc, All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary, are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance - Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 181 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 3 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 2 OF 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes r8l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes r8l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes r8l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs - Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes r8l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r8l
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 4 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 3 OF 3
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A IZJ
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A IZJ
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes IZJ No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN-IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A IZJ
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A IZJ
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 5 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 Comments / Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date NONE
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 6 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION During the independent review of calculation JC-Q1111-09005, alternate application Lotus 1-2-3 was used to validate the results generated by MS Excel in the calculation. The reviewer independently generated the JC-Q1111-09005 results. In the table below the results of the validation for the JC-Q1111-09005 values and the values produced by Lotus 1-2-3 are illustrated.
| |
| The Final Data Set is identical to the Initial Data Set since there were not any outliers. The results from Lotus 1-2-3 validated the calculation JC-Q1111-09005 results generated by MS Excel. Minor differences in the values between the MS Excel generated results and the Lotus 1-2-3 generated results were reviewed and can be attributed to rounding and conversion between applications.
| |
| Below is a partial listing of some of the values from JC-Q1111-09005 that were validated:
| |
| JC..Q1111 ..09005 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Mean 0.0075 0.0075 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Variance 0.0064 0.0064 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard 0.0799 0.0799 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Count 44 44 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Max 0.21 0.21 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Median 0.00 0.00 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Min -0.20 -0.20 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Range 0.41 0.41 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sum 0.330 0.330 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Kurtosis 2.105 2.105 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Skewness 0.108 0.108 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Outliers None None Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Visual inspection Drift scatter plot shows agreement NA Lotus 1-2-3 Yes with trend line between the scatter plots and trend lines Drift scatter plot Y = 5.005E-05x Y = 5.01 E-05x trend line Lotus 1-2-3 Yes
| |
| -1.959E-02 -1.96E-02 equation 0.9066 (rejects 0.9066 (rejects WTest Value assumption of assumption of Lotus 1-2-3 Yes normality) normality)
| |
| Visual inspection shows agreement Histogram N/A Lotus 1-2-3 Yes between the histograms
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09005 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 7 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION JC-Q1111-09005 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Data within 2.5 Adjusted 44 44 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard Deviations Data within 2.0 Adjusted 42 42 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard Deviation Data within 1.5 Adjusted 39 39 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard Deviations Data within 1.0 Adjusted 38 38 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard Deviation Data within 0.5 Adjusted 28 28 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard Deviations Bin 3 count 4 4 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 drift Standard 0.0096 0.0096 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 3 drift mean 0.0175 0.0175 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 interval 182.0000 182.0000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 3 interval 182 182 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Bin 5 count 40 40 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 drift Standard 0.0838 0.0838 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 5 drift mean 0.0065 0.0065 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 interval 577.2000 577.2000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 5 interval 646 646 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Other values, including those based on the above parameters, were checked using hand calculations.
| |
| | |
| JC-Q 1111-09022 DANO-1 OANO-2 r8l GGNS o lP-2 o IP-3 OPLP DJAF OPNPS DABS OVY DW3 o NP-GGNS-3 o NP-RBS-3 CALCULATION (1) EC # 39554 (2)
| |
| Page 1 of ~
| |
| COVER PAGE (3) Design Basis Calc. [8J YES ONO (4) [8J CALCULATION DEC Markup (5) Calculation No: Je-Q1111 ..09022 (6) Revision: 000 (7) lUj Editorial
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Agastat Time Delay Relays DYES L8J NO (9)
| |
| System(s): E22 (10) Review Org (Department): NPE (I&C Design)
| |
| (11) Safety Class: (12) ComponentlEquipmentiStructure TypelNumber:
| |
| ~ Safety I Quality Related 1A701-162-1 1A708-162-2 o Augmented Quality Program o Non-Safety Related (13) Document TyPe: J05.02 (14) Keywords (DescriptionITopical Codes):
| |
| Drift REVIEWS (15) Name/Signature/Date (16) Name/Signature/Date (17) Name/Signature/Date
| |
| ,4.4~ '6/4/ ,1 see AS for EOI acceptance and Supervisor approval R.A. Hunter / 1-'1'- It R.J. Hannigan /4~ signatures Responsible Engineer SUPervisorlApproval
| |
| [8J Design Verifier o Reviewer
| |
| [8J Comments Attached o Comments Attached
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 2 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09022 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 I. EC Markups Incorporated None Input Output Impact Tracking II. Relationships: Sht Rev Doc Doc YIN No.
| |
| : 1. ECH-NE-08-00015 001 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 2. JC-Q1 P81-90024 0 002 0 [8J Y EC39554
| |
| : 3. MAI00254979 0 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 4. MAI00280516 0 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 5. MAI00315292 0 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 6. WOOO087765 () I [8J 0 N WOOO099920 0 [8J 0 N WOO0134224 0 [8J 0 N ft=j
| |
| : 9. WOO0165833 0 [8J 0
| |
| : 10. WOO0193811 0 [8J 0
| |
| : 11. WO-50335887 0 [8J 0
| |
| : 12. WO-51006010 0 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 13. WO-51 083447 0 [8J 0 N
| |
| : 14. WO-51680606 0 [8J 0 N III. CROSS
| |
| | |
| ==REFERENCES:==
| |
| : 1. American National Standard N15.15-1974, Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)
| |
| : 2. ANSIIISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation
| |
| : 3. DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, February 1981
| |
| : 4. EPRI TR-103335R1, Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension / Reduction Programs, October 1998
| |
| : 5. ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation, Second Printing, June 12, 1995
| |
| : 6. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle, April 2, 1991 IV. SOFTWARE USED:
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| N/A Version/Release: Disk/CD No.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 3 of 13 CALCULATION CALCULATION NO: JC-Q1111-09022 REFERENCE SHEET REVISION: 000 V. DISK/CDS INCLUDED:
| |
| " N/A Version/Release Disk/CD No.
| |
| VI. OTHER CHANGES:
| |
| None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 4 of 13 n __ .l,..~ n .=_= __
| |
| Revision nt;:",vl U VI nt;:YI~IVIl 000 Initial issue.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 5 of 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Purpose 6 2 Conclusions 7 3 Design Inputs 7 4 References 7 5 Assumptions 8 6 Method of Analysis 8 7 Analysis 10 8 Attachments 13 Attachment 1 - Drift Analysis Supporting Information (Excel Spreadsheet) - 10 pages Attachment 2 - DVR Forms with Comments - 7 pages
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 6 of 13 1 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this analysis is to establish more realistic drift values and characteristics to be used by instrument uncertainty calculations for determination of setpoints and allowable values for the subject instrumentation. The drift values are determined by historical As Found / As Left data analysis.
| |
| 1.2 Specifically, this analysis addresses Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relays with tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 below. Also shown in the table are the calibration procedure numbers, device functions, and applicable Technical Specification (TS) sections. The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to any Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station that meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| TABLE 1.2-1 COMPONENT LIST PROCEDURE -ATT. TAGID FUNCTION TS SECTION Loss of Power (LOP)
| |
| Instrumentation Division 3 - 4.16 kV Emergency SR 3.3.8.1.2 1A701-162-1 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Bus Function 1A708-162-2 Undervoltage 3.3.8.1-1.2.d Degraded Voltage - Time Delay, No LOCA
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 7 of 13 2 Conclusions 2.1 The bounding Analyzed Drift (DA) for the Agastat ETR 14 Time Delay Relays (See Table 1.2-1) has been determined to be +/- 26.725 sec for 30 months (24 months +
| |
| 25%), with no significant bias. The Analyzed Drift should be treated as a normally distributed, 2cr value for uncertainty analysis.
| |
| 2.2 The results of this analysis can be conservatively applied to all of the Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relays in Table 1.2-1 and to any Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay used at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station, which meets the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 3 Design Inputs 3.1 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the historical As Left (AL) and As Found (AF) data, as obtained from Reference 4.2.1, with any data exclusions or modifications noted. All dates of calibration are also entered to provide time intervals between calibrations.
| |
| 4 References 4.1 METHODOLOGY 4.1.1 ANSI/ISA-S67.04-Part 1-2000, "Setpoints for Nuclear Safety Related Instrumentation" 4.1.2 ISA-RP67.04-Part 11-2000, "Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation" 4.1.3 ECH-NE-08-00015, "Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide," Rev. 001 4.1.4 EPRI TR-1 03335R 1, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data; Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension I Reduction Programs," October 1998 4.1.5 DOE Research and Development Report No. WAPD-TM-1292, "Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, " February 1981 4.1.6 NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements to Accommodate a 24 Month Fuel Cycle," April 2, 1991 4.1.7 American National Standard N15.15-1974, "Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)"
| |
| 4.2 PROCEDURES 4.2.1 Historical Calibration Records from GGNS Surveillance Test Procedure Results for 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001 4.3 MISCELLANEOUS REFERENCES 4.3.1 None
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 8 of 13 5 Assumptions 5.1 This drift report employs those assumptions customarily used for standard statistical analyses, as directed by Reference 4.1.3, such as the assumption that a distribution is normal and the use of statistical tests to confirm this hypothesis.
| |
| 5.2 Per Section 3.4.2.1 of Reference 4.1.3, "... a minimum of 30 drift values must be attained before the drift analysis can be performed without additional justification. As a general rule, drift analyses should not be performed for sample sizes of less than 20 drift values." In this case, all data possible is analyzed from these devices from the past 16 years. The fact that there are only 2 devices within this study limits the data population to 22 drift values. Preliminary analysis of the data within the Outliers and Summary, page 4 of Attachment 1, shows the data to be relatively consistent, and the devices to be highly accurate. As would be expected, the data distribution is similar to a normal distribution, as shown in the Histogram, pages 6 and 7 of Attachment 1. These facts provide evidence that this set of drift data will accurately reflect future device performance. Additionally, the method of determining the Analyzed Drift for 22 data values uses a high Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) for 95/95 confidence, providing the required conservatism for use in setpoint calculations. Therefore, although this study only analyzes 22 drift data points, the results are conservative for the application.
| |
| 5.3 This drift report is based on analysis of historical As Found and As Left data from calibration records for the Agastat ETR 14 Time Delay Relays listed in Table 1.2-1. The results of this analysis can also apply to any Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay used at GGNS, but care must be taken when applying these results. Specifically, in order to apply the results of this analysis to other similar devices, the devices must meet the criteria listed in Section 3.5.3 of Reference 4.1.3, "Considerations When Combining Components Into a Single Group".
| |
| 6 Method of Analysis 6.1 The methodology used for this analysis is Reference 4.1.3, which is written in accordance with Reference 4.1.4, using References 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.7 to supplement. An overview of the methodology is given herein, and any deviation from Reference 4.1.3 or any supplemental methods used herein are described.
| |
| 6.2 This analysis determines the drift values for the subject instrumentation by analysis of historical As Found / As Left data from calibration records. Drift for a given device for a calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous As Left setting from a more recent As Found setting. The time interval for that calibration period is determined by subtracting the previous date from the more recent date, in units of days. All retrievable As Left and As Found data is collected for each calibration performed on each device covered by this report, for the study period. From this information, the drift and calibration interval is generated for each possible instance. Per Section 3.4.2.1 of Reference 4.1.3, "The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pool." The devices covered by this report are currently calibrated on an 18 Month basis, and the proposed extension is for a 24 Month nominal calibration interval. Therefore, a study period of over 16 years represents more than ten and one half of the present calibration cycles, and eight of the proposed calibration cycles, which is adequate to understand the component's performance over time. Also, a sufficient number of valid drift values are provided as a result of the
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 9 of 13 selected study period to make a statistically valid pool. Therefore, As Found and As Left Data values are entered from calibrations occurring for approximately the last 16 years.
| |
| 6.3 Determination of the Analyzed Drift is generally accomplished through the following steps.
| |
| 6.3.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data: In addition to gathering the As Found and As Left data, and computing the drift values and time intervals, this step also involves an investigation into whether all of the devices should be analyzed together, or whether they should be separated into smaller analysis groups. Finally, this step involves careful screening of the input data for errors or other situations that could disrupt the proper determination of drift.
| |
| 6.3.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary: In order to properly model the drift characteristics for a device, it could be proper to remove up to one more data value, which obviously does not conform to the vast majority of the data. A t-Test is performed on the data to detect any outliers, and remove up to one if appropriate, per the guidelines of Reference 4.1.3. Additionally, the basic statistical values which describe the group of drift data are derived in this step, including such parameters as Mean, Standard Deviation, Count, Median, Minimum, Maximum, etc.
| |
| 6.3.3 Tests for Normality: Per Reference 4.1.3, a statistical test (W or D-Prime, depending on sample size) is performed on the drift data to support the hypothesis that the data conforms to a normal distribution. If this test is unable to support that hypothesis, then a Coverage Analysis is performed to ensure that the data can be conservatively modeled by a normal distribution and to provide an adjustment to the standard deviation of the drift model, if necessary to conservatively envelop the observed data population.
| |
| | |
| ====6.3.4 Time-Dependency====
| |
| Per Reference 4.1.3, Scatter Plots and a time-based Binning Analysis are developed for the data to establish the time-dependency of the drift. If enough drift data exists for significantly different time intervals, regression analysis is performed to aid in the determination of time-dependency. The drift data is determined to be strongly time dependent or moderately time dependent, for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| 6.3.5 Analyzed Drift Derivation and Characterization: The drift values are determined for the current calibration interval. These values are conservatively extrapolated to the desired calibration interval, based on the methods prescribed in Reference 4.1.3, depending on the degree of time-dependency derived for the drift data.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATIOt..J Page 10 of 13 6.4 The mathematical computations of the statistical analysis are performed within an Excel spreadsheet. Supporting information from the spreadsheet is printed out in the form of Attachment 1 to this analysis. Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations will produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison.
| |
| 6.5 Acceptance Criteria: Since the purpose of the analysis is to generate a value and description of the characteristics of the drift of the evaluated make/model, there are no specific acceptance criteria.
| |
| 7 Analysis 7.1 Gather and Generate Raw Drift Data 7.1.1 Specifically, this analysis addresses Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relays, with the tag numbers as shown in Table 1.2-1 of this analysis. These relays have identical manufacturer and model numbers, identical settings, and are used in identical applications. Therefore, all data is properly pooled for analysis, and no specific pooling tests are required.
| |
| 7.1.2 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 provide a listing of the initial As Found and As Left data from available historical plant calibration records for the subject time delay relays. Note that the calibration dates are also recorded, and notes are provided to clarify the activities performed or to provide additional information about the data, as appropriate. This data was entered into an Excel spreadsheet for computation of the drift values, time intervals between calibrations and statistical analysis.
| |
| 7.1.3 A screening of the initial input data from pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1 was performed. To help identify erroneous data, an informal critical T-test was performed, with the Critical T values reduced incrementally until approximately 10%
| |
| of the data population was identified as outliers. Those outliers were researched, and no additional data errors were revealed. As shown in Table 7.1.4-1, there was no excluded data. The specific informal T-tests performed are not documented, as they are only used as tools to identify potentially erroneous data and do not contribute to the analysis of the valid data.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 11 of 13 7.1.4 Data not entered into the analysis is listed in the table below, showing the reasoning used in not entering the data.
| |
| Table 7.1.4-1 Data Not Entered in the Drift Analysis Procedure - TaglD Surveillance Comments/Disposition Attachment Date(s) none none none none 7.1.5 Per the methodology of Section 4.1.1.11 of Reference 4.1.3, drift is computed by subtracting the As Left data of one calibration from the As Found data of the next calibration, as documented in page 3 of Attachment 1. This page also documents the time interval between calibrations (in the number of days and months) by subtracting the As Left date of one calibration from the As Found date of the next calibration, per Section 4.1.1.10 of Reference 4.1.3. Page 3 of Attachment 1 derives the drift values and time intervals between calibrations from the data presented on pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1. As an example of the equations used, the first drift value and time interval are computed as follows. The rest of the values are computed identically.
| |
| Drift (Seq 1) = AF (05/01/09) - AL (09/21/07) [For Tag 1A701-162-1]
| |
| = 302 (From Seq. 1) - 302 (From Seq. 4)
| |
| = 0 sec Cal Interval (Seq 1) = 05/01/09 -09/21/07
| |
| = 588 Days Cal Interval (Mo.) = Cal Interval (Days) x 12 Months / 365.25 Days
| |
| = 19.3 Months 7.2 Determination of Outliers and Statistical Summary 7.2.1 The outlier analysis is recorded on page 4 of Attachment 1 to this drift analysis.
| |
| This page displays the Sequence No., Tag 10, Drift, and Calibration Interval (in units of days). The critical T value used in the outlier analysis comes directly from Table 2 of Reference 4.1.3. As shown on page 4 of Attachment 1, no outliers were detected or removed from the analysis per Section 3.6.3 of Reference 4.1.3. The Final Data Set (FDS) for this analysis is documented on page 4 of Attachment 1 and is identical to the Initial Data Set.
| |
| 7.2.2 A summary of the required statistical values for the Final Data Set, per Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3, is developed on page 4 of Attachment 1. Cell formulas for the
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 12 of 13 determinations of statistical quantities are used directly from Section 4.2 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| 7.3 Tests for Normality 7.3.1 Since the FDS contains less than 50 samples, the W Test is performed on the data to test for normality, as shown on page 5 of Attachment 1. Per the methodology of Section 3.7.2 of Reference 4.1.3, the details of the W Test methodology are shown in Reference 4.1.7. Equations used are listed on page 5 of Attachment 1. Since the calculated W statistic (0.9832) is greater than the critical value for W (0.911), this test does not reject the assumption of normality for this data set. Therefore, the data is established as normally distributed, and no coverage analysis is necessary.
| |
| 7.3.2 Since the W test did not reject the assumption of normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary, but a Histogram is developed for information only. The Histogram is developed and documented on pages 6 and 7 of Attachment 1, per Sections 3.7.5 and 4.4 of Reference 4.1.3. To generate the Histogram data, the drift values are categorized into 12 bins, in relation to the mean and standard deviation. These bins are generated in multiples of % Standard Deviation increments, and the bin maximum values are derived in accordance with the methods given in Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4. (See page 6 of Attachment 1 for specific formulas used for the maximums.)
| |
| The expected populations within each bin are developed from normal distribution percentages, as shown on page 6 of Attachment 1. The Histogram is presented on page 7 of Attachment 1.
| |
| 7.4 Time-Dependency 7.4.1 In order to determine time-dependency of the drift data, the data is first plotted as a scatter plot on page 8 of Attachment 1, in accordance with the methodology of Section 4.5.1 of Reference 4.1.3. The trend line within this scatter plot starts at a positive value and decreases within the analysis period. Evaluation of data scatter over time for time dependency is inconclusive as the data is concentrated within a limited time interval. The trend line and associated equation are noted on the scatter plot on page 8 of Attachment 1.
| |
| 7.4.2 The binning analysis is performed on page 9 of Attachment 1. The drift and time interval data are divided into bins, based on the intervals between calibrations as defined in Section 3.8.3.1 of Reference 4.1.3. Statistical summaries for each bin, including count, mean, standard deviation, mean time interval and maximum observed time interval are computed. Excel functions are used to determine the statistical summary values for each bin, and are used explicitly from Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.2,4.2.3 and 4.2.7 of Reference 4.1.3. This information is presented on page 9 of Attachment 1. Per Section 3.8.3.4 of Reference 4.1.3, after removing those bins with 5 or less data points and those with less than or equal to 10% of total population, only Bin 5 remains. Therefore, it is concluded that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. Therefore, no more time dependency analysis is performed for this data set. The data is treated as moderately time dependent for the purpose of extrapolation.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Revision 000 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Page 13 of 13 7.5 Analyzed Drift (DA) Derivation and Characterization 7.5.1 As shown on page 10 of Attachment 1, per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3, the drift bias error is evaluated for significance. The Significant Bias Critical Value (xcrit) is computed and compared to the Absolute Value of Average of the Final Data Set.
| |
| The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value. Therefore, the Analyzed Drift Bias term (DAbias ) is negligible.
| |
| 7.5.2 Per Section 4.6.6 of Reference 4.1.3, the random portion of the Analyzed Drift is determined from multiplying the standard deviation of Bin 5 by the Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) and extrapolating as required to a calibration interval of 30 months. Since the random portion of drift has been determined to be moderately time-dependent for the purpose of extrapolation, the standard deviation of Bin 5 is used with the average observed time interval from Bin 5 on page 9 of Attachment 1 as the starting point. The TIF is obtained from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.3 as 2.697 for a 95/95 significance. The computation of this value is shown on page 10 of Attachment 1 to result in a DArandom(extrap) term of +/- 26.725 sec.
| |
| 8 Attachments Attachment 1 - Analysis Spreadsheet (10 pages)
| |
| Spreadsheet Contents Pages Input Data 1-2 AF-AL Data 3 Outliers & Summary 4 WTest 5 Histogram 6-7 Scatter Plot 8 Binning Analysis 9 Analyzed Drift (DA) 10 Attachment 2 - DVR Form (7 pages)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 1 of 10 SeqlD TaglD Date Procedure No.-Att. Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AF/ AL Data Units Comments 1 1A701-162-1 05/01/09 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 302 sec 2 1A701-162-1 05/01/09 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 AQastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 302 sec 3 1A701-162-1 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 302 sec 4 1A701-162-1 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 302 sec 5 1A701-162-1 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 296.9 sec 6 1A701-162-1 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 296.9 sec 7 1A701-162-1 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 295.08 sec 8 1A701-162-1 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR14D3N003 AL 300 295.08 sec 9 1A701-162-1 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 301.8 sec 10 1A701-162-1 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 301.8 sec 11 1A701-162-1 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 295.31 sec 12 1A701-162-1 01/18/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 295.31 sec 13 1A701-162-1 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 300.98 sec 14 1A701-162-1 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 300.98 sec 15 1A701-162-1 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 292.9 sec 16 1A701-162-1 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 292.9 sec 17 1A701-162-1 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 305.18 sec 18 1A701-162-1 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 305.18 sec 19 1A701-162-1 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR14D3N003 AF 300 294.5 sec 20 1A701-162-1 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 294.5 sec 21 1A701-162-1 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 290.74 sec 22 1A701-162-1 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 290.74 sec 23 1A701-162-1 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 286.2 sec 24 1A701-162-1 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 AQastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 286.2 sec 25 1A708-162-2 05/01/09 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 303 sec 26 1A708-162-2 05/01/09 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 303 sec 27 1A708-162-2 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 303 sec 28 1A708-162-2 09/21/07 06-EL-1 P81-R-000 1-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 303 sec 29 1A708-162-2 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 300.41 sec 30 1A708-162-2 12/14/05 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 300.41 sec 31 1A708-162-2 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 302.02 sec 32 1A708-162-2 04/02/04 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 302.02 sec 33 1A708-162-2 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 289.9 sec 34 1A 708-162-2 07/31/02 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 289.9 sec 35 1A708-162-2 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 296.05 sec 36 1A708-162-2 01/19/01 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 AQastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 296.05 sec 37 1A708-162-2 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Agastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 298.3 sec 38 1A 708-162-2 06/11/99 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 298.3 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Data Page 2 of 10 Seq to TaglD Date Procedure No.-Att. Make/Model AF/ AL Setpt AF/ AL Data Units Comments 39 1A708-162-2 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 296.92 sec 40 1A708-162-2 01/09/98 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 296.92 sec 41 1A708-162-2 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 308 sec 42 1A708-162-2 07/12/96 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR14D3N003 AL 300 308 sec 43 1A708-162-2 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 289.6 sec 44 1A708-162-2 01/09/95 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aaastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 289.6 sec 45 1A708-162-2 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 295.81 sec 46 1A708-162-2 07/12/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 295.81 sec 47 1A708-162-2 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aqastat ETR 14D3N003 AF 300 292.3 sec 48 1A708-162-2 01/11/93 06-EL-1 P81-R-0001-01 Aaastat ETR 14D3N003 AL 300 292.3 sec
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION AF-AL Data Page 3 of 10 Seq. DRIFT = (Current Cal AF Data* Prev Cal AL Data) CAL INTERVAL (Current Date* Previous Date) 10 Tag 10 (sec) Days Months 1 1A701*162*1 0 588 19.3 3 1A701*162-1 5.1 646 21.2 5 1A701-162*1 1.82 621 20.4 7 1A701-162*1 -0.72 611 20.1 9 1A701-162-1 6.49 559 18.4 11 1A701*162-1 -5.67 587 19.3 13 1A701-162-1 8.08 518 17.0 15 1A701-162-1 -12.28 546 17.9 17 1A701-162-1 10.68 550 18.1 19 1A701-162-1 3.76 546 17.9 21 1A701-162-1 4.54 182 6.0 25 1A708-162-2 0 588 19.3 27 1A708-162-2 2.59 646 21.2 29 1A708-162-2 -1.61 621 20.4 31 1A708-162-2 12.12 611 20.1 33 1A708-162-2 -0.15 558 18.3 35 1A708-162-2 -2.25 588 19.3 37 1A708-162-2 1.38 518 17.0 39 1A708-162-2 -11.08 546 17.9 41 1A708-162-2 18.4 550 18.1 43 1A708-162-2 -0.21 546 17.9 45 1A708-162-2 3.51 182 6.0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Outliers & Summary Page 4 of 10 Extreme Cal Interval Final Drift Data Cal Interval Seq.ID TaglD Drift (sec) Studentized (Days) Set (sec) (Days)
| |
| Deviate (T) 1 1A701-162-1 0.00 588 0.160 0.00 588 3 1A701-162-1 5.10 646 0.516 Raw Drift Data Statistics Summary 5.10 646 5 1A701-162-1 1.82 621 0.082 (Initial Data Set) 1.82 621 7 1A701-162-1 -6.72 611 1.051 Mean (Average) 1.2045 -6.72 611 9 1A701-162-1 6.49 559 0.701 Variance 56.9010 6.49 559 11 1A701-162-1 -5.67 587 0.911 Std. Dev. 7.5433 -5.67 587 13 1A701-162-1 8.08 518 0.911 Sample Size (Count) 22 8.08 518 15 1A701-162-1 -12.28 546 1.788 Maximum 18.40 -12.28 546 17 1A701-162-1 10.68 550 1.256 Median 1.60 10.68 550 19 1A701-162-1 3.76 546 0.339 Minimum -12.28 3.76 546 21 1A701-162-1 4.54 182 0.442 Range 30.68 4.54 182 Sum 26.500 25 1A708-162-2 0.00 588 0.160 Kurtosis 0.069 0.00 588 27 1A708-162-2 2.59 646 0.184 Skewness 0.224 2.59 646 29 1A708-162-2 -1.61 621 0.373 -1.61 621 31 1A708-162-2 12.12 611 1.447 Critical T-Value (Upper 5% Signif.) 2.6 12.12 611 33 1A708-162-2 -6.15 558 0.975 -6.15 558 35 1A708-162-2 -2.25 588 0.458 Equation for Each Studentizecl Deviate: T= IDrift-MeanI/Std. Dev. -2.25 588 37 1A708-162-2 1.38 518 0.023 Grit T Value lookup Value from Ref. 4.1.3 Table 2, per sample 1.38 518 39 1A708-162-2 -11.08 546 1.629 size. See Sections 3.6.1 and :3.6.2 of Reference 4.1.3. -11.08 546 41 1A708-162-2 18.40 550 2.280 Outlier(s) Denoted as such in Final Drift Data Set column. 18.40 550 43 1A708-162-2 -6.21 546 0.983 No Outliers detected. -6.21 546 45 1A708-162-2 3.51 182 0.306 3.51 182 Drift Data Statistics Summary (Final Data Set)
| |
| Mean (Average) 1.2045 Variance 56.9010 Std. Dev. 7.5433 Sample Size (Count) 22 Maximum 18.40 Median 1.60 Minimum -12.28 Range 30.68 Sum 26.500 Kurtosis 0.069 Skewness 0.224
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION WTest Page 5 of 10 Drift b, (Per Step Values "I" an~+l 4)
| |
| -12.28000 1 0.4590 14.0821 Specific W Normalitv Test Methodologv from Reference 4.1.7 and Section 19 of Reference 4.1.4
| |
| -11.08000 2 0.3156 7.3219
| |
| -6.72000 3 0.2571 4.4735 Steps to Perform:
| |
| -6.21000 4 0.2131 3.0452 1. Paste all final drift data into column 1.
| |
| -6.15000 5 0.1764 2.2297 2. Sort in ascending order.
| |
| -5.67000 6 0.1443 1.5541 3. Calculate S2 taking the variance of the drift data adjusted by (Count-1)
| |
| -2.25000 7 0.1150 0.7809
| |
| -1.61000 8 0.0878 0.4715 S2 (n-1)(Variance (Drift))
| |
| 0.00000 9 0.0618 0.2169 0.00000 10 0.0368 0.0953 where: n = Count 1.38000 11 0.0122 0.0054 1.82000 4. Calculate the Quantity b:
| |
| 2.59000 3.51000 b= 34.2765 b =Sum[(a n_i+l)(Xn_i+l - Xi)]
| |
| 3.76000 (Per Step 4) 4.54000
| |
| * From Table 1 of Ref. 4.1.7 where: i 1 to k 5.10000 k =n/2 6.49000 8.08000 an~+l values are taken from Table 1 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 10.68000 Calculate b 2.
| |
| 12.12000 Compute the W Statistic and compare to the critical value at the 5% confidence 18.40000 level. The table of critical values is given as Table 2 on page 9 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| 2 2 W= b /S ~
| |
| Since the W statistic, 0.9832, is greater than the Computed Values critical value for W, 0.911, this test does not S2 = 1194.9203 reject the assumption of normality for this data set.
| |
| b= 34.2765 2
| |
| b = 1174.8798 Count 22 W= = 0.9832 W Critical = 0.911 5% Significance From Table 2 of Reference 4.1.7.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 6 of 10 Normal Cumulative Expected Bin Bin Descriptions No.StDev Bin Maximums = Observed Probability (CP1)
| |
| Distribution Frequency No. (NS) Mean + (NS*StDev) Frequency Probability (Table 18-2 Ref 4.1.4) =
| |
| (Pnorm CP,-CP 1_1 )
| |
| =
| |
| (Ei Pnorm*N) 1 Up to - 2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.5 -17.6536 0 0.0062 0.0062 0.1364 2 -2.5 to -2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -2.0 -13.8820 0 0.0228 0.0166 0.3641 3 -2.0 to -1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.5 -10.1104 2 0.0668 0.0441 0.9691 4 -1.5 to -1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean -1.0 -6.3387 1 0.1587 0.0919 2.0207 5 -1.0 to -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean -0.5 -2.5671 3 0.3086 0.1499 3.2978 6 -0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean to Mean 0.0 1.2045 4 0.5000 0.1915 4.2119 7 Mean to +0.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 0.5 4.9762 6 0.6915 0.1915 4.2119 8 +0.5 to +1.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.0 8.7478 3 0.8414 0.1499 3.2978 9 +1.0 to +1.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 1.5 12.5195 2 0.9332 0.0919 2.0207 10 +1.5 to +2.0 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.0 16.2911 0 0.9773 0.0441 0.9691 11 +2.0 to +2.5 Standard Deviations from Mean 2.5 20.0627 1 0.9938 0.0166 0.3641 12 More than Mean + 2.5 Standard Deviations More More 0 1.0000 0.0062 0.1364 Totals 22 --
| |
| 22 Percentage for Observed Observed
| |
| +1- Sigma Bounds Normal Drift Values Percentages Distribution 2.5 (Bins 2-11) 22 100.00% Mean 1.2045 2 (Bins 3-10) 21 95.45% 95.45% Std. Dev. 7.5433 1.5 (Bins 4-9) 19 86.36% Sample Size 22 1 (Bins 5-8) 16 72.73% 68.27% Kurtosis 0.069 0.5 (Bins 6-7) 10 45.45%
| |
| 1.
| |
| : 2. Obtain mean, standard deviation, and sample size.
| |
| : 3. Establishing bins in 1/2 sigma increments from the mean to 2.5 sigma in both directions, derive the upper bin limits, in units of drift, based on the values of the mean and standard deviation.
| |
| : 4. Obtain expected frequency for a normal distribution in each bin.
| |
| : 5. Manually compute the number of observed drift data points within each bin, and list under observed frequency.
| |
| : 6. Plot the Expected Frequency and the Observed Frequency Data on the Histogram for comparison to each other.
| |
| Results: Since the data passed the W Test for normality, a Coverage Analysis is not necessary. The histogram is presented for information only.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Histogram Page 7 of 10 Histogram of Drift - Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay 7 I-"-'''"'~~~'''''~'--~'''~-'--'''~'''--~'~'-'-''"-''-~~-'~-'''-,--~.,~,~",,,-~~,,," .**_~-,,,",,,~,~-~,"-_.,,--~_.,,,~-----"-~"-._-~'---_._._-~-.~~-'-----~---'-~---~~.,,~
| |
| 6 ~---
| |
| B'l!l!IIObserved Frequency lllI Normal 5 Distribution c
| |
| o 4
| |
| co 0.3 o
| |
| a..
| |
| 2 o +1-----+----1---- -""-"'-iI!
| |
| -17.6536 -13.8820 -10.1104 -6.3387 -2.5671 1.2045 4.9762 8.7478 12.5195 16.2911 20.0627 More Drift (sec)
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Scatter Plot Page 8 of 10 Scatter Plot* Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Agastat ETR14 Time Delay Relay 20 15 Y =-6.816E-03x + 4.894E+00 10 1 *
| |
| * u I Q)
| |
| ->t=
| |
| til "i:
| |
| 5) o -f
| |
| ~
| |
| ----t --~~~-~~t- -~~+ - ------I~-
| |
| -----.+~--
| |
| I 0 I I
| |
| I
| |
| -5 t-I
| |
| -10 i
| |
| -15 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Time (Days)
| |
| Note: Equation on Scatter Plot is computer generated, based on the associated trend
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analysis Page 9 of 10 Bin Statistics Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin4 Bin 5 Bin 6 Bin 7 Count 2 20 Standard Dev. 0.7283 7.8703 Mean 4.0250 0.9225 Mean Interval 182.0000 577.2000 Max Interval 182 646 Bin Definition and Selection Bin Hi Valid limit Bin Population Bins Bins (Days) Count Percentage Included 1 45 0 0.0%
| |
| 2 135 0 0.0%
| |
| 3 230 2 9.1%
| |
| 4 460 0 0.0%
| |
| 5 690 20 90.9% 5 6 915 0 0.0%
| |
| 7 Over 0 0.0%
| |
| Total Count: 22 100%
| |
| See Section 3.8.3 of Reference 4.1.3 for Binning Analysis Methodology.
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS Agastat ETR 14 JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 0 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Time Delay Relays Attachment 1 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION Analyzed Drift (DA) Page 10 of 10 Drift Bias Determination First, the bias term is evaluated for significance per Section 3.10 of Reference 4.1.3.
| |
| Per Outlier Statistical Summary, Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 22 Drift Data Points Absolute Value of Average of FDS 1.2045 sec Standard Deviation (SFDS) 7.5433 sec t (for Count = 22 Data Points) 2.060 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 4)
| |
| Significant Bias Critical Value (Xcrit)
| |
| [Xclit = t'" SFDS 1 (n)"0.5]
| |
| xcrit= 3.3130 sec The bias value for this drift data set is not significant, since the Absolute Value of the Average is less than the Xcrit value.
| |
| DA bias (current) = Negligible Random Drift Determination Time Dependency Moderate Count (n) 22 Drift Data Points Standard Deviation Bin 5 (S5) 7.8703 sec Average Bin 5 Observed Interval 577 Days Maximum ReqUired Cal Interval 915 Days Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) 2.697 (Ref. 4.1.3, Table 1)
| |
| [Current Interval Drift = S5 .,. TIF]
| |
| DArandom (current) +1- 21.226 sec
| |
| [Extrap Drift = DArandom (current) .,. (Maximum Required Cal Interval 1 Average Bin 5 Observed DArandom (extrap) +1- 26.725 sec for up to 915 Days
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 1 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COVER PAGE o ANO-1 o ANO-2 o IP-2 o IP-3 OJAF OPLP DpNPS OVY t8J GGNS ORBS OW3 ONP Document No. JC-Q1111-09022 Revision No.: 000 Page 1 of
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Agastat Time Delay Relays 181 Quality Related o Augmented Quality Related DV Method: 181 Design Review o Alternate Calculation o Qualification Testing VERIFICATION COMPLETE AND VERIFICATION REQUIRED DISCIPLINE COMMENTS RESOLVED (DV print, sign. and date) 0 Electrical 0 Mechanical
| |
| [8] Instrument and Control u Richard J. Hannigan IAflJv/~
| |
| 0 CiviVStructural 0 Nuclear 0
| |
| 0 Originator: R.A. Hunter I f?(;1 ~ <.'" I [J'-'(-/J I Print/Sign/Date After Comments Have Been Resolved
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC*Q1111..Q9022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 2 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 1 OF3
| |
| * IDENTIFICATION: DISCIPLINE:
| |
| DCiviVStructural Document
| |
| | |
| ==Title:==
| |
| Drift Calculation for Agastat Time Delay Relays DElectrical Doc. No.: JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 QA Cat. 1 1811 & C DMechanical Verifier: Richard J. Hannigan L~fZ?:::-: 1'1,,1 II DNuclear DOther Print Sign Date Manager authorization for supervisor performing Verification.
| |
| ~ N/A Print Sign Date METHOD OF VERIFICATION:
| |
| Design Review 181 Alternate Calculations 0 Qualification Test 0 The following basic questions are addressed as applicable, during the performance of any design verification. These questions are based on the requirements of ANSI N45.2.11 - 1974.
| |
| NOTE The reviewer can use the "Comments/Continuation sheet" at the end for entering any comment/resolution along with the appropriate question number. Additional items with new question numbers can also be entered.
| |
| : 1. Design Inputs - Were the inputs correctly selected and incorporated into the design?
| |
| (Design inputs include design bases, plant operational conditions, performance requirements, regulatory requirements and commitments, codes, standards, field data, etc.
| |
| All information used as design inputs should have been reviewed and approved by the responsible design organization, as applicable.
| |
| All inputs need to be retrievable or excerpts of documents used should be attached.
| |
| See site specific design input procedures for guidance in identifying inputs.)
| |
| Yes I8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 2. Assumptions - Are assumptions necessary to perform the design activity adequately described and reasonable? Where necessary. are assumptions identified for subsequent re-verification when the detailed activities are completed? Are the latest applicable revisions of design documents utilized?
| |
| Yes I8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 3. Quality Assurance Are the appropriate quality and quality assurance requirements specified?
| |
| Yes I8J No 0 N/A 0
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 3 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 2 OF 3
| |
| : 4. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements - Are the applicable codes, standards and regulatory requirements, including issue and addenda properly identified and are their requirements for design met?
| |
| Yes r2l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 5. Construction and Operating Experience - Have applicable construction and operating experience been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 6. Interfaces - Have the design interface requirements been satisfied and documented?
| |
| Yes r2l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 7. Methods - Was an appropriate design or analytical (for calculations) method used?
| |
| Yes r2l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 8. Design Outputs -Is the output reasonable compared to the inputs?
| |
| Yes r2l No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 9. Parts, Equipment and Processes - Are the specified parts, equipment, and processes suitable for the required application?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A [8j
| |
| : 10. Materials Compatibility - Are the specified materials compatible with each other and the design environmental conditions to which the material will be exposed?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 11. Maintenance requirements - Have adequate maintenance features and requirements been specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 12. Accessibility for Maintenance - Are accessibility and other design provisions adequate for performance of needed maintenance and repair?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 13. Accessibility for In-service Inspection - Has adequate accessibility been provided to perform the in-service inspection expected to be required during the plant life?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 14. Radiation Exposure - Has the design properly considered radiation exposure to the public and plant personnel?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 15. Acceptance Criteria - Are the acceptance criteria incorporated in the design documents sufficient to allow verification that design requirements have been satisfactorily accomplished?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| : 16. Test Requirements - Have adequate pre-operational and subsequent periodic test requirements been appropriately specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A r2l
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 4 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION CHECKLIST SHEET 3 OF 3
| |
| : 17. Handling, Storage, Cleaning and Shipping - Are adequate handling, storage, cleaning and shipping requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A 1:81
| |
| : 18. Identification Requirements - Are adequate identification requirements specified?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A 1:81
| |
| : 19. Records and Documentation - Are requirements for record preparation, review, approval, retention, etc., adequately specified? Are all documents prepared in a clear legible manner suitable for microfilming and/or other documentation storage method? Have all impacted documents been identified for update as necessary?
| |
| Yes 1:81 No 0 N/A 0
| |
| : 20. Software Quality Assurance- ENN sites: For a calculation that utilized software applications (e.g., GOTHIC, SYMCORD), was it properly verified and validated in accordance with EN-IT-104 or previous site SQA Program?
| |
| ENS sites: This is an EN-IT-104 task. However, per ENS-DC-126, for exempt software, was it verified in the calculation?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A 1:81
| |
| : 21. Has adverse impact on peripheral components and systems, outside the boundary of the document being verified, been considered?
| |
| Yes 0 No 0 N/A 1:81
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 5 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION DESIGN VERIFICATION COMMENT SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 Comments I Continuation Sheet Question Comments Resolution Initial/Date NONE
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 6 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION During the independent review of calculation JC-Q1111-09022, alternate application Lotus 1-2-3 was used to validate the results generated by MS Excel in the calculation. The reviewer independently generated the JC-Q1111-09022 results. In the table below the results of the validation for the JC-Q1111-09022 values and the values produced by Lotus 1-2-3 are illustrated.
| |
| The Final Data Set is identical to the Initial Data Set since there were not any outliers. The results from Lotus 1-2-3 validated the calculation JC-Q1111-09022 results generated by MS Excel. Minor differences in the values between the MS Excel generated results and the Lotus 1-2-3 generated results were reviewed and can be attributed to rounding and conversion between applications.
| |
| Below is a partial listing of some of the values from JC-Q1111-09022 that were validated:
| |
| JC-Q1111-09022 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Mean 1.2045 1.2045 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Variance 56.9010 56.9010 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Standard 7.5433 7.5433 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Count 22 22 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Max 18.40 18.40 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Median 1.60 1.60 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Min -12.28 -12.28 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Range 30.68 30.68 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Sum 26.500 26.500 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Kurtosis 0.069 0.069 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Skewness 0.224 0.224 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Outliers None None Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Visual inspection Drift scatter plot shows agreement NA Lotus 1-2-3 Yes with trend line between the scatter plots and trend lines Drift scatter plot Y = -6.816E-03x Y = -6.82E-03x trend line Lotus 1-2-3 Yes
| |
| +4.894 +4.89 equation 0.9832 (does not reject 0.9832 (does not reject WTest assumption of assumption of Lotus 1-2-3 Yes normality) normality)
| |
| Visual inspection shows agreement Histogram N/A Lotus 1-2-3 Yes between the histograms
| |
| | |
| DRIFT ANALYSIS JC-Q1111-09022 Rev. 000 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Attachment 2 Page 7 of 7 GRAND GULF NUCLEAR STATION JC-Q1111-09022 Validation Parameter Validation value Valid?
| |
| value application Data within 2.5 Standard 22 22 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations <
| |
| Data within 2.0 Standard 21 21 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 1.5 Standard 19 19 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 1.0 Standard 16 16 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Data within 0.5 10 10 Standard Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviations Bin 3 count 2 2 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 drift Standard 0.7283 0.7283 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 3 drift mean 4.0250 4.0250 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 3 interval 182.0000 182.0000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 3 interval 182 182 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Bin 5 count 20 20 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 drift Standard 7.8703 7.8703 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Deviation Bin 5 drift mean 0.9225 0.9225 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes Bin 5 interval 577.2000 577.2000 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes mean Bin 5 interval 646 646 Lotus 1-2-3 Yes maximum Other values, including those based on the above parameters, were checked using hand calculations.}}
| |
